Last active
August 28, 2021 00:44
-
-
Save alanc/79437230a648985d8a0bfb047a68b453 to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Man page changes in Solaris 11.4.36
This file contains hidden or bidirectional Unicode text that may be interpreted or compiled differently than what appears below. To review, open the file in an editor that reveals hidden Unicode characters.
Learn more about bidirectional Unicode characters
| Man page changes between Solaris 11.4.33 & 11.4.36, including changes for: | |
| 15826784 SUNBT7207627 `svcprop -p pg/prop svc:inst' is not the same as `svcprop svc:inst/ | |
| 16166033 svcprop(1M): description of default snapshot selection is... obscure | |
| 20732429 sstore relative points option does not work as expected if step specified | |
| 28771656 Increase the number of threads statd can use and make it a tunable | |
| 29723888 manpage entry missing for /var/user and /tmp/volatile-user | |
| 30734202 Remove Device Driver Utility (DDU) from Solaris - PSARC/2019/169 | |
| 31528405 Virtualisation Environment in 'uname -a' | |
| 32146628 remove WiFi drivers | |
| 32508295 problem in SERVICE/INETD | |
| 32580823 fcinfo(8) man page needs fixes | |
| 32598195 sar(1) manpage is erroneously updated with Stolen Time Microstate | |
| 32644887 Zone Description | |
| 32750738 pam_list policy using source user (PAM_AUSER) for su | |
| 32750841 Changes in restrictions with the projmod command are not reflected by su, newtask | |
| 32763029 inconsistency between account-policy manpage and sources | |
| 32810398 Update man pages to reflect Oracle Documentation Style Guide changes | |
| 32854481 ::sysbp, fltbp and sigbp should have a way to list the strings that they accept | |
| 32854509 Would like a way to find the id of an added event | |
| 32803615 admhist -u | |
| 32962297 kldd needs a way to alter default $CPU token expansion | |
| 33022021 isdnio(4i) man page should have been removed when driver & header were | |
| Copyright (c) 1983, 2021, Oracle and/or its affiliates. |
This file contains hidden or bidirectional Unicode text that may be interpreted or compiled differently than what appears below. To review, open the file in an editor that reveals hidden Unicode characters.
Learn more about bidirectional Unicode characters
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/adb.1 11.4.36/man1/adb.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/adb.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.028195964 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/adb.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.300766164 +0000 | |
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ | |
| The adb utility is implemented as a link to the mdb(1) utility. mdb is | |
| a low-level debugging utility that can be used to examine user pro- | |
| cesses as well as the live operating system or operating system crash | |
| - dumps. The mdb utility provides complete backwards compatibility with | |
| + dumps. The mdb utility provides complete backward compatibility with | |
| the existing syntax and features of adb, including support for process- | |
| ing adb macro files. The Oracle Solaris Modular Debugger Guide and | |
| mdb(1) man page describes the features of mdb, including its adb com- | |
| @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Aug 2020 adb(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 adb(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ar.1 11.4.36/man1/ar.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ar.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.042468291 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ar.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.751682155 +0000 | |
| @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ | |
| It is faster to create a new archive from scratch than to insert indi- | |
| vidual files into an existing archive via separate calls to ar. When | |
| possible, the recommended strategy is to remove the existing archive, | |
| - and recreate it with a single ar invocation. | |
| + and re-create it with a single ar invocation. | |
| The overall size of an archive is allowed to exceed 4GB. However, the | |
| @@ -333,4 +333,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 August 2017 ar(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ar(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/at.1 11.4.36/man1/at.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/at.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.047439050 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/at.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.761677702 +0000 | |
| @@ -212,7 +212,8 @@ | |
| timespec operands are interpreted as if they were separated by | |
| space characters and concatenated. The date and time are inter- | |
| preted as being in the timezone of the user (as determined by the | |
| - TZ variable), unless a timezone name appears as part of time below. | |
| + TZ variable), unless a time zone name appears as part of time | |
| + below. | |
| In the C locale, the following describes the three parts of the | |
| time specification string. All of the values from the LC_TIME cate- | |
| @@ -226,11 +227,11 @@ | |
| as two numbers separated by a colon, meaning hour:minute. An | |
| AM/PM indication (one of the values from the am_pm keywords in | |
| the LC_TIME locale category) can follow the time; otherwise, a | |
| - 24-hour clock time is understood. A timezone name of GMT, UCT, | |
| + 24-hour clock time is understood. A time zone name of GMT, UTC, | |
| or ZULU (case insensitive) can follow to specify that the time | |
| - is in Coordinated Universal Time. Other timezones can be speci- | |
| - fied using the TZ environment variable. The time field can also | |
| - be one of the following tokens in the C locale: | |
| + is in Coordinated Universal Time. Other time zones can be spec- | |
| + ified using the TZ environment variable. The time field can | |
| + also be one of the following tokens in the C locale: | |
| midnight Indicates the time 12:00 am (00:00). | |
| @@ -408,8 +409,8 @@ | |
| TZ Determine the timezone. The job is submitted for execution | |
| at the time specified by timespec or -t time relative to | |
| - the timezone specified by the TZ variable. If timespec spec- | |
| - ifies a timezone, it overrides TZ. If timespec does not | |
| + the time zone specified by the TZ variable. If timespec | |
| + specifies a time zone, it overrides TZ. If timespec does not | |
| specify a timezone and TZ is unset or NULL, an unspecified | |
| default timezone is used. | |
| @@ -499,4 +500,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 04 Jan 2021 at(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 at(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/awk.1 11.4.36/man1/awk.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/awk.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.061523378 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/awk.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.779454141 +0000 | |
| @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ | |
| \ddd A backslash character The character encoded by | |
| followed by the longest the one-, two- or three- | |
| sequence of one, two, or digit octal integer. | |
| - three octal-digit char- Multi-byte characters | |
| + three octal-digit char- Multibyte characters | |
| acters (01234567). If require multiple, con- | |
| all of the digits are 0, catenated escape | |
| (that is, representation sequences, including the | |
| @@ -947,18 +947,18 @@ | |
| tolower(s) | |
| Return a string based on the string s. Each character in s that is | |
| - an upper-case letter specified to have a tolower mapping by the | |
| + an uppercase letter specified to have a tolower mapping by the | |
| LC_CTYPE category of the current locale is replaced in the returned | |
| - string by the lower-case letter specified by the mapping. Other | |
| + string by the lowercase letter specified by the mapping. Other | |
| characters in s are unchanged in the returned string. | |
| toupper(s) | |
| Return a string based on the string s. Each character in s that is | |
| - a lower-case letter specified to have a toupper mapping by the | |
| + a lowercase letter specified to have a toupper mapping by the | |
| LC_CTYPE category of the current locale is replaced in the returned | |
| - string by the upper-case letter specified by the mapping. Other | |
| + string by the uppercase letter specified by the mapping. Other | |
| characters in s are unchanged in the returned string. | |
| @@ -1379,4 +1379,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 04 Jan 2021 awk(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 awk(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/cal.1 11.4.36/man1/cal.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/cal.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.075515617 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/cal.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.793788153 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ | |
| that affect the execution of cal: LANG, LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LC_TIME, | |
| LC_MESSAGES, and NLSPATH. | |
| - TZ Determine the timezone used to calculate the value of the current | |
| - month. | |
| + TZ Determine the time zone used to calculate the value of the cur- | |
| + rent month. | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Feb 1995 cal(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cal(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ckyorn.1 11.4.36/man1/ckyorn.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ckyorn.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.078767879 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ckyorn.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.800129183 +0000 | |
| @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ | |
| The following operand is supported: | |
| input Input to be verified as y, yes, or n, no (in any combination | |
| - of upper- and lower-case letters). | |
| + of uppercase and lowercase letters). | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Jul 2010 ckyorn(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ckyorn(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/crontab.1 11.4.36/man1/crontab.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/crontab.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.086967923 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/crontab.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.808820894 +0000 | |
| @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ | |
| Each of these patterns can be either an asterisk (meaning all legal | |
| values) or a list of elements separated by commas. An element is either | |
| a number or two numbers separated by a minus sign (meaning an inclusive | |
| - range). Time specified here is interpreted in the currently active | |
| - timezone. At the top of the crontab file this is the timezone which is | |
| - set system-wide in /etc/default/init. A user can add a line such as: | |
| + range). Time specified here is interpreted in the currently active time | |
| + zone. At the top of the crontab file this is the time zone which is set | |
| + systemwide in /etc/default/init. A user can add a line such as: | |
| TZ=timezone | |
| @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ | |
| elsewhere in this man page. | |
| Setting cron Jobs Across Timezones | |
| - The default timezone of the cron daemon sets the system-wide timezone | |
| - for cron entries. This, in turn, is by set by default system-wide using | |
| + The default time zone of the cron daemon sets the systemwide time zone | |
| + for cron entries. This, in turn, is by set by default systemwide using | |
| /etc/default/init. | |
| @@ -447,4 +447,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Apr 2020 crontab(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 crontab(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/csh.1 11.4.36/man1/csh.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/csh.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.106180213 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/csh.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.828849989 +0000 | |
| @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ | |
| With no arguments, setenv displays all environment variables. With | |
| the VAR argument, setenv sets the environment variable VAR to have | |
| an empty (null) value. (By convention, environment variables are | |
| - normally given upper-case names.) With both VAR and word arguments, | |
| + normally given uppercase names.) With both VAR and word arguments, | |
| setenv sets the environment variable NAME to the value word, which | |
| must be either a single word or a quoted string. The most commonly | |
| used environment variables, USER, TERM, and PATH, are automatically | |
| @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ | |
| two values. The first is the reporting threshold in CPU seconds. | |
| The second is a string of tags and text indicating which resources | |
| to report on. A tag is a percent sign (%) followed by a single | |
| - upper-case letter (unrecognized tags print as text): | |
| + uppercase letter (unrecognized tags print as text): | |
| %D Average amount of unshared data space used in Kilobytes. | |
| @@ -1914,4 +1914,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Jun 2020 csh(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 csh(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/cut.1 11.4.36/man1/cut.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/cut.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.113918865 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/cut.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.842982046 +0000 | |
| @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ | |
| The list following -b specifies byte positions (for instance, | |
| -b1-72 would pass the first 72 bytes of each line). When -b and -n | |
| - are used together, list is adjusted so that no multi-byte character | |
| + are used together, list is adjusted so that no multibyte character | |
| is split. | |
| @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ | |
| The character following -d is the field delimiter (-f option only). | |
| The default is TAB. Space or other characters with special meaning | |
| - to the shell must be quoted. delim can be a multi-byte character. | |
| + to the shell must be quoted. delim can be a multibyte character. | |
| -f list | |
| @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ | |
| -n | |
| Do not split characters. When -b list and -n are used together, | |
| - list is adjusted so that no multi-byte character is split. | |
| + list is adjusted so that no multibyte character is split. | |
| -s | |
| @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 cut(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cut(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/date.1 11.4.36/man1/date.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/date.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.117908338 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/date.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.854040597 +0000 | |
| @@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ | |
| TZ Determine the timezone in which the time and date are written, | |
| unless the -u option is specified. If the TZ variable is not set | |
| - and the -u is not specified, the system default timezone is used. | |
| + and the -u is not specified, the system default time zone is | |
| + used. | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| @@ -283,4 +284,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jun 2018 date(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 date(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/diff.1 11.4.36/man1/diff.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/diff.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.122233371 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/diff.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.860850679 +0000 | |
| @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ | |
| -e | |
| Produces a script of only a, c, and d commands for the editor ed, | |
| - which recreates file2 from file1. In connection with the -e option, | |
| - the following shell program can help maintain multiple versions of | |
| - a file. Only an ancestral file ($1) and a chain of version-to-ver- | |
| - sion ed scripts ($2,$3,...) made by diff need be on hand. A "latest | |
| - version" appears on the standard output. | |
| + which re-creates file2 from file1. In connection with the -e | |
| + option, the following shell program can help maintain multiple ver- | |
| + sions of a file. Only an ancestral file ($1) and a chain of ver- | |
| + sion-to-version ed scripts ($2,$3,...) made by diff need be on | |
| + hand. A "latest version" appears on the standard output. | |
| (shift; cat $*; echo '1,$p') | ed - $1 | |
| @@ -296,4 +296,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Jun 2020 diff(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 diff(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/echo.1 11.4.36/man1/echo.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/echo.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.125995755 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/echo.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.866803693 +0000 | |
| @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ | |
| The C shell, the Korn shell, and the Bourne shell all have echo built- | |
| in commands, which, by default, is invoked if the user calls echo with- | |
| out a full pathname. See shell_builtins(1). sh's echo, ksh88's echo, | |
| - ksh's echo, and /usr/bin/echo understand the back-slashed escape char- | |
| - acters, except that sh's echo does not understand \a as the alert char- | |
| - acter. In addition, ksh88's and ksh's echo does not have an -n option. | |
| + ksh's echo, and /usr/bin/echo understand the backslashed escape charac- | |
| + ters, except that sh's echo does not understand \a as the alert charac- | |
| + ter. In addition, ksh88's and ksh's echo does not have an -n option. | |
| csh's echo and /usr/ucb/echo (which existed in previous releases of | |
| Solaris), on the other hand, have an -n option, but do not understand | |
| the backslashed escape characters. sh and ksh88 determine whether | |
| @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ | |
| \b Backspace. | |
| - \c Print line without new-line. All characters following | |
| + \c Print line without newline. All characters following | |
| the \c in the argument are ignored. | |
| - \f Form-feed. | |
| + \f Form feed. | |
| - \n New-line. | |
| + \n Newline. | |
| \r Carriage return. | |
| @@ -231,9 +231,9 @@ | |
| had slightly different behavior from the echo command described here. | |
| /usr/ucb/echo did not support backslash escapes and /usr/ucb/echo had | |
| an -n option that the echo described here does not have. The -n option, | |
| - which ensures that a newline is not added to the output, can be found | |
| - with /usr/gnu/bin/echo. | |
| + which ensures that a newline character is not added to the output, can | |
| + be found with /usr/gnu/bin/echo. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Aug 2012 echo(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 echo(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ed.1 11.4.36/man1/ed.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ed.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.149119568 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ed.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.891758906 +0000 | |
| @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ | |
| addressed line. Address 0 is legal for this command: it causes the | |
| appended text to be placed at the beginning of the buffer. The max- | |
| imum number of characters that may be entered from a terminal is | |
| - 256 per line (including the new-line character). | |
| + 256 per line (including the newline character). | |
| @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ | |
| file is remembered for possible use as a default file name in sub- | |
| sequent e, E, r, and w commands. If file is replaced by !, the rest | |
| - of the line is taken to be a shell ( sh(1)) command whose output is | |
| - to be read. Such a shell command is not remembered as the current | |
| - file name. See also DIAGNOSTICS below. All marks are discarded upon | |
| - the completion of a successful e command. If the buffer has changed | |
| + of the line is taken to be a shell command whose output is to be | |
| + read. Such a shell command is not remembered as the current file | |
| + name. See also DIAGNOSTICS below. All marks are discarded upon the | |
| + completion of a successful e command. If the buffer has changed | |
| since the last time the entire buffer was written, the user is | |
| warned, as described previously. | |
| @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ | |
| to that line, and any one command (other than one of the a, c, i, | |
| g, G, v, and V commands) may be input and is executed. After the | |
| execution of that command, the next marked line is written, and so | |
| - on. A new-line acts as a null command. An & causes the re-execution | |
| + on. A newline acts as a null command. An & causes the re-execution | |
| of the most recent non-null command executed within the current | |
| invocation of G. Note: The commands input as part of the execution | |
| of the G command may address and affect any lines in the buffer. | |
| @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ | |
| (.,.+1)j | |
| The join command joins contiguous lines by removing the appropriate | |
| - new-line characters. If exactly one address is given, this command | |
| + newline characters. If exactly one address is given, this command | |
| does nothing. If lines are joined, the current line number is set | |
| to the address of the joined line. Otherwise, the current line num- | |
| ber is unchanged. | |
| @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ | |
| (.)kx | |
| The mark command marks the addressed line with name x, which must | |
| - be an ASCII lower-case letter (a-z). The address 'x then addresses | |
| + be an ASCII lowercase letter (a-z). The address 'x then addresses | |
| this line. The current line (.) is unchanged. | |
| @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ | |
| command, only the count-th occurrence of the matched string on each | |
| addressed line is replaced. It is an error if the substitution | |
| fails on all addressed lines. Any character other than space or | |
| - new-line may be used instead of the slash (/) to delimit the RE and | |
| + newline may be used instead of the slash (/) to delimit the RE and | |
| the replacement. The current line (.) is left at the last line on | |
| which a substitution occurred. Within the RE, the RE delimiter | |
| itself can be used as a literal character if it is preceded by a | |
| @@ -483,8 +483,8 @@ | |
| special meaning is given to any character other than &, \, %, or | |
| digits. | |
| - A line may be split by substituting a new-line character into it. | |
| - The new-line in the replacement must be escaped by preceding it by | |
| + A line may be split by substituting a newline character into it. | |
| + The newline in the replacement must be escaped by preceding it by | |
| \. Such substitution cannot be done as part of a g or v command | |
| list. The current line number is set to the address of the last | |
| line on which a substitution is performed. If no substitution is | |
| @@ -620,10 +620,10 @@ | |
| fied. The current line number is unchanged. | |
| - (.+1)<new-line> | |
| + (.+1)<newline> | |
| An address alone on a line causes the addressed line to be written. | |
| - A new-line alone is equivalent to .+1p. It is useful for stepping | |
| + A newline alone is equivalent to .+1p. It is useful for stepping | |
| forward through the buffer. The current line number will be set to | |
| the address of the written line. | |
| @@ -659,12 +659,12 @@ | |
| When reading a file, ed discards ASCII and NUL characters. | |
| - If a file is not terminated by a new-line character, ed adds one and | |
| + If a file is not terminated by a newline character, ed adds one and | |
| puts out a message explaining what it did. | |
| If the closing delimiter of an RE or of a replacement string (for exam- | |
| - ple, /) would be the last character before a new-line, that delimiter | |
| + ple, /) would be the last character before a newline, that delimiter | |
| may be omitted, in which case the addressed line is written. The fol- | |
| lowing pairs of commands are equivalent: | |
| @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ | |
| used if the editor is invoked from a restricted shell (see sh(1)). | |
| - The sequence \n in an RE does not match a new-line character. | |
| + The sequence \n in an RE does not match a newline character. | |
| If the editor input is coming from a command file (for example, ed | |
| @@ -818,4 +818,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ed(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ed(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ex.1 11.4.36/man1/ex.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ex.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.154194496 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ex.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.899106302 +0000 | |
| @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ | |
| name of the current file. | |
| - The editor has a group of buffers whose names are the ASCII lower-case | |
| + The editor has a group of buffers whose names are the ASCII lowercase | |
| letters (a-z). You can place text in these named buffers where it is | |
| available to be inserted elsewhere in the file. The contents of these | |
| buffers remain available when you begin editing a new file using the | |
| @@ -609,4 +609,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Apr 2019 ex(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ex(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/exstr.1 11.4.36/man1/exstr.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/exstr.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.157579031 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/exstr.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.902791411 +0000 | |
| @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |
| been replaced by calls to the message retrieval function gettxt(). The | |
| msgfile and msgnum fields are used to construct the first argument to | |
| gettxt(). The second argument to gettxt() is printed if the message | |
| - retrieval fails at run-time. This argument is the null string, unless | |
| + retrieval fails at runtime. This argument is the null string, unless | |
| the -d option is used. | |
| @@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ | |
| -d This option is used together with the -r option. If the message | |
| - retrieval fails when gettxt() is invoked at run-time, then the | |
| + retrieval fails when gettxt() is invoked at runtime, then the | |
| extracted string is printed. You would use the capability pro- | |
| vided by exstr on an application program that needs to run in an | |
| international environment and have messages print in more than | |
| one language. exstr replaces text strings with function calls | |
| that point at strings in a message data base. The data base used | |
| - depends on the run-time value of the LC_MESSAGES environment | |
| - variable (see environ(7)). | |
| + depends on the runtime value of the LC_MESSAGES environment vari- | |
| + able (see environ(7)). | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| @@ -267,4 +267,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Mar 2016 exstr(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 exstr(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/fsexamc.1 11.4.36/man1/fsexamc.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/fsexamc.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.179940579 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/fsexamc.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.911639469 +0000 | |
| @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ | |
| plain text file or not. | |
| First convert file names before converting contents if there are | |
| - files or directories that contain multi-byte characters in their | |
| + files or directories that contain multibyte characters in their | |
| files names. Otherwise, you may get illegible characters in your | |
| log-file or dry-run-result-file. | |
| @@ -614,4 +614,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 fsexamc(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fsexamc(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ftp.1 11.4.36/man1/ftp.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ftp.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.186371148 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ftp.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.935063638 +0000 | |
| @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ | |
| mode. | |
| As some older servers cannot handle the ftp command, this directive | |
| - is provided to allow inter-operability with these servers. | |
| + is provided to allow interoperability with these servers. | |
| -t | |
| @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ | |
| private | |
| Sets the protection level on data transfers to "private". Data | |
| - transmissions are confidentiality-- and integrity--protected by | |
| + transmissions are confidentiality- and integrity-protected by | |
| encryption. If no ADAT command succeeded, then the only possible | |
| level is "clear". | |
| @@ -511,10 +511,10 @@ | |
| The valid protection levels are "clear" for unprotected data trans- | |
| missions, "safe" for data transmissions that are integrity-pro- | |
| tected by cryptographic checksum, and "private" for data transmis- | |
| - sions that are confidentiality-- and integrity-- protected by | |
| - encryption. If no ADAT command succeeded, then the only possible | |
| - level is "clear". If no level is specified, the current level is | |
| - printed. The default protection level is "clear". | |
| + sions that are confidentiality- and integrity-protected by encryp- | |
| + tion. If no ADAT command succeeded, then the only possible level is | |
| + "clear". If no level is specified, the current level is printed. | |
| + The default protection level is "clear". | |
| proxy ftp-command | |
| @@ -850,8 +850,8 @@ | |
| 1993. | |
| - Postel, Jon, and Joyce Reynolds. RFC 959, File Transfer Protocol (FTP | |
| - ). Network Information Center. October 1985. | |
| + Postel, Jon, and Joyce Reynolds. RFC 959, File Transfer Protocol (FTP). | |
| + Network Information Center. October 1985. | |
| Piscitello, D. RFC 1639, FTP Operation Over Big Address Records (FOO- | |
| @@ -874,4 +874,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Apr 2016 ftp(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ftp(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/getoptcvt.1 11.4.36/man1/getoptcvt.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/getoptcvt.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.189618357 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/getoptcvt.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.945725342 +0000 | |
| @@ -173,4 +173,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jan 2000 getoptcvt(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 getoptcvt(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/gettxt.1 11.4.36/man1/gettxt.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/gettxt.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.192708344 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/gettxt.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.952331396 +0000 | |
| @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ | |
| The text string to be retrieved is in the file msgfile, created by the | |
| mkmsgs(1) utility and installed under the directory | |
| - /usr/lib/locale/locale/LC_MESSAGES . You control which directory is | |
| + /usr/lib/locale/locale/LC_MESSAGES/. You control which directory is | |
| searched by setting the environment variable LC_MESSAGES. If LC_MES- | |
| SAGES is not set, the environment variable LANG will be used. If LANG | |
| is not set, the files containing the strings are under the directory | |
| - /usr/lib/locale/C/LC_MESSAGES . | |
| + /usr/lib/locale/C/LC_MESSAGES/. | |
| If gettxt fails to retrieve a message in the requested language, it | |
| @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ | |
| LC_CTYPE Determines how gettxt handles characters. When LC_CTYPE | |
| is set to a valid value, gettxt can display and handle | |
| text and filenames containing valid characters for that | |
| - locale. gettxt can display and handle Extended Unix Code | |
| + locale. gettxt can display and handle Extended UNIX Code | |
| (EUC) characters where any individual character can be | |
| 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide. gettxt can also handle EUC char- | |
| acters of 1, 2, or more column widths. In the "C" | |
| @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Mar 2016 gettxt(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 gettxt(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/Intro.1 11.4.36/man1/Intro.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/Intro.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.196714832 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/Intro.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.978387788 +0000 | |
| @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ | |
| characters long. | |
| - 2. Command names should include only lower-case letters and | |
| - digits. | |
| + 2. Command names should include only lowercase letters and dig- | |
| + its. | |
| 3. Option names (option above) must be one character long. | |
| @@ -368,4 +368,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2020 Intro(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 Intro(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ipcs.1 11.4.36/man1/ipcs.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ipcs.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.213121066 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ipcs.1 2021-08-27 10:46:36.991816515 +0000 | |
| @@ -316,4 +316,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Oct 2015 ipcs(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ipcs(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/jobs.1 11.4.36/man1/jobs.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/jobs.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.217937738 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/jobs.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.009483134 +0000 | |
| @@ -277,15 +277,15 @@ | |
| ber 1 and had one (top-level) process, whose process id was 1234. | |
| - If you are running a job and wish to do something else you can hit the | |
| - key ^Z (Control-Z) which sends a STOP signal to the current job. The | |
| - shell then normally indicates that the job has been "Stopped" (see OUT- | |
| - PUT below), and print another prompt. You can then manipulate the state | |
| - of this job, putting it in the background with the bg command, or run | |
| - some other commands and then eventually bring the job back into the | |
| - foreground with the foreground command fg. A ^Z takes effect immedi- | |
| - ately and is like an interrupt, in that pending output and unread input | |
| - are discarded when it is typed. | |
| + If you are running a job and wish to do something else you can press ^Z | |
| + (Control-Z) which sends a STOP signal to the current job. The shell | |
| + then normally prints "Stopped" to indicate that the job has been | |
| + stopped (see OUTPUT below), and prints another prompt. You can then | |
| + manipulate the state of this job, putting it in the background with the | |
| + bg command, or run some other commands and then eventually bring the | |
| + job back into the foreground with the foreground command fg. A ^Z takes | |
| + effect immediately and is like an interrupt, in that pending output and | |
| + unread input are discarded when it is typed. | |
| There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell. A job can be | |
| @@ -579,4 +579,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jul 2011 jobs(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 jobs(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/kill.1 11.4.36/man1/kill.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/kill.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.225374876 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/kill.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.016639402 +0000 | |
| @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ | |
| - where the <signal_name> is in upper-case, without the SIG prefix, and | |
| + where the <signal_name> is in uppercase, without the SIG prefix, and | |
| the <separator> is either a newline character or a space character. For | |
| the last signal written, <separator> is a newline character. | |
| @@ -401,4 +401,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jun 2020 kill(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kill(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/kldd.1 11.4.36/man1/kldd.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/kldd.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.233468440 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/kldd.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.025980903 +0000 | |
| @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ | |
| kldd - list dependencies of kernel modules | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| - kldd [-bcmprsuUvVw] [-k file | -K] [-R path] [-S dir] file... | |
| + kldd [-bcmprsuUvVw] [-D CPU=cpuname] [-k file | -K] [-R path] | |
| + [-S dir] file... | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The kldd utility lists the dependencies of kernel modules. kldd emu- | |
| @@ -39,6 +40,12 @@ | |
| being inspected. | |
| + -D CPU=cpuname | |
| + | |
| + Change the expansion of $CPU tokens in dependency names from the | |
| + default of generic to the string given by cpuname. See NOTES. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| -k file | |
| Specify the unix kernel to be used. By default, kldd will use the | |
| @@ -301,11 +308,13 @@ | |
| The kernel runtime loader, krtld allows required dependency names to | |
| contain the token $CPU. krtld substitutes a string specific to the run- | |
| - ning system for this token. The kldd utility always replaces $CPU with | |
| - the string generic, which is a valid CPU string on all systems. As a | |
| - result, kldd will display the path for the generic module, rather than | |
| - the cpu-specific one that may instead be selected by the kernel. The | |
| - results are equivalent for the purposes of dependency analysis. | |
| + ning system for this token. By default, the kldd utility replaces $CPU | |
| + with the string generic, which is a valid CPU string on all systems. As | |
| + a result, kldd will display the path for the generic module, rather | |
| + than the cpu-specific one that may instead be selected by the kernel. | |
| + The results are generally equivalent for the purposes of dependency | |
| + analysis. The -D option can be used to specify a different translation | |
| + for $CPU in cases where the generic version is insufficient. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| Example 1 Displaying module dependencies by file path | |
| @@ -427,6 +436,24 @@ | |
| unused dependency of /local/test/demo/amd64/mod_a | |
| + Example 6 Specifying a non-default CPU module | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + By default, kldd replaces $CPU tokens in dependency names with generic. | |
| + The -D option can be used to specify a different version of the cpu | |
| + module. This output has been formatted for display purposes. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + $ kldd misc/bignum | grep cpu | |
| + cpu/$CPU (parent dependency) => | |
| + /platform/sun4v/kernel/cpu/sparcv9/generic | |
| + | |
| + $ kldd -DCPU=SPARC-T5 misc/bignum | grep cpu | |
| + cpu/$CPU (parent dependency) => | |
| + /platform/sun4v/kernel/cpu/sparcv9/SPARC-T5 | |
| + | |
| + | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 July 2018 kldd(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 June 2021 kldd(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/kmdb.1 11.4.36/man1/kmdb.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/kmdb.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.250929477 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/kmdb.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.040667808 +0000 | |
| @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ | |
| available. | |
| - Run-time Loading | |
| + Runtime Loading | |
| kmdb can also be loaded after the system has booted, using the -K | |
| flag to mdb(1). When loaded in this fashion, it will immediately | |
| - gain control of the system. Run-time-loaded kmdb can be unloaded | |
| + gain control of the system. Runtime-loaded kmdb can be unloaded | |
| using the -U flag to mdb(1) or from within the debugger with the -u | |
| flag to the ::quit dcmd. | |
| @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ | |
| tem console, kmdb uses the terminal type appropriate for the | |
| machine: 'sun' for SPARC; 'sun-color' for x86. When a serial con- | |
| sole is in use, boot-loaded kmdb defaults to a terminal type | |
| - 'vt100'. Run-time-loaded kmdb defaults to the terminal type | |
| + 'vt100'. Runtime-loaded kmdb defaults to the terminal type | |
| requested by mdb(1). mdb(1) requests the terminal type specified by | |
| the value of the TERM environment variable unless overridden by the | |
| -T flag. ::term can be used to view the current terminal type. | |
| @@ -410,4 +410,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 Jul 2017 kmdb(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kmdb(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ksh88.1 11.4.36/man1/ksh88.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ksh88.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.290775064 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ksh88.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.116355652 +0000 | |
| @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ | |
| Command Result in /bin/ksh Result in /usr/xpg4/bin/sh | |
| echo $((010+10)) 20 18 | |
| echo $((019+10)) 29 error | |
| - [ 10 --le $((011)) ] true false | |
| + [ 10 -le $((011)) ] true false | |
| @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ | |
| LC_COLLATE This variable determines the behavior of range expres- | |
| - sions, equivalence classes and multi-byte character col- | |
| + sions, equivalence classes and multibyte character col- | |
| lating elements within pattern matching. | |
| @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ | |
| An arithmetic expression uses the same syntax, precedence, and associa- | |
| tivity of expression as the C language. All the integral operators, | |
| - other than ++, -;, ?:, and , are supported. Variables can be referenced | |
| + other than ++, --, ?:, and , are supported. Variables can be referenced | |
| by name within an arithmetic expression without using the parameter | |
| substitution syntax. When a variable is referenced, its value is evalu- | |
| ated as an arithmetic expression. | |
| @@ -1901,15 +1901,15 @@ | |
| or delete characters or words as needed. All the editing commands are | |
| control characters or escape sequences. The notation for control char- | |
| acters is caret ( ^ ) followed by the character. For example, ^F is the | |
| - notation for control F. This is entered by depressing `f' while holding | |
| - down the CTRL (control) key. The SHIFT key is not depressed. (The nota- | |
| - tion ^? indicates the DEL (delete) key.) | |
| + notation for control F. This is entered by pressing the 'f' key while | |
| + holding down the CTRL (control) key. The SHIFT key is not pressed. (The | |
| + notation ^? indicates the DEL (delete) key.) | |
| The notation for escape sequences is M- followed by a character. For | |
| - example, M-f (pronounced Meta f) is entered by depressing ESC (ascii | |
| - 033) followed by `f'. (M-F would be the notation for ESC followed by | |
| - SHIFT (capital) `F'.) | |
| + example, M-f (pronounced Meta f) is entered by pressing ESC followed by | |
| + 'f'. (M-F would be the notation for ESC followed by SHIFT (capital) | |
| + 'F'.) | |
| All edit commands operate from any place on the line (not just at the | |
| @@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ | |
| Checks arg for legal options. If arg is omitted, the positional | |
| parameters are used. An option argument begins with a + or a -. An | |
| - option not beginning with + or - or the argument - ends the | |
| + option not beginning with + or - or the argument -- ends the | |
| options. optstring contains the letters that getopts recognizes. If | |
| a letter is followed by a :, that option is expected to have an | |
| argument. The options can be separated from the argument by blanks. | |
| @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ | |
| print [ -Rnprsu[n ] ] [ arg ... ] | |
| - The shell output mechanism. With no flags or with flag - or -, the | |
| + The shell output mechanism. With no flags or with flag - or --, the | |
| arguments are printed on standard output as described by echo(1). | |
| The exit status is 0, unless the output file is not open for writ- | |
| ing. | |
| @@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ | |
| "[%d]%c %s%s\n", <job-number>, <current>, <status>, \ | |
| - whe<job-name> | |
| + <job-name> | |
| where the fields are as follows: | |
| @@ -3059,9 +3059,9 @@ | |
| vi Puts you in insert mode of a vi style in- | |
| - line editor until you hit escape charac- | |
| - ter 033. This puts you in control mode. A | |
| - return sends the line. | |
| + line editor until you press Escape (char- | |
| + acter 033). This puts you in control | |
| + mode. A return sends the line. | |
| viraw Each character is processed as it is | |
| @@ -3275,8 +3275,8 @@ | |
| the first assignment determines the output base. | |
| - -l All upper-case characters are converted to lower-case. The | |
| - upper-case flag, -u is turned off. | |
| + -l All uppercase characters are converted to lowercase. The | |
| + uppercase flag, -u is turned off. | |
| -r The given names are marked readonly and these names cannot be | |
| @@ -3287,8 +3287,8 @@ | |
| cial meaning to the shell. | |
| - -u All lower-case characters are converted to upper-case charac- | |
| - ters. The lower-case flag, -l is turned off. | |
| + -u All lowercase characters are converted to uppercase charac- | |
| + ters. The lowercase flag, -l is turned off. | |
| -x The given names are marked for automatic export to the envi- | |
| @@ -3468,11 +3468,11 @@ | |
| When a command to be executed is found to be a shell procedure, rksh | |
| - invokes ksh to execute it. Thus, it is possible to provide to the end- | |
| - user shell procedures that have access to the full power of the stan- | |
| - dard shell, while imposing a limited menu of commands; this scheme | |
| - assumes that the end-user does not have write and execute permissions | |
| - in the same directory. | |
| + invokes ksh to execute it. Thus, it is possible to provide to the user | |
| + shell procedures that have access to the full power of the standard | |
| + shell, while imposing a limited menu of commands; this scheme assumes | |
| + that the user does not have write and execute permissions in the same | |
| + directory. | |
| The net effect of these rules is that the writer of the .profile has | |
| @@ -3642,4 +3642,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 May 2020 ksh88(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ksh88(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ld.1 11.4.36/man1/ld.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ld.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.322577211 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ld.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.157383001 +0000 | |
| @@ -1696,10 +1696,10 @@ | |
| catable sections remain. For historic reasons, this mode is not the | |
| default when building dynamic objects. However, its use is recom- | |
| mended to ensure that the text segment of the dynamic object being | |
| - built is shareable between multiple running processes. A shared | |
| - text segment incurs the least relocation overhead when loaded into | |
| - memory. See Position-Independent Code in Oracle Solaris 11.4 Link- | |
| - ers and Libraries Guide. | |
| + built is sharable between multiple running processes. A shared text | |
| + segment incurs the least relocation overhead when loaded into mem- | |
| + ory. See Position-Independent Code in Oracle Solaris 11.4 Linkers | |
| + and Libraries Guide. | |
| The -z textoff option allows relocations against all allocatable | |
| sections, including non-writable ones. This mode is the default | |
| @@ -2440,4 +2440,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 September 2020 ld(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ld(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/lex.1 11.4.36/man1/lex.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/lex.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.333661820 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/lex.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.181092947 +0000 | |
| @@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ | |
| routines follow. | |
| - Any line in the Definitions in lex section beginning with a blank | |
| - character is assumed to be a C program fragment and is copied to the | |
| - external definition area of the lex.yy.c file. Similarly, anything in | |
| - the Definitions in lex section included between delimiter lines con- | |
| - taining only %{ and %} is also copied unchanged to the external defini- | |
| - tion area of the lex.yy.c file. | |
| + Any line in the Definitions in lex section beginning with a blank char- | |
| + acter is assumed to be a C program fragment and is copied to the exter- | |
| + nal definition area of the lex.yy.c file. Similarly, anything in the | |
| + Definitions in lex section included between delimiter lines containing | |
| + only %{ and %} is also copied unchanged to the external definition area | |
| + of the lex.yy.c file. | |
| Any such input (beginning with a blank character or within %{ and %} | |
| @@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ | |
| does not appear within a bracket expression or within double-quotes. | |
| - In the Definitions in lex section, any line beginning with a % (per- | |
| - cent sign) character and followed by an alphanumeric word beginning | |
| - with either s or S defines a set of start conditions. Any line begin- | |
| - ning with a % followed by a word beginning with either x or X defines a | |
| - set of exclusive start conditions. When the generated scanner is in a | |
| - %s state, patterns with no state specified also active; in a %x state, | |
| + In the Definitions in lex section, any line beginning with a % (percent | |
| + sign) character and followed by an alphanumeric word beginning with | |
| + either s or S defines a set of start conditions. Any line beginning | |
| + with a % followed by a word beginning with either x or X defines a set | |
| + of exclusive start conditions. When the generated scanner is in a %s | |
| + state, patterns with no state specified also active; in a %x state, | |
| such patterns are not active. The rest of the line, after the first | |
| word, is considered to be one or more blank-character-separated names | |
| of start conditions. Start condition names are constructed in the same | |
| @@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ | |
| the lex internals, to expedite some programs. | |
| Rules in lex | |
| - The Rules in lex source files are a table in which the left column | |
| - contains regular expressions and the right column contains actions (C | |
| - program fragments) to be executed when the expressions are recognized. | |
| + The Rules in lex source files are a table in which the left column con- | |
| + tains regular expressions and the right column contains actions (C pro- | |
| + gram fragments) to be executed when the expressions are recognized. | |
| ERE action | |
| ERE action | |
| @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ | |
| |\digits A backslash character The character whose encod- | | |
| | followed by the longest ing is represented by the | | |
| | sequence of one, two or one-, two- or three-digit | | |
| - | three octal-digit char- octal integer. Multi-byte | | |
| + | three octal-digit char- octal integer. Multibyte | | |
| | acters (01234567). If characters require multi- | | |
| | all of the digits are 0, ple, concatenated escape | | |
| | (that is, representation sequences of this type, | | |
| @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ | |
| USAGE | |
| Portable applications are warned that in the Rules in lex section, an | |
| ERE without an action is not acceptable, but need not be detected as | |
| - erroneous by lex. This can result in compilation or run-time errors. | |
| + erroneous by lex. This can result in compilation or runtime errors. | |
| The purpose of input is to take characters off the input stream and | |
| @@ -674,8 +674,6 @@ | |
| tary scanner for a Pascal-like syntax: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| %{ | |
| /* need this for the call to atof() below */ | |
| #include <math.h> | |
| @@ -766,4 +764,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 August 2017 lex(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 lex(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/login.1 11.4.36/man1/login.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/login.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.338658043 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/login.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.204087712 +0000 | |
| @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ | |
| Specifies the "identity" string associated with the user who is | |
| being authenticated. This usually is not be the same as that user's | |
| - Unix login name. For Kerberized login sessions, this is the Ker- | |
| + UNIX login name. For Kerberized login sessions, this is the Ker- | |
| beros principal name associated with the user. | |
| @@ -620,4 +620,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Feb 2020 login(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 login(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/look.1 11.4.36/man1/look.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/look.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.347573711 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/look.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.222582180 +0000 | |
| @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ | |
| are used in comparisons. | |
| - -f Fold case. Upper case letters are not distinguished from lower | |
| + -f Fold case. Uppercase letters are not distinguished from lower- | |
| case in comparisons. | |
| @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Sep 2014 look(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 look(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ls.1 11.4.36/man1/ls.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ls.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.359067008 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ls.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.244355042 +0000 | |
| @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ | |
| one file, named part2. Next, the last time that file's contents were | |
| modified was 9:42 A.M. on May 16. The file contains 10,876 bytes of | |
| data. The owner of the file, or the user, belongs to the group dev | |
| - (perhaps indicating development), and his or her login name is smith. | |
| - The number, in this case 1, indicates the number of links to file part2 | |
| + (perhaps indicating development), and their login name is smith. The | |
| + number, in this case 1, indicates the number of links to file part2 | |
| (see cp(1)). The plus sign indicates that there is an ACL associated | |
| with the file. If the -@ option has been specified, the presence of | |
| extended attributes supersede the presence of an ACL and the plus sign | |
| @@ -1213,10 +1213,10 @@ | |
| or Orphaned symlink | |
| - sg setgid binary | |
| + sg setgid bit set | |
| - su setuid binary | |
| + su setuid bit set | |
| ow world writable | |
| @@ -1686,10 +1686,10 @@ | |
| The sort order of ls output is affected by the locale and can be over- | |
| ridden by the LC_COLLATE environment variable. For example, if LC_COL- | |
| LATE equals C, dot files appear first, followed by names beginning with | |
| - upper-case letters, then followed by names beginning with lower-case | |
| - letters. But if LC_COLLATE equals en_US.ISO8859-1, then leading dots as | |
| - well as case are ignored in determining the sort order. | |
| + uppercase letters, followed by names beginning with lowercase letters. | |
| + But if LC_COLLATE equals en_US.ISO8859-1, then leading dots as well as | |
| + case are ignored in determining the sort order. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 August 2020 ls(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ls(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/madv.so.1.1 11.4.36/man1/madv.so.1.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/madv.so.1.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.363454527 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/madv.so.1.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.250573798 +0000 | |
| @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ | |
| Advice is only applied to mmap regions explicitly created by the user | |
| - program. Those regions established by the run-time linker or by system | |
| + program. Those regions established by the runtime linker or by system | |
| libraries making direct system calls (for example, allocations for | |
| thread stacks) are not affected. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2014 madv.so.1(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 madv.so.1(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/mail.1 11.4.36/man1/mail.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/mail.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.367531837 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/mail.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.267179088 +0000 | |
| @@ -400,4 +400,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 mail(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mail(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/man.1 11.4.36/man1/man.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/man.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.386012774 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/man.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.287364326 +0000 | |
| @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ | |
| -t | |
| - The man command outputs postscript to stdout. If both the - and -t | |
| + The man command outputs PostScript to stdout. If both the - and -t | |
| flags are given, the man command updates the troffed versions of | |
| each named name (if necessary), but does not display them. | |
| @@ -747,4 +747,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 man(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 man(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/mdb.1 11.4.36/man1/mdb.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/mdb.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.434664481 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/mdb.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.380759452 +0000 | |
| @@ -543,6 +543,10 @@ | |
| The stack bias for the current target. | |
| + MDB_LAST_EVENT | |
| + | |
| + The id of the last software event to have been added to the target. | |
| + | |
| In addition, the mdb kernel and process targets export the current val- | |
| @@ -1257,8 +1261,8 @@ | |
| Notice that these operators do not perform a cast. Instead, they | |
| fetch the specified number of low-order bytes (on little-endian | |
| architectures) or high-order bytes (big-endian architectures). Mod- | |
| - ifiers are provided for backwards compatibility; the mdb */modi- | |
| - fier/ and %/modifier/ syntax should be used instead. | |
| + ifiers are provided for backward compatibility; the mdb */modifier/ | |
| + and %/modifier/ syntax should be used instead. | |
| @@ -1712,8 +1716,8 @@ | |
| set using a symbol name, rather than as an address expression. Such | |
| address can refer to the corresponding Procedure Linkage Table | |
| (PLT) entry, and immediate breakpoints set on PLT entries can be | |
| - overwritten by the run-time link-editor when the PLT entry is sub- | |
| - sequently resolved, causing the breakpoint to be overwritten and | |
| + overwritten by the runtime link-editor when the PLT entry is subse- | |
| + quently resolved, causing the breakpoint to be overwritten and | |
| lost. To protect from this mdb will convert breakpoints set in the | |
| PLT to symbolic breakpoints. This behavior can be disabled by spec- | |
| ifying the -i flag to the ::bp dcmd, or by setting the immedi- | |
| @@ -2188,13 +2192,14 @@ | |
| - [flt] ::fltbp [ +/-dDestT] [-c cmd] [-n count] flt ... | |
| + [flt] ::fltbp [ +/-dDehstT] [-c cmd] [-n count] flt ... | |
| Trace the specified machine faults. The faults are identified using | |
| an optional fault number preceding the dcmd, or a list of fault | |
| - names or numbers (see <sys/fault.h>) following the dcmd. The -d, | |
| - -D, -e, -s, -t, -T, -c, and -n options have the same meaning as | |
| - they do for the ::evset dcmd. | |
| + names or numbers (see <sys/fault.h>) following the dcmd. If the -h | |
| + option is specified then all the possible machine faults are listed | |
| + and the dcmd exits. The -d, -D, -e, -s, -t, -T, -c, and -n options | |
| + have the same meaning as they do for the ::evset dcmd. | |
| [ thread ] ::fpregs | |
| @@ -3069,16 +3074,17 @@ | |
| output for the -v option. | |
| - [signal] ::sigbp [+/-dDestT] [-c cmd] [-n count] SIG ... | |
| - [signal] :t [+/-dDestT] [-c cmd] [-n count] SIG ... | |
| + [signal] ::sigbp [+/-dDehstT] [-c cmd] [-n count] SIG ... | |
| + [signal] :t [+/-dDehstT] [-c cmd] [-n count] SIG ... | |
| Trace delivery of the specified signals. The signals are identified | |
| using an optional signal number preceding the dcmd, or a list of | |
| signal names or numbers (see signal.h(3HEAD)) following the dcmd. | |
| - The -d, -D, -e, -s, -t, -T, -c, and -n options have the same mean- | |
| - ing as they do for the ::evset dcmd. Initially, the set of signals | |
| - that cause the process to dump core by default (see sig- | |
| - nal.h(3HEAD)) and SIGINT are traced. | |
| + If the -h option is specified then all the possible signals are | |
| + listed and the dcmd exits. The -d, -D, -e, -s, -t, -T, -c, and -n | |
| + options have the same meaning as they do for the ::evset dcmd. Ini- | |
| + tially, the set of signals that cause the process to dump core by | |
| + default (see signal.h(3HEAD)) and SIGINT are traced. | |
| @@ -3227,18 +3233,19 @@ | |
| Print the length of a string. | |
| - [ syscall ] ::sysbp [ +/-dDestT ] [ -io ] [ -c cmd ] | |
| + [ syscall ] ::sysbp [ +/-dDehstT ] [ -io ] [ -c cmd ] | |
| [ -n count ] syscall... | |
| Trace entry to or exit from the specified system calls. The system | |
| calls are identified using an optional system call number preceding | |
| the dcmd, or a list of system call names or numbers (see | |
| - <sys/syscall.h>) following the dcmd. If the -i option is specified | |
| - (the default), the event specifiers trigger on entry into the ker- | |
| - nel for each system call. If the -o option is specified, the event | |
| - specifiers trigger on exit out from the kernel. The -d, -D, -e, -s, | |
| - -t, -T, -c, and -n options have the same meaning as they do for the | |
| - ::evset dcmd. | |
| + <sys/syscall.h>) following the dcmd. If the -h option is specified | |
| + then all the possible system calls are listed and the dcmd exits. | |
| + If the -i option is specified (the default), the event specifiers | |
| + trigger on entry into the kernel for each system call. If the -o | |
| + option is specified, the event specifiers trigger on exit out from | |
| + the kernel. The -d, -D, -e, -s, -t, -T, -c, and -n options have the | |
| + same meaning as they do for the ::evset dcmd. | |
| @@ -4205,4 +4212,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 04 Jan 2021 mdb(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mdb(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/moe.1 11.4.36/man1/moe.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/moe.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.444421285 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/moe.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.387432375 +0000 | |
| @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ | |
| together with the RTLD_FIRST flag. Reserved token expansion is there- | |
| fore carried out by ld.so.1 as the expansion would occur in an execut- | |
| ing process. Although multiple objects can be analyzed as a result of | |
| - the dlmopen() call, the RTLD_FIRST flag insures only the optimal object | |
| + the dlmopen() call, the RTLD_FIRST flag ensures only the optimal object | |
| is processed. | |
| @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 August 2017 moe(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 moe(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/msgfmt.1 11.4.36/man1/msgfmt.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/msgfmt.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.448968090 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/msgfmt.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.397348364 +0000 | |
| @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ | |
| Message strings can contain the escape sequences \n for newline, \t for | |
| tab, \v for vertical tab, \b for backspace, \r for carriage return, \f | |
| - for formfeed, \\ for backslash, \" for double quote, bsol;a for alarm, | |
| + for form feed, \\ for backslash, \" for double quote, \a for alarm, | |
| \ddd for octal bit pattern, and \xDD for hexadecimal bit pattern. | |
| @@ -373,4 +373,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Aug 2019 msgfmt(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 msgfmt(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/nc.1 11.4.36/man1/nc.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/nc.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.460204015 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/nc.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.413793418 +0000 | |
| @@ -326,11 +326,11 @@ | |
| -U | |
| - Specify the use of Unix Domain Sockets. If you specify this option | |
| + Specify the use of UNIX Domain Sockets. If you specify this option | |
| without -l, nc, it becomes AF_UNIX client. If you specify this | |
| option with the -l option, a AF_UNIX server is created. | |
| - Use of this option requires that a single argument of a valid Unix | |
| + Use of this option requires that a single argument of a valid UNIX | |
| domain path has to be provided to nc, not a host name or port. | |
| @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ | |
| multiple ports/ranges separated by commas. | |
| In general, a destination port must be specified, unless | |
| - the -U option is given, in which case a Unix Domain Socket | |
| + the -U option is given, in which case a UNIX Domain Socket | |
| path must be specified instead of hostname. | |
| It is an error to use list of ports containing more than | |
| @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ | |
| - Create and listen on a Unix Domain Socket: | |
| + Create and listen on a UNIX Domain Socket: | |
| @@ -983,4 +983,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jan 2017 nc(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nc(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/newtask.1 11.4.36/man1/newtask.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/newtask.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.463752254 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/newtask.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.420593832 +0000 | |
| @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ | |
| any existing pool or pset binding. This option is useful if | |
| the target process has been manually bound to a pool or | |
| pset, a project does not specify a project.pool attribute, | |
| - and the admin wishes to restore the default pool binding for | |
| - the zone. Without this option, if a project does not specify | |
| - a project.pool or project.mcb attribute, existing pool or | |
| - pset bindings will remain. | |
| + and the system administrator wishes to restore the default | |
| + pool binding for the zone. Without this option, if a project | |
| + does not specify a project.pool or project.mcb attribute, | |
| + existing pool or pset bindings will remain. | |
| -F Creates a finalized task, within which further newtask or | |
| @@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Oct 2020 newtask(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 newtask(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/nm.1 11.4.36/man1/nm.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/nm.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.473555707 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/nm.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.434411310 +0000 | |
| @@ -413,4 +413,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 August 2017 nm(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nm(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/od.1 11.4.36/man1/od.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/od.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.477871038 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/od.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.443057677 +0000 | |
| @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ | |
| null \0 | |
| backspace \b | |
| - form-feed \f | |
| - new-line \n | |
| + form feed \f | |
| + newline \n | |
| return \r | |
| tab \t | |
| @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ | |
| null \0 | |
| backspace \b | |
| - form-feed \f | |
| - new-line \n | |
| + form feed \f | |
| + newline \n | |
| return \r | |
| tab \t | |
| @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ | |
| 3. the first character of the second operand is x and the | |
| - second character of the second operand is a lower-case | |
| + second character of the second operand is a lowercase | |
| hexadecimal character or digit | |
| @@ -450,4 +450,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Mar 2020 od(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 od(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/passwd.1 11.4.36/man1/passwd.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/passwd.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.492272799 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/passwd.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.469892409 +0000 | |
| @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ | |
| Determines how passwd handles characters. When LC_CTYPE is set to a | |
| valid value, passwd can display and handle text and filenames con- | |
| taining valid characters for that locale. passwd can display and | |
| - handle Extended Unix Code (EUC) characters where any individual | |
| + handle Extended UNIX Code (EUC) characters where any individual | |
| character can be 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide. passwd can also handle EUC | |
| characters of 1, 2, or more column widths. In the C locale, only | |
| characters from ISO 8859-1 are valid. | |
| @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ | |
| shells(5), user_attr(5), attributes(7), crypt_unix(7), environ(7), | |
| pam_authtok_check(7), pam_authtok_get(7), pam_authtok_store(7), | |
| pam_dhkeys(7), pam_ldap(7), pam_unix_account(7), pam_unix_auth(7), | |
| - pam_unix_session(7), (7), cron(8), eeprom(8), id(8), ldapclient(8), | |
| + pam_unix_session(7), rbac(7), cron(8), eeprom(8), id(8), ldapclient(8), | |
| mkpwdict(8), pwconv(8), su(8), useradd(8), userdel(8), usermod(8), | |
| account-policy(8S) | |
| @@ -803,4 +803,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Apr 2020 passwd(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 passwd(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/pax.1 11.4.36/man1/pax.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/pax.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.526937214 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/pax.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.554590189 +0000 | |
| @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ | |
| ing file system reports that the file being archived contains holes, | |
| the Solaris pax utility records the presence of holes in an extended | |
| header record when the file is archived. If this extended header record | |
| - is associated with a file in the archive, those holes are recreated | |
| + is associated with a file in the archive, those holes are re-created | |
| whenever that file is extracted from the archive. See the SEEK_DATA and | |
| SEEK_HOLE whence values in lseek(2). In all other cases, any NUL (\0) | |
| characters found in the archive is written to the file when it is | |
| @@ -1212,9 +1212,9 @@ | |
| TZ | |
| - Determine the timezone used to calculate date and time strings when | |
| - the -v option is specified. If TZ is unset or null, an unspecified | |
| - default timezone is used. | |
| + Determine the time zone used to calculate date and time strings | |
| + when the -v option is specified. If TZ is unset or null, an unspec- | |
| + ified default time zone is used. | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| @@ -2182,4 +2182,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Jul 2020 pax(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pax(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/pg.1 11.4.36/man1/pg.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/pg.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.542135866 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/pg.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.565203667 +0000 | |
| @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ | |
| for doing this is explained below. | |
| - To determine terminal attributes, pg scans the terminfo(5) data base | |
| - for the terminal type specified by the environment variable TERM. If | |
| - TERM is not defined, the terminal type dumb is assumed. | |
| + To determine terminal attributes, pg scans the terminfo(5) database for | |
| + the terminal type specified by the environment variable TERM. If TERM | |
| + is not defined, the terminal type dumb is assumed. | |
| OPTIONS | |
| -number An integer specifying the size (in lines) of the window | |
| @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ | |
| -c Home the cursor and clear the screen before displaying | |
| each page. This option is ignored if clear_screen is not | |
| - defined for this terminal type in the terminfo(5) data | |
| + defined for this terminal type in the terminfo(5) data- | |
| base. | |
| @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ | |
| - At any time when output is being sent to the terminal, the user can hit | |
| - the quit key (normally CTRL-\) or the interrupt (break) key. This | |
| + At any time when output is being sent to the terminal, the user can | |
| + press the quit key (normally CTRL-\) or the interrupt (break) key. This | |
| causes pg to stop sending output, and display the prompt. The user may | |
| then enter one of the above commands in the normal manner. Unfortu- | |
| nately, some output is lost when this is done, because any characters | |
| @@ -308,4 +308,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Apr 2019 pg(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pg(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/pkgproto.1 11.4.36/man1/pkgproto.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/pkgproto.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.558240523 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/pkgproto.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.574669294 +0000 | |
| @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ | |
| f none bin/sort=/bin/sort 0755 bin bin | |
| f none usrbin/sdb=/usr/bin/sdb 0775 bin bin | |
| f none usrbin/shl=/usr/bin/shl 4755 bin bin | |
| - d none etc/master.d 0755 root daemon | |
| - f none etc/master.d/kernel=/etc/master.d/kernel 0644 root daemon | |
| + d none etc/config.d 0755 root daemon | |
| + f none etc/config.d/kernel=/etc/config.d/kernel 0644 root daemon | |
| f none etc/rc=/etc/rc 0744 root daemon | |
| @@ -116,4 +116,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkgproto(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pkgproto(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/printf.1 11.4.36/man1/printf.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/printf.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.571659015 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/printf.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.594635540 +0000 | |
| @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ | |
| USAGE | |
| /usr/bin/printf | |
| The printf utility, like the printf(3C) function on which it is based, | |
| - makes no special provision for dealing with multi-byte characters when | |
| + makes no special provision for dealing with multibyte characters when | |
| using the %c conversion specification. Applications should be extremely | |
| - cautious using either of these features when there are multi-byte char- | |
| + cautious using either of these features when there are multibyte char- | |
| acters in the character set. | |
| @@ -406,13 +406,13 @@ | |
| | 646:1991 standard codeset | | |
| |43 Numeric value of the character '+' in the ISO/IEC | | |
| | 646:1991 standard codeset | | |
| - |45 Numeric value of the character '-' in the SO/IEC | | |
| + |45 Numeric value of the character '-' in the ISO/IEC | | |
| | 646:1991 standard codeset | | |
| +-----------------------------------------------------------+ | |
| - In a locale with multi-byte characters, the value of a character is | |
| + In a locale with multibyte characters, the value of a character is | |
| intended to be the value of the equivalent of the wchar_t representa- | |
| tion of the character. | |
| @@ -471,12 +471,12 @@ | |
| 2.000000 == 0x1.0000000000000000000000000000p+01 | |
| - Example 8 Output of unicode values | |
| + Example 8 Output of Unicode values | |
| - The following command will print the EURO unicode symbol (code-point | |
| - 0x20ac). | |
| + The following command will print the Unicode character for the euro | |
| + currency symbol (code-point U+20AC). | |
| example% LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 printf "\u[20ac]\n" | |
| @@ -492,9 +492,9 @@ | |
| - where <euro> represents the EURO currency symbol character. | |
| + where <euro> represents the euro currency symbol character. | |
| - Example 9 Convert unicode character to unicode code-point value | |
| + Example 9 Convert Unicode character to Unicode code-point value | |
| @@ -662,4 +662,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Mar 2020 printf(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 printf(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/proc.1 11.4.36/man1/proc.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/proc.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.576121981 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/proc.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.602747303 +0000 | |
| @@ -340,9 +340,9 @@ | |
| the needed executable or shared library, some symbol information is | |
| unavailable for display. Similarly, if a core file from one operating | |
| system release is examined on a different operating system release, the | |
| - run-time link-editor debugging interface (librtld_db) cannot be able to | |
| - initialize. In this case, symbol information for shared libraries is | |
| - not available. | |
| + runtime link-editor debugging interface (librtld_db) cannot be initial- | |
| + ized. In this case, symbol information for shared libraries is not | |
| + available. | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| The following exit values are returned: | |
| @@ -410,4 +410,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Mar 2018 proc(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 proc(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/ps.1 11.4.36/man1/ps.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/ps.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.602125458 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/ps.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.627481420 +0000 | |
| @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ | |
| UCB options | |
| Previous versions of Oracle Solaris provided an alternative ps command, | |
| - /usr/ucb/ps, derived from BSD Unix. The UCB version of ps is no longer | |
| + /usr/ucb/ps, derived from BSD UNIX. The UCB version of ps is no longer | |
| part of Oracle Solaris. Instead, the standard ps command provides an | |
| emulation of UCB ps behavior when the following UCB options are speci- | |
| fied. The UCB options are not prefixed with a hyphen (-) character, | |
| @@ -1496,4 +1496,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 August 2020 ps(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ps(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/radadrgen.1 11.4.36/man1/radadrgen.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/radadrgen.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.610910773 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/radadrgen.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.642059038 +0000 | |
| @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ | |
| -s {client,server}, --side {client,server} | |
| - Specifies whether bindings should be generated for server side | |
| - (skeleton) implementation or client side (stub). | |
| + Specifies whether bindings should be generated for server-side | |
| + (skeleton) implementation or client-side (stub). | |
| Note - | |
| @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ | |
| - The following command generates server side implementation for an adr | |
| + The following command generates server-side implementation for an adr | |
| file, myapi.adr, into the directory server/c: | |
| @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ | |
| - The following command generates Python client side bindings for an adr | |
| + The following command generates Python client-side bindings for an adr | |
| file, myapi.adr, into the directory client/python: | |
| @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ | |
| - The following command generates Java client side bindings for an adr | |
| + The following command generates Java client-side bindings for an adr | |
| file, myapi.adr, into the directory client/java: | |
| @@ -172,4 +172,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 05 Feb 2021 radadrgen(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 radadrgen(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/readonly.1 11.4.36/man1/readonly.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/readonly.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.621260412 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/readonly.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.653461536 +0000 | |
| @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ | |
| ments. Tilde expansion occurs on value. | |
| -p Causes the output to be in a form of readonly commands that can | |
| - be used as input to the shell to recreate the current set of | |
| + be used as input to the shell to re-create the current set of | |
| readonly variables. | |
| @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 readonly(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 readonly(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/roles.1 11.4.36/man1/roles.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/roles.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.624370419 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/roles.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.656263080 +0000 | |
| @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ | |
| Roles are not allowed to log into a system as a primary user. Instead, | |
| - a user must log in as him-- or herself and assume the role. The actions | |
| - of a role are attributable to the normal user. When auditing is | |
| + a user must log in using their own account and assume the role. The | |
| + actions of a role are attributable to the normal user. When auditing is | |
| enabled, the audited events of the role contain the audit ID of the | |
| original user who assumed the role. | |
| @@ -93,4 +93,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 roles(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 roles(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/rpcgen.1 11.4.36/man1/rpcgen.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/rpcgen.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.628454529 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/rpcgen.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.663861549 +0000 | |
| @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ | |
| customized to suit a particular application. The -Sc, -Ss, and -Sm | |
| options generate sample client, server and makefile, respectively. The | |
| -a option generates all files, including sample files. If the infile is | |
| - proto.x, then the client side sample file is written to proto_client.c, | |
| - the server side sample file to proto_server.c and the sample makefile | |
| + proto.x, then the client-side sample file is written to proto_client.c, | |
| + the server-side sample file to proto_server.c and the sample makefile | |
| to makefile.proto. | |
| @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ | |
| is 5. | |
| - -I Compiles support for inetd(8) in the server side | |
| + -I Compiles support for inetd(8) in the server-side | |
| stubs. Such servers can be self-started or can be | |
| started by inetd. When the server is self-started, it | |
| backgrounds itself by default. A special define sym- | |
| @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ | |
| - To send the test version of the -DTEST, server side stubs for all the | |
| + To send the test version of the -DTEST, server-side stubs for all the | |
| transport belonging to the class datagram_n to standard output, use: | |
| @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ | |
| - To create the server side stubs for the transport indicated by netid | |
| + To create the server-side stubs for the transport indicated by netid | |
| tcp, use: | |
| @@ -397,4 +397,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 01 Aug 2017 rpcgen(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpcgen(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/runat.1 11.4.36/man1/runat.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/runat.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.640083364 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/runat.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.669198228 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ | |
| The runat utility is used to execute shell commands in a file's hidden | |
| attribute directory. Effectively, this utility changes the current | |
| working directory to be the hidden attribute directory associated with | |
| - the file argument and then executes the specified command in the bourne | |
| - shell (/bin/sh). If no command argument is provided, an interactive | |
| - shell is spawned. The environment variable $SHELL defines the shell to | |
| - be spawned. If this variable is undefined, the default shell, /bin/sh, | |
| - is used. | |
| + the file argument and then executes the specified command in a new | |
| + shell process. If no command argument is provided, an interactive shell | |
| + is spawned. The environment variable $SHELL defines the shell to be | |
| + spawned. If this variable is undefined, the default shell, /bin/sh, is | |
| + used. | |
| The file argument can be any file, including a directory, that can sup- | |
| @@ -209,4 +209,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Jun 2001 runat(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 runat(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/sar.1 11.4.36/man1/sar.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/sar.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.645835259 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/sar.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.672901740 +0000 | |
| @@ -320,10 +320,10 @@ | |
| - %usr, %sys, %stolen, %idle | |
| + %usr, %sys, %wio, %idle | |
| portion of time running in user mode, running in system mode, | |
| - time stolen by the hypervisor (if any), and idle. | |
| + idle with some process waiting for block, and otherwise idle. | |
| If run in a non-global zone and the pools facility is active, these | |
| @@ -455,4 +455,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Aug 2020 sar(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Mar 2021 sar(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/set.1 11.4.36/man1/set.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/set.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.666196505 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/set.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.686027716 +0000 | |
| @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ | |
| With no arguments, setenv displays all environment variables. With the | |
| VAR argument, setenv sets the environment variable VAR to an empty | |
| (null) value. (By convention, environment variables are normally speci- | |
| - fied upper-case names.) With both VAR and word arguments specified, | |
| + fied uppercase names.) With both VAR and word arguments specified, | |
| setenv sets VAR to word, which must be either a single word or a quoted | |
| string. The PATH variable can take multiple word arguments, separated | |
| by colons (see EXAMPLES). The most commonly used environment variables, | |
| @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ | |
| vi Puts you in insert mode of a vi style in- | |
| - line editor until you hit escape character | |
| - 033. This puts you in control mode. A return | |
| + line editor until you press the Escape key. | |
| + This puts you in control mode. A return | |
| sends the line. | |
| @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ | |
| positional parameters. | |
| - For backwards compatibility, a set command without any options speci- | |
| + For backward compatibility, a set command without any options speci- | |
| fied, whose first argument is - turns off the -v and -x options. If any | |
| additional arguments are specified, they replace the positional parame- | |
| ters. | |
| @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ | |
| The options for export in ksh are: | |
| -p Causes the output to be in the form of export commands that can | |
| - be used as input to the shell to recreate the current exports. | |
| + be used as input to the shell to re-create the current exports. | |
| @@ -768,4 +768,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jun 2020 set(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 set(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/sleep.1 11.4.36/man1/sleep.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/sleep.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.683415842 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/sleep.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.694385328 +0000 | |
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| sleep suspends execution for at least the time in seconds specified by | |
| seconds or until a SIGALRM signal is received. The seconds operand can | |
| - be specified as a floating point number but the actual granularity nor- | |
| + be specified as a floating-point number but the actual granularity nor- | |
| mally depends on the underlying system. | |
| OPERANDS | |
| @@ -138,4 +138,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Jul 2011 sleep(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sleep(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/sort.1 11.4.36/man1/sort.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/sort.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.692372819 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/sort.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.703592998 +0000 | |
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ | |
| -f | |
| - Folds lower-case letters into upper case. | |
| + Folds lowercase letters into uppercase. | |
| -i | |
| @@ -113,10 +113,9 @@ | |
| -M | |
| Compares as months. The first three non-blank characters of the | |
| - field are folded to upper case and compared. For example, in Eng- | |
| - lish the sorting order is JAN < FEB < ... < DEC. Invalid fields | |
| - compare low to JAN. The -M option implies the -b option (see | |
| - below). | |
| + field are folded to uppercase and compared. For example, in English | |
| + the sorting order is JAN < FEB < ... < DEC. Invalid fields compare | |
| + low to JAN. The -M option implies the -b option (see below). | |
| -n | |
| @@ -385,9 +384,9 @@ | |
| LC_CTYPE Determine the locale for the interpretation of sequences | |
| of bytes of text data as characters (for example, single- | |
| - versus multi-byte characters in arguments and input | |
| - files) and the behavior of character classification for | |
| - the -b, -d, -f, -i and -n options. | |
| + versus multibyte characters in arguments and input files) | |
| + and the behavior of character classification for the -b, | |
| + -d, -f, -i and -n options. | |
| LC_NUMERIC Determine the locale for the definition of the radix | |
| @@ -485,4 +484,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2020 sort(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sort(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/spell.1 11.4.36/man1/spell.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/spell.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.697253329 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/spell.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.713896488 +0000 | |
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ | |
| compressed spelling list on the standard output. | |
| - hashcheck Reads a compressed spelling_list and recreates the nine- | |
| + hashcheck Reads a compressed spelling_list and re-creates the nine- | |
| digit hash codes for all the words in it. It writes these | |
| codes on the standard output. | |
| @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ | |
| /usr/share/lib/dict/words | |
| - master dictionary | |
| + default dictionary | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -166,4 +166,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Sep 2015 spell(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 spell(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/sstore.1 11.4.36/man1/sstore.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/sstore.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.702332042 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/sstore.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.734594126 +0000 | |
| @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ | |
| /usr/bin/sstore export [-F format] [-aH] | |
| [[[-t start-time] [-e end-time] [-i step]] | | |
| - [[-t start-time] [-p relative-pts]]] | |
| + [[-t start-time] [-i step] [-p relative-pts]]] | |
| [statid ... | -f ssid_file] | |
| /usr/bin/sstore list [-F format] [-aH] | |
| @@ -103,6 +103,14 @@ | |
| or before start-time respectively. | |
| + Form 3: -t start-time -i step -p relative-pts | |
| + | |
| + Form 3 returns at maximum relative-pts data points with granu- | |
| + larity of step seconds. You can specify a positive or negative | |
| + value for relative-pts, which signifies whether the points | |
| + returned come after or before start-time respectively. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| -e end-time | |
| @@ -180,8 +188,8 @@ | |
| sstore export [-F format] [-aH] [[[-t start-time] [-e end-time] [-i | |
| - step]] | [[-t start-time] [-p relative-pts]]] [statid ... | -f | |
| - ssid_file] | |
| + step]] | [[-t start-time] [-i step] [-p relative-pts]]] [statid ... | | |
| + -f ssid_file] | |
| This subcommand prints the historical statistic and event informa- | |
| tion for the given identifiers over the given time range. | |
| @@ -293,7 +301,43 @@ | |
| - Example 5 Export Statistic Values by matching wildcards | |
| + Example 5 Export Statistic Values of previously captured data of previ- | |
| + ous 3 data points relative to now with 5 seconds step | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + $ sstore export -i 5 -p -3 -t now '//:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle' | |
| + TIME VALUE IDENTIFIER | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:44:01 932648728114295 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:44:06 932653671291909 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:44:11 932658595839475 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + Example 6 Export Statistic Values of previously captured data of next 3 | |
| + data points relative to given start-time with 5 seconds step | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + $ sstore export -i 5 -p 3 -t 2021-05-10T09:35:10 '//:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle' | |
| + TIME VALUE IDENTIFIER | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:35:10 932126235430593 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:35:15 932131178062798 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:35:20 932136105248117 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + Example 7 Export Statistic Values of previously captured data of previ- | |
| + ous 3 data points relative to given start-time with 5 seconds step | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + $ sstore export -i 5 -p -3 -t 2021-05-10T09:35:10 '//:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle' | |
| + TIME VALUE IDENTIFIER | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:34:59 932115382756757 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:35:04 932120312981016 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + 2021-05-10T09:35:09 932125248546632 //:class.kstat//:res.system/cpu/0/sys//:stat.cpu_nsec_idle | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + Example 8 Export Statistic Values by matching wildcards | |
| @@ -315,7 +359,7 @@ | |
| ... | |
| - Example 6 List Available CPU Statistics and Events | |
| + Example 9 List Available CPU Statistics and Events | |
| $ sstore list '//:class.cpu//:res.id/0//://:s.[stat,event].*' | |
| @@ -330,13 +374,13 @@ | |
| //:class.cpu//:res.id/0//:event.fault | |
| - Example 7 Display Information about a Network Statistic | |
| + Example 10 Display Information about a Network Statistic | |
| $ sstore info //:class.link/phys//:res.name/net0//:stat.ifspeed | |
| Identifier: //:class.link/phys//:res.name/net0//:stat.ifspeed | |
| description: maximum received or transmitted bytes/s | |
| - copyright: Copyright (c) 2014, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. | |
| + copyright: Copyright (c) 2014, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. | |
| stability: stable | |
| max-rate: //:stat.ifspeed | |
| multiplier: 8 | |
| @@ -346,7 +390,7 @@ | |
| id: //:class.link/phys//:stat.ifspeed | |
| - Example 8 Display Information about a Network and CPU Resource | |
| + Example 11 Display Information about a Network and CPU Resource | |
| $ sstore info //:class.link/phys//:res.name/net0 //:class.cpu//:res.id/0 | |
| @@ -359,7 +403,7 @@ | |
| description: cpu instance | |
| - Example 9 Display Information on all the indentifiers that are cur- | |
| + Example 12 Display Information on all the indentifiers that are cur- | |
| rently available in sstore. | |
| @@ -367,7 +411,7 @@ | |
| ... | |
| Identifier: //:class.zpool | |
| $schema: //:class | |
| - copyright: Copyright (c) 2015, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. | |
| + copyright: Copyright (c) 2015, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. | |
| description: ZFS pool statistics | |
| id: zpool | |
| instance-metadata: {'description': 'ZFS pool', 'stability': 'stable'} | |
| @@ -383,7 +427,7 @@ | |
| ... | |
| Identifier: //:class.app/solaris/audit/class | |
| $schema: //:class | |
| - copyright: Copyright (c) 2016, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. | |
| + copyright: Copyright (c) 2016, 2020, Oracle and/or its affiliates. | |
| description: Solaris Audit class statistics | |
| id: app/solaris/audit/class | |
| namespaces: {'name-type': 'string', 'resource-name': 'name'} | |
| @@ -435,4 +479,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 sstore(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 May 2021 sstore(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/strings.1 11.4.36/man1/strings.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/strings.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.710463781 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/strings.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.744341338 +0000 | |
| @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ | |
| The algorithm for identifying strings is extremely primitive. | |
| - For backwards compatibility, the options -a and - are interchangeable. | |
| + For backward compatibility, the options -a and - are interchangeable. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2020 strings(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strings(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/stty.1 11.4.36/man1/stty.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/stty.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.720141073 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/stty.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.766914874 +0000 | |
| @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ | |
| iuclc (-iuclc) | |
| - Map (do not map) upper-case alphabetics to lower case on input. | |
| + Map (do not map) uppercase alphabetics to lowercase on input. | |
| ixon (-ixon) | |
| @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ | |
| olcuc (-olcuc) | |
| - Map (do not map) lower-case alphabetics to upper case on output. | |
| + Map (do not map) lowercase alphabetics to uppercase on output. | |
| onlcr (-onlcr) | |
| @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ | |
| ff0 ff1 | |
| - Select style of delay for form-feeds (see termio(4I)). | |
| + Select style of delay for form feeds (see termio(4I)). | |
| vt0 vt1 | |
| @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ | |
| xcase (-xcase) | |
| - Canonical (unprocessed) upper/lower-case presentation. | |
| + Canonical (unprocessed) upper/lowercase presentation. | |
| echo (-echo) | |
| @@ -832,4 +832,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jun 2020 stty(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 stty(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/svc-create-first-boot.1 11.4.36/man1/svc-create-first-boot.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/svc-create-first-boot.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.738267722 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/svc-create-first-boot.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.774377654 +0000 | |
| @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ | |
| The command runs interactively when no options are provided. While run- | |
| ning in interactive mode you will be asked various questions. You can | |
| - ensure the command uses only the defaults by hitting the return key | |
| + ensure the command uses only the defaults by pressing the Return key | |
| when the questions are asked. The defaults are mentioned in square | |
| brackets when the questions are asked. | |
| @@ -260,4 +260,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 May 2015 svc-create-first-boot(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 svc-create-first-boot(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/svcprop.1 11.4.36/man1/svcprop.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/svcprop.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.744993873 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/svcprop.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.780987602 +0000 | |
| @@ -28,15 +28,28 @@ | |
| ing; template, template_pg_pattern, and template_prop_pattern. | |
| - Without the -C, -c, or -s options, svcprop accesses effective proper- | |
| - ties. The effective properties of a service are its directly attached | |
| - properties. The effective properties of a service instance are the | |
| - union of properties in the composed view of its running snapshot and | |
| - the properties in non-persistent property groups in the composed view | |
| - of the instance's directly attached properties. See smf(7) for an | |
| - explanation of property composition. If the running snapshot does not | |
| + The default behavior of svcprop without the -C, -c, or -s options is to | |
| + access effective properties. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + The effective properties of a service consists of all the properties | |
| + that are set on the service. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + The effective properties of a service instance includes properties in | |
| + the composed view of its running snapshot(see smf(7) for an explanation | |
| + of property composition and snapshot states). A composed view of all | |
| + the properties in the non-persistent property groups of the service | |
| + instance are also included in the effective properties despite them not | |
| + being part of the running snapshot. If the running snapshot does not | |
| exist then the instance's directly attached properties are used | |
| - instead. | |
| + instead. A directly attached property is an uncommitted property whch | |
| + has been set on the instance or on the parent service but the instance | |
| + has not been refreshed. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + If the FMRI specifies a property, composition is not used to determine | |
| + the effective property as it is fully specified by the FMRI. | |
| Output Format | |
| By default, when a single property is selected, the values for each are | |
| @@ -480,4 +493,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Sept 2019 svcprop(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 May 2021 svcprop(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/talk.1 11.4.36/man1/talk.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/talk.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.750284898 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/talk.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.784526748 +0000 | |
| @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ | |
| o When and only when the stty iexten local mode is enabled, | |
| - additional special control characters and multi-byte or sin- | |
| + additional special control characters and multibyte or sin- | |
| gle-byte characters are processed as printable characters if | |
| their wide character equivalents are printable. | |
| @@ -168,4 +168,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 talk(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 talk(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/tip.1 11.4.36/man1/tip.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/tip.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.765404876 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/tip.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.800259443 +0000 | |
| @@ -582,4 +582,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Oct 2019 tip(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tip(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/touch.1 11.4.36/man1/touch.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/touch.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.773397089 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/touch.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.804630219 +0000 | |
| @@ -272,4 +272,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 May 2020 touch(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 touch(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/tr.1 11.4.36/man1/tr.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/tr.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.778489416 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/tr.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.808990178 +0000 | |
| @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ | |
| two-, or three-octal-digit characters (01234567). The | |
| sequence causes the character whose encoding is repre- | |
| sented by the one-, two- or three-digit octal integer to | |
| - be placed into the array. Multi-byte characters require | |
| + be placed into the array. Multibyte characters require | |
| multiple, concatenated escape sequences of this type, | |
| including the leading \ for each byte. | |
| @@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ | |
| - This example translates all lower-case characters in file1 to upper- | |
| - case and writes the results to standard output. | |
| + This example translates all lowercase characters in file1 to uppercase | |
| + and writes the results to standard output. | |
| tr "[:lower:]" "[:upper:]" <file1 | |
| @@ -361,4 +361,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Jul 2020 tr(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tr(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/trap.1 11.4.36/man1/trap.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/trap.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.782734676 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/trap.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.815755783 +0000 | |
| @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ | |
| ksh: | |
| -p Causes the current traps to be output in a format that can be | |
| - processed as input to the shell to recreate the current traps. | |
| + processed as input to the shell to re-create the current traps. | |
| @@ -191,4 +191,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jul 2011 trap(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 trap(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/uname.1 11.4.36/man1/uname.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/uname.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.786531800 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/uname.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.819514483 +0000 | |
| @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ | |
| uname [-a | --all] [-i | --hardware-platform] [-m | --machine] | |
| [-n | --nodename] [-o | --operating-system] [-p | --processor] | |
| [-r | --kernel-release] [-s | --kernel-name] [-v | --kernel-version] | |
| + [-V | --virtual-environment] | |
| [--help] [-X] | |
| @@ -100,6 +101,12 @@ | |
| Prints the operating system version. | |
| + -V, --virtual-environment | |
| + | |
| + Prints the current virtual environment. See virtinfo(8) for more | |
| + information. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| -X | |
| Prints expanded system information, one information element per | |
| @@ -158,7 +165,8 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| arch(1), isainfo(1), isalist(1), sysinfo(2), uname(2), getopt_long(3C), | |
| - nodename(5), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7), prtconf(8) | |
| + nodename(5), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7), prtconf(8), virt- | |
| + info(8) | |
| NOTES | |
| To determine the operating system name and release level, use uname | |
| @@ -188,4 +196,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 May 2020 uname(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 May 2021 uname(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/vi.1 11.4.36/man1/vi.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/vi.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.803956637 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/vi.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.846189172 +0000 | |
| @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ | |
| '' move cursor to first non-white space in line | |
| - mx mark current position with the ASCII lower-case letter x | |
| + mx mark current position with the ASCII lowercase letter x | |
| `x move cursor to mark x | |
| @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ | |
| Yank and Put | |
| Put inserts the text most recently deleted or yanked; however, if a | |
| - buffer is named (using the ASCII lower-case letters a - z), the text in | |
| + buffer is named (using the ASCII lowercase letters a - z), the text in | |
| that buffer is put instead. | |
| 3yy yank 3 lines | |
| @@ -779,4 +779,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Nov 2016 vi(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vi(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/wc.1 11.4.36/man1/wc.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/wc.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.814474821 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/wc.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.856529264 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ | |
| -w, --words Counts words delimited by white space charac- | |
| ters or new line characters. Delimiting char- | |
| - acters are Extended Unix Code (EUC) characters | |
| + acters are Extended UNIX Code (EUC) characters | |
| from any code set defined by isspace(3C). | |
| @@ -110,4 +110,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 wc(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wc(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/write.1 11.4.36/man1/write.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/write.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.819007348 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/write.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.876075403 +0000 | |
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ | |
| o When and only when the stty iexten local mode is enabled, | |
| - additional special control characters and multi-byte or sin- | |
| + additional special control characters and multibyte or sin- | |
| gle-byte characters are processed as printable characters if | |
| their wide character equivalents are printable. | |
| @@ -182,4 +182,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2000 write(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 write(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/xgettext.1 11.4.36/man1/xgettext.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/xgettext.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.836505985 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/xgettext.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.891651848 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| found in ANSI C source code in filename or the standard input if '-' is | |
| specified on the command line. The .po file can be used as input to the | |
| msgfmt(1) utility, which produces a binary form of the message file | |
| - that can be used by application during run-time. | |
| + that can be used by application during runtime. | |
| xgettext writes msgid strings from gettext(3C) calls in filename to the | |
| @@ -133,4 +133,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Mar 1999 xgettext(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xgettext(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1/xstr.1 11.4.36/man1/xstr.1 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1/xstr.1 2021-08-27 10:45:35.840962913 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1/xstr.1 2021-08-27 10:46:37.898976992 +0000 | |
| @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Oct 2019 xstr(1) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xstr(1) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man1c/uuencode.1c 11.4.36/man1c/uuencode.1c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man1c/uuencode.1c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.845319182 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man1c/uuencode.1c 2021-08-27 10:46:37.908793929 +0000 | |
| @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ | |
| in the encoded file's header as the name of the file into which uude- | |
| code is to place the binary (decoded) data. uuencode also includes the | |
| permission modes of source-file (except setuid, setgid, and sticky- | |
| - bits), so that decode_pathname is recreated with those same permission | |
| + bits), so that decode_pathname is re-created with those same permission | |
| modes. | |
| uudecode | |
| The uudecode utility reads an encoded-file, strips off any leading and | |
| - trailing lines added by mailer programs, and recreates the original | |
| + trailing lines added by mailer programs, and re-creates the original | |
| binary data with the filename and the mode specified in the header. | |
| @@ -267,4 +267,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 uuencode(1C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 uuencode(1C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man2/__sparc_utrap_install.2 11.4.36/man2/__sparc_utrap_install.2 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man2/__sparc_utrap_install.2 2021-08-27 10:45:35.851139149 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man2/__sparc_utrap_install.2 2021-08-27 10:46:37.927415849 +0000 | |
| @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ | |
| UT_FP_DISABLED | |
| - This trap is raised when an application issues a floating point | |
| + This trap is raised when an application issues a floating-point | |
| instruction (including load or store) and the SPARC V9 Floating | |
| Point Registers State (FPRS) FEF bit is 0. If a user handler is | |
| installed for this trap, it will be given control. Otherwise the | |
| @@ -335,4 +335,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Apr 2020 __sparc_utrap_install(2) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 __sparc_utrap_install(2) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man2/exec.2 11.4.36/man2/exec.2 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man2/exec.2 2021-08-27 10:45:35.865724278 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man2/exec.2 2021-08-27 10:46:37.960926407 +0000 | |
| @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ | |
| The envp argument is an array of character pointers to null-terminated | |
| strings. These strings constitute the environment for the new process | |
| image. The envp array is terminated by a null pointer. For execl(), | |
| - execv(), execvp(), and execlp(), the C-language run-time start-off rou- | |
| + execv(), execvp(), and execlp(), the C-language runtime start-off rou- | |
| tine places a pointer to the environment of the calling process in the | |
| global object extern char **environ, and it is used to pass the envi- | |
| ronment of the calling process to the new process image. | |
| @@ -564,4 +564,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jul 2018 exec(2) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 exec(2) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3/intro.3 11.4.36/man3/intro.3 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3/intro.3 2021-08-27 10:45:35.873432757 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3/intro.3 2021-08-27 10:46:37.973257014 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ | |
| -Library Interfaces and Headers intro(3) | |
| +Library Interfaces and Headers Intro(3) | |
| NAME | |
| - intro, Intro - introduction to functions and libraries | |
| + Intro, intro - introduction to functions and libraries | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| This section describes functions found in various Oracle Solaris | |
| @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ | |
| (3HBAAPI) | |
| - These functions constitute the common fibre channel HBA information | |
| + These functions constitute the common Fibre Channel HBA information | |
| library, libhbaapi. Specify -lhbaapi on the cc command line to link | |
| with this library. See libhbaapi(3LIB). | |
| @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ | |
| DEFINITIONS | |
| A character is any bit pattern able to fit into a byte on the machine. | |
| In some international languages, however, a "character" might require | |
| - more than one byte, and is represented in multi-bytes. | |
| + more than one byte, and is represented as a multibyte character. | |
| The null character is a character with value 0, conventionally repre- | |
| @@ -832,4 +832,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Sep 2019 intro(3) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 Intro(3) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3/msgqipc.3 11.4.36/man3/msgqipc.3 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3/msgqipc.3 2021-08-27 10:45:35.879884188 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3/msgqipc.3 2021-08-27 10:46:37.983659979 +0000 | |
| @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ | |
| vided to the interface. | |
| - The context allows multiple components to co-exist in the same process | |
| + The context allows multiple components to coexist in the same process | |
| or thread, and use the MSGQIPC API without impacting each other. Any | |
| objects, resources, or state created or modified by use of the API is | |
| isolated to the context provided to the API. | |
| @@ -539,4 +539,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 msgqipc(3) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 msgqipc(3) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/_tolower.3c 11.4.36/man3c/_tolower.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/_tolower.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.895633466 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/_tolower.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:37.999704578 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - _tolower - transliterate upper-case characters to lower-case | |
| + _tolower - transliterate uppercase characters to lowercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <ctype.h> | |
| @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The _tolower() macro is equivalent to tolower(3C) except that the argu- | |
| - ment c must be an upper-case letter. | |
| + ment c must be an uppercase letter. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| - On successful completion, _tolower() returns the lower-case letter cor- | |
| + On successful completion, _tolower() returns the lowercase letter cor- | |
| responding to the argument passed. | |
| ERRORS | |
| @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Sep 2014 _tolower(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 _tolower(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/_toupper.3c 11.4.36/man3c/_toupper.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/_toupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.899788064 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/_toupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.003626241 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - _toupper - transliterate lower-case characters to upper-case | |
| + _toupper - transliterate lowercase characters to uppercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <ctype.h> | |
| @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The _toupper() macro is equivalent to toupper(3C) except that the argu- | |
| - ment c must be a lower-case letter. | |
| + ment c must be a lowercase letter. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| - On successful completion, _toupper() returns the upper-case letter cor- | |
| + On successful completion, _toupper() returns the uppercase letter cor- | |
| responding to the argument passed. | |
| ERRORS | |
| @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Sep 2014 _toupper(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 _toupper(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/addseverity.3c 11.4.36/man3c/addseverity.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/addseverity.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.903639291 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/addseverity.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.012973683 +0000 | |
| @@ -107,4 +107,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 1996 addseverity(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 addseverity(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/clock_settime.3c 11.4.36/man3c/clock_settime.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/clock_settime.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.908007659 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/clock_settime.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.016945428 +0000 | |
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ | |
| ts to hold the current calendar time, based on the defined time base. | |
| If base is TIME_UTC, tv_sec is set to the number of seconds since | |
| epoch, truncated to a whole value. The implementation defines epoch, in | |
| - this case, standard Unix epoch January 1, 1970. tv_nsec is set to the | |
| + this case, standard UNIX epoch January 1, 1970. tv_nsec is set to the | |
| integral number of nanoseconds, rounded to the resolution of the system | |
| clock. The timespec_get() function is specified in the C11 standard | |
| (INCITS/ISO/IEC 9899:2011). | |
| @@ -151,4 +151,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Jan 2019 clock_settime(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 clock_settime(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/cset.3c 11.4.36/man3c/cset.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/cset.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.925046653 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/cset.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.031170883 +0000 | |
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| Both csetlen() and csetcol() take a code set number codeset, which must | |
| be 0, 1, 2, or 3. The csetlen() function returns the number of bytes | |
| - needed to represent a character of the given Extended Unix Code (EUC) | |
| + needed to represent a character of the given Extended UNIX Code (EUC) | |
| code set, excluding the single-shift characters SS2 and SS3 for code- | |
| sets 2 and 3. The csetcol() function returns the number of columns a | |
| character in the given EUC code set would take on the display. | |
| @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------------------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - euclen(3C) setlocale(3C), attributes(7) | |
| + euclen(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 cset(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cset(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/ctime.3c 11.4.36/man3c/ctime.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/ctime.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.930552222 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/ctime.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.039756763 +0000 | |
| @@ -409,4 +409,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 08 Aug 2018 ctime(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ctime(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/ctype.3c 11.4.36/man3c/ctype.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/ctype.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.934932589 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/ctype.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.055179243 +0000 | |
| @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ | |
| for which iscntrl() is true. | |
| - islower() Tests for any character that is a lower-case letter or is | |
| - one of the current locale-defined set of characters for | |
| - which none of iscntrl(), isdigit(), ispunct(), isspace(), or | |
| - isupper() is true. In the "C" locale, islower() returns true | |
| - only for the characters defined as lower-case ASCII charac- | |
| + islower() Tests for any character that is a lowercase letter or is one | |
| + of the current locale-defined set of characters for which | |
| + none of iscntrl(), isdigit(), ispunct(), isspace(), or isup- | |
| + per() is true. In the "C" locale, islower() returns true | |
| + only for the characters defined as lowercase ASCII charac- | |
| ters. | |
| @@ -250,11 +250,11 @@ | |
| returns true only for the standard white-space characters. | |
| - isupper() Tests for any character that is an upper-case letter or is | |
| + isupper() Tests for any character that is an uppercase letter or is | |
| one of the current locale-defined set of characters for | |
| which none of iscntrl(), isdigit(), ispunct(), isspace(), or | |
| islower() is true. In the "C" locale, isupper() returns true | |
| - only for the characters defined as upper-case ASCII charac- | |
| + only for the characters defined as uppercase ASCII charac- | |
| ters. | |
| @@ -314,4 +314,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ctype(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ctype(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/dldump.3c 11.4.36/man3c/dldump.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/dldump.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.939475803 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/dldump.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.063617021 +0000 | |
| @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ | |
| - When RTLD_MEMORY is used, care should be taken to insure that dumped | |
| + When RTLD_MEMORY is used, care should be taken to ensure that dumped | |
| data sections that reference external objects are not reused without | |
| appropriate re-initialization. For example, if a data item contains a | |
| file descriptor, a variable returned from a shared object, or some | |
| @@ -216,10 +216,9 @@ | |
| image. NOBITS sections declare memory that must be created and zero- | |
| filled when the object is mapped into the runtime environment. .bss is | |
| a typical example of this section type. PROGBITS sections, on the other | |
| - hand, hold information defined by the object within the ELF file | |
| - image. This section conversion reduces the runtime initialization cost | |
| - of the new dumped object but increases the objects' disk space require- | |
| - ment. | |
| + hand, hold information defined by the object within the ELF file image. | |
| + This section conversion reduces the runtime initialization cost of the | |
| + new dumped object but increases the objects' disk space requirement. | |
| Oracle Solaris 11.4 discontinued support for the following dldump() | |
| @@ -231,4 +230,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Nov 2017 dldump(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dldump(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/dlopen.3c 11.4.36/man3c/dlopen.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/dlopen.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.949296746 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/dlopen.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.075587431 +0000 | |
| @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ | |
| The program image file and any objects loaded at program startup have | |
| the mode RTLD_GLOBAL. The mode RTLD_LOCAL is the default mode for any | |
| objects that are acquired with dlopen(). A local object can be a depen- | |
| - dency of more then one group. Any object of mode RTLD_LOCAL that is | |
| + dency of more than one group. Any object of mode RTLD_LOCAL that is | |
| referenced as a dependency of an object of mode RTLD_GLOBAL is promoted | |
| to RTLD_GLOBAL. In other words, the RTLD_LOCAL mode is ignored. | |
| @@ -337,4 +337,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 May 2014 dlopen(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dlopen(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/euclen.3c 11.4.36/man3c/euclen.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/euclen.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.961383099 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/euclen.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.092367252 +0000 | |
| @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ | |
| int eucscol(const unsigned char *str); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The euclen() function returns the length in bytes of the Extended Unix | |
| + The euclen() function returns the length in bytes of the Extended UNIX | |
| Code (EUC) character pointed to by s, including single-shift charac- | |
| ters, if present. | |
| @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Sep 2014 euclen(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 euclen(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fgetc.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fgetc.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fgetc.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.966024412 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fgetc.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.119947244 +0000 | |
| @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ | |
| The getc_unlocked() and getchar_unlocked() routines are variants of | |
| getc() and getchar(), respectively, that do not lock the stream. It is | |
| the caller's responsibility to acquire the stream lock before calling | |
| - these routines and releasing the lock afterwards; see flockfile(3C) and | |
| + these routines and releasing the lock afterward; see flockfile(3C) and | |
| stdio(3C). These routines are implemented as macros. | |
| @@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Oct 2003 fgetc(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fgetc(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fnmatch.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fnmatch.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fnmatch.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.979100026 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fnmatch.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.135894952 +0000 | |
| @@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ | |
| "leading" only if it is the first charac- | |
| ter of string. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| If not set, no special restrictions are placed on | |
| matching a period. | |
| @@ -67,8 +65,8 @@ | |
| FNM_IGNORECASE If set, during matching, case is ignored yielding | |
| case-insensitive matching on characters based on the | |
| case folding defined for the current locale or, if | |
| - that does not exist, tolower case conversions of the | |
| - current locale. | |
| + that does not exist, tolower() case conversions of | |
| + the current locale. | |
| FNM_CASEFOLD An alias of FNM_IGNORECASE provided for a better | |
| @@ -172,4 +170,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Oct 2014 fnmatch(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fnmatch(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fputc.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fputc.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fputc.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.983610723 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fputc.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.148313439 +0000 | |
| @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ | |
| The putc_unlocked() and putchar_unlocked() routines are variants of | |
| putc() and putchar(), respectively, that do not lock the stream. It is | |
| the caller's responsibility to acquire the stream lock before calling | |
| - these routines and releasing the lock afterwards; see flockfile(3C) and | |
| + these routines and releasing the lock afterward; see flockfile(3C) and | |
| stdio(3C). These routines are implemented as macros. | |
| @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - getrlimit(2), ulimit(2) write(2), printf(3C), abort(3C), exit(3C), | |
| + getrlimit(2), ulimit(2), write(2), printf(3C), abort(3C), exit(3C), | |
| fclose(3C), ferror(3C), fflush(3C), flockfile(3C), putc(3C), puts(3C), | |
| setbuf(3C), stdio(3C), intro(3), attributes(7), standards(7) | |
| @@ -190,4 +190,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 fputc(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fputc(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/ftok.3c 11.4.36/man3c/ftok.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/ftok.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:35.997979086 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/ftok.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.162728419 +0000 | |
| @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ | |
| If the file named by path is removed while still referred to by a key, | |
| a call to ftok() with the same path and id returns an error. If the | |
| - same file is recreated, then a call to ftok() with the same path and id | |
| - is likely to return a different key. | |
| + same file is re-created, then a call to ftok() with the same path and | |
| + id is likely to return a different key. | |
| Only the low order 8-bits of id are significant. The behavior of ftok() | |
| @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ | |
| path. | |
| - ENAMETOOLONG The length of the path argument exceeds {PATH_MAX} or | |
| - a pathname component is longer than {NAME_MAX}. | |
| + ENAMETOOLONG The length of the path argument exceeds {PATH_MAX} or a | |
| + pathname component is longer than {NAME_MAX}. | |
| ENOENT A component of path does not name an existing file or | |
| @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2002 ftok(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ftok(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fts_open.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fts_open.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fts_open.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.013179557 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fts_open.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.182491227 +0000 | |
| @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ | |
| int fts_close(FTS *ftsp); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The fts() functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. | |
| - A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a "handle" on | |
| - a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts() functions. | |
| + The fts() functions are provided for traversing file hierarchies. A | |
| + simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a "handle" on a | |
| + file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts() functions. | |
| The fts_read() function returns a pointer to a structure describing one | |
| @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ | |
| FTS, the structure that represents the file hierarchy itself. The sec- | |
| ond is FTSENT, the structure that represents a file in the file hierar- | |
| chy. Normally, an FTSENT structure is returned for every file in the | |
| - file hierarchy. In this manual page, "file'' and "FTSENT structure'' | |
| - are generally interchangeable. | |
| + file hierarchy. In this manual page, "file" and "FTSENT structure" are | |
| + generally interchangeable. | |
| The FTS structure contains space for a single pointer, which may be | |
| used to store application data or per-hierarchy state. The | |
| - fts_set_clientptr()and fts_get_clientptr() functions may be used to set | |
| - and retrieve this pointer respectively. This is likely to be useful | |
| + fts_set_clientptr() and fts_get_clientptr() functions may be used to | |
| + set and retrieve this pointer respectively. This is likely to be useful | |
| only when accessed from the sort comparison function, which can deter- | |
| mine the original FTS stream of its arguments using the | |
| fts_get_stream() function. | |
| @@ -91,22 +91,20 @@ | |
| These fields are defined as follows: | |
| - | |
| fts_info() | |
| One of the following values describing the returned FTSENT struc- | |
| ture and the file it represents. With the exception of directories | |
| without errors (FTS_D), all of these entries are terminal, that is, | |
| neither will they be revisited, nor will any of their descendants | |
| - be visited | |
| - | |
| + be visited. | |
| FTS_D A directory being visited in pre-order | |
| FTS_DC A directory that causes a cycle in the tree. The | |
| fts_cycle field of the FTSENT structure will be | |
| - filled in as well | |
| + filled in as well. | |
| FTS_DEFAULT Any FTSENT structure that represents a file type not | |
| @@ -116,22 +114,22 @@ | |
| FTS_DNR A directory which cannot be read. This is an error | |
| return, and the fts_errno field will be set to indi- | |
| - cate what caused the error | |
| + cate what caused the error. | |
| - FTS_DOT A file named '.'or '..'which was not specified as a | |
| - file name to fts_open() function. For more informa- | |
| - tion, see the description for FTS_SEEDOT | |
| + FTS_DOT A file named '.' or '..' which was not specified as | |
| + a file name to fts_open() function. For more infor- | |
| + mation, see the description for FTS_SEEDOT. | |
| FTS_DP A directory being visited in post-order. The con- | |
| tents of the FTSENT structure will be unchanged from | |
| when the directory was visited in pre-order, except | |
| - for the fts_info field | |
| + for the fts_info field. | |
| FTS_ERR This is an error return, and the fts_errno field | |
| - will be set to indicate what caused the error | |
| + will be set to indicate what caused the error. | |
| FTS_F A regular file | |
| @@ -141,13 +139,13 @@ | |
| available. The contents of the fts_statp field are | |
| undefined. This is an error return, and the | |
| fts_errno field will be set to indicate what caused | |
| - the error | |
| + the error. | |
| FTS_NSOK A file for which no stat() function information is | |
| requested. The contents of the fts_statp field are | |
| undefined. For more information, see the stat(2) man | |
| - page | |
| + page. | |
| FTS_SL A symbolic link. | |
| @@ -156,8 +154,7 @@ | |
| FTS_SLNONE A symbolic link with a non-existent target. The con- | |
| tents of the fts_statp field reference the file | |
| characteristic information for the symbolic link | |
| - itself | |
| - | |
| + itself. | |
| @@ -169,7 +166,8 @@ | |
| fts_path() | |
| The path for the file relative to the root of the traversal. This | |
| - path contains the path specified to fts_open() function as a prefix | |
| + path contains the path specified to the fts_open() function as a | |
| + prefix. | |
| fts_pathlen() | |
| @@ -193,7 +191,7 @@ | |
| is found. The FTSENT structure representing the parent of the | |
| starting point (or root) of the traversal is numbered FTS_ROOTPAR- | |
| ENTLEVEL (-1). The FTSENT structure for the root itself is numbered | |
| - FTS_ROOTLEVEL (0) | |
| + FTS_ROOTLEVEL (0). | |
| fts_errno() | |
| @@ -202,19 +200,19 @@ | |
| fts_read() functions, with its fts_info field set to FTS_DNR, | |
| FTS_ERR or FTS_NS, the fts_errno field contains the value of the | |
| external variable errno specifying the cause of the error. Other- | |
| - wise, the contents of the fts_errno field are undefined | |
| + wise, the contents of the fts_errno field are undefined. | |
| fts_number() | |
| This field is provided for the use of the application program and | |
| - is not modified by the fts() functions. It is initialized to 0 | |
| + is not modified by the fts() functions. It is initialized to 0. | |
| fts_pointer() | |
| This field is provided for the use of the application program and | |
| - is not modified by the fts() functions. It is initialized to NULL | |
| + is not modified by the fts() functions. It is initialized to NULL. | |
| fts_parent() | |
| @@ -224,7 +222,7 @@ | |
| which this file is a member. A parent structure for the initial | |
| entry point is provided as well, however, only the fts_level, the | |
| fts_number and the fts_pointer fields are guaranteed to be initial- | |
| - ized | |
| + ized. | |
| fts_link() | |
| @@ -232,7 +230,7 @@ | |
| Upon return from the fts_children() function, the fts_link field | |
| points to the next structure in the NULL-terminated linked list of | |
| directory members. Otherwise, the contents of the fts_link field | |
| - are undefined | |
| + are undefined. | |
| fts_cycle() | |
| @@ -252,7 +250,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the | |
| file hierarchy. Therefore, the fts_path and the fts_accpath fields are | |
| guaranteed to be NULL-terminated only for the file most recently | |
| @@ -273,11 +270,10 @@ | |
| CAL or FTS_PHYSICAL must be specified. The options are selected by per- | |
| forming the OR operation for the following values: | |
| - | |
| FTS_COMFOLLOW | |
| This option causes any symbolic link specified as a root path to be | |
| - followed immediately, whether or not FTS_LOGICAL is also specified | |
| + followed immediately, whether or not FTS_LOGICAL is also specified. | |
| FTS_LOGICAL | |
| @@ -287,7 +283,7 @@ | |
| themselves. If this option is set, the only symbolic links for | |
| which FTSENT structures are returned to the application are those | |
| referencing non-existent files. Either FTS_LOGICAL or FTS_PHYSICAL | |
| - must be provided to the fts_open() function | |
| + must be provided to the fts_open() function. | |
| FTS_NOCHDIR | |
| @@ -297,13 +293,12 @@ | |
| they walk the file hierarchy. As a result, an application cannot | |
| rely on being in any particular directory during the traversal. The | |
| FTS_NOCHDIR option turns off this feature, and the fts() functions | |
| - will not change the current directory | |
| + will not change the current directory. | |
| Note - | |
| - | |
| The applications should not themselves change their current | |
| directory and try to access files unless FTS_NOCHDIR is specified | |
| and absolute pathnames were provided as arguments to fts_open() | |
| @@ -311,14 +306,13 @@ | |
| - | |
| FTS_NOSTAT | |
| By default, returned FTSENT structures reference file characteris- | |
| - tic information (the statp field) for each file visited. This | |
| + tic information in the statp field for each file visited. This | |
| option relaxes that requirement as a performance optimization, | |
| allowing the fts() functions to set the fts_info field to FTS_NSOK | |
| - and leave the contents of the statp field undefined | |
| + and leave the contents of the statp field undefined. | |
| FTS_PHYSICAL | |
| @@ -328,7 +322,7 @@ | |
| point to. If this option is set, FTSENT structures for all symbolic | |
| links in the hierarchy are returned to the application. Either | |
| FTS_LOGICAL or FTS_PHYSICAL must be provided to the fts_open() | |
| - function | |
| + function. | |
| FTS_SEEDOT | |
| @@ -336,15 +330,14 @@ | |
| By default, any files named '.' or '..' encountered in the file | |
| hierarchy are ignored, unless they are specified as path elements | |
| to the fts_open() function. This option causes the fts() routines | |
| - to return FTSENT structures for them | |
| + to return FTSENT structures for them. | |
| FTS_XDEV | |
| This option prevents fts() from descending into directories that | |
| have a different device number than the file from which the descent | |
| - began | |
| - | |
| + began. | |
| @@ -395,7 +388,7 @@ | |
| recently returned by the fts_read() function. The list is linked | |
| through the fts_link field of the FTSENT structure, and is ordered by | |
| the user-specified comparison function, if any. Repeated calls to the | |
| - fts_children() will recreate this linked list. | |
| + fts_children() will re-create this linked list. | |
| As a special case, if the fts_read() function has not yet been called | |
| @@ -416,12 +409,10 @@ | |
| Option may be set to the following value: | |
| - | |
| FTS_NAMEONLY Only the names of the files are needed. The contents of | |
| all the fields in the returned linked list of struc- | |
| tures are undefined with the exception of the fts_name | |
| - and the fts_namelen fields | |
| - | |
| + and the fts_namelen fields. | |
| @@ -430,7 +421,6 @@ | |
| returns 0 on success, and -1, if an error occurs. Option must be set to | |
| one of the following values: | |
| - | |
| FTS_AGAIN Revisits the file, and any file type can be revisited. | |
| The next call to the fts_read() function will return the | |
| referenced file. The fts_stat and fts_info fields of the | |
| @@ -440,7 +430,7 @@ | |
| fts_read() function. Normal use is for post-order direc- | |
| tory visits, where it causes the directory to be revis- | |
| ited (in both pre and post-order) as well as all of its | |
| - descendants | |
| + descendants. | |
| FTS_FOLLOW The referenced file must be a symbolic link. If the ref- | |
| @@ -456,7 +446,7 @@ | |
| instead of the symbolic link itself. In either case, if | |
| the target of the symbolic link does not exist, the | |
| fields of the returned structure will be unchanged and | |
| - the fts_info field will be set to FTS_SLNONE | |
| + the fts_info field will be set to FTS_SLNONE. | |
| If the target of the link is a directory, a pre-order | |
| return, followed by the return of all of its descendants, | |
| @@ -469,7 +459,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| The fts_close() function closes a file hierarchy stream ftsp and | |
| restores the current directory to the directory from which the | |
| fts_open() function was called to open ftsp. The fts_close() function | |
| @@ -478,7 +467,6 @@ | |
| ERRORS | |
| The fts_open() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EACCES Search permission is denied for a component of a path | |
| @@ -547,10 +535,8 @@ | |
| - | |
| The fts_close() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EINTR A signal was caught during the execution of the fts_close() | |
| function | |
| @@ -563,10 +549,8 @@ | |
| - | |
| The fts_read() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EACCES Search permission is denied for a component of a path | |
| @@ -621,10 +605,8 @@ | |
| - | |
| The fts_children() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EACCES Search permission is denied on a component of a path | |
| @@ -682,14 +664,11 @@ | |
| - | |
| The fts_set() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EINVAL The value of the options argument is invalid | |
| - | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| Example 1 Breadth-wise Listing of Contents of a Directory Hierarchy | |
| @@ -734,7 +713,6 @@ | |
| } | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -753,4 +731,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Apr 2017 fts_open(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fts_open(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fwide.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fwide.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fwide.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.017045426 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fwide.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.188406994 +0000 | |
| @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The fwide() function determines the orientation of the stream pointed | |
| to by stream. If mode is greater than 0, the function first attempts to | |
| - make the stream wide-orientated. If mode is less than 0, the function | |
| - first attempts to make the stream byte-orientated. Otherwise, mode is 0 | |
| + make the stream wide-oriented. If mode is less than 0, the function | |
| + first attempts to make the stream byte-oriented. Otherwise, mode is 0 | |
| and the function does not alter the orientation of the stream. | |
| @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2002 fwide(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fwide(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fwprintf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fwprintf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fwprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.026477730 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fwprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.199050754 +0000 | |
| @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ | |
| radix character appears. If a radix character appears, at least | |
| 1 digit appears before it. The converted value is rounded to | |
| fit the specified output format according to the prevailing | |
| - floating point rounding direction mode. If the conversion is | |
| + floating-point rounding direction mode. If the conversion is | |
| not exact, an inexact exception is raised. | |
| For the f specifier, a double argument representing an infinity | |
| @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ | |
| ing, it is taken as 6; if the precision is 0 and no # flag is | |
| present, no radix character appears. The converted value is | |
| rounded to fit the specified output format according to the | |
| - prevailing floating point rounding direction mode. If the con- | |
| + prevailing floating-point rounding direction mode. If the con- | |
| version is not exact, an inexact exception is raised. The E | |
| conversion wide-character will produce a number with E instead | |
| of e introducing the exponent. The exponent always contains at | |
| @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ | |
| 2. If the value is zero, the exponent is zero. | |
| The converted value is rounded to fit the specified output for- | |
| - mat according to the prevailing floating point rounding direc- | |
| + mat according to the prevailing floating-point rounding direc- | |
| tion mode. If the conversion is not exact, an inexact exception | |
| is raised. | |
| @@ -555,4 +555,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Oct 2014 fwprintf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fwprintf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/fwscanf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/fwscanf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/fwscanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.032752416 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/fwscanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.209979559 +0000 | |
| @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ | |
| The vfwscanf(), vswscanf(), and vwscanf() functions are similar to the | |
| fwscanf(), swscanf(), and wscanf() functions, respectively, except that | |
| instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, they are | |
| - called with an argument list as defined by the <stdarg.h> header . | |
| - These functions do not invoke the va_end() macro. Applications using | |
| - these functions should call va_end(ap) afterwards to clean up. | |
| + called with an argument list as defined by the <stdarg.h> header. These | |
| + functions do not invoke the va_end() macro. Applications using these | |
| + functions should call va_end(ap) afterward to clean up. | |
| Each function reads wide-characters, interprets them according to a | |
| @@ -305,16 +305,16 @@ | |
| format is the same as expected for the subject sequence of | |
| wcstod(3C). In the absence of a size modifier, the corre- | |
| sponding argument must be a pointer to float. The e, f, and | |
| - g specifiers match hexadecimal floating point values only in | |
| + g specifiers match hexadecimal floating-point values only in | |
| C99/SUSv3 (see standards(7)) mode, but the a specifier | |
| - always matches hexadecimal floating point values. | |
| + always matches hexadecimal floating-point values. | |
| These conversion specifiers match any subject sequence | |
| accepted by strtod(3C), including the INF, INFINITY, NAN, | |
| and NAN(n-char-sequence) forms. The result of the conversion | |
| is the same as that of calling strtod() (or strtof() or str- | |
| told()) with the matching sequence, including the raising of | |
| - floating point exceptions and the setting of errno to | |
| + floating-point exceptions and the setting of errno to | |
| ERANGE, if applicable. | |
| @@ -575,4 +575,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jul 2018 fwscanf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fwscanf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/getdate.3c 11.4.36/man3c/getdate.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/getdate.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.037631380 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/getdate.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.218479726 +0000 | |
| @@ -310,9 +310,9 @@ | |
| The month names, weekday names, era names, and alternative numeric sym- | |
| - bols can consist of any combination of upper and lower case letters. | |
| - The user can request that the input date or time specification be in a | |
| - specific language by setting the LC_TIME category using setlocale(3C). | |
| + bols can consist of any combination of upper and lowercase letters. The | |
| + user can request that the input date or time specification be in a spe- | |
| + cific language by setting the LC_TIME category using setlocale(3C). | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| If successful, getdate() returns a pointer to a tm structure in con- | |
| @@ -467,4 +467,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Dec 2010 getdate(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 getdate(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/getpw.3c 11.4.36/man3c/getpw.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/getpw.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.048953904 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/getpw.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.227585644 +0000 | |
| @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 1996 getpw(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 getpw(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/getservbyname.3c 11.4.36/man3c/getservbyname.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/getservbyname.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.053238691 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/getservbyname.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.240153702 +0000 | |
| @@ -264,4 +264,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 getservbyname(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 getservbyname(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/getwidth.3c 11.4.36/man3c/getwidth.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/getwidth.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.060265287 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/getwidth.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.247379295 +0000 | |
| @@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ | |
| sets this information into the struct eucwidth_t. This struct is | |
| defined in <euc.h> and has the following members: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| short int _eucw1,_eucw2,_eucw3; | |
| short int _scrw1,_scrw2,_scrw3; | |
| short int _pcw; | |
| @@ -32,7 +30,7 @@ | |
| respectively. | |
| - The width of Extended Unix Code (EUC) Process Code is set in _pcw. The | |
| + The width of Extended UNIX Code (EUC) Process Code is set in _pcw. The | |
| _multibyte entry is set to 1 if multibyte characters are used, and set | |
| to 0 if only single-byte characters are used. | |
| @@ -54,4 +52,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Sep 2014 getwidth(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 getwidth(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/mktime.3c 11.4.36/man3c/mktime.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/mktime.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.063941683 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/mktime.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.254158865 +0000 | |
| @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ | |
| If tm_isdst is positive, mktime() assumes the original values to be in | |
| - the alternate timezone. If it turns out that the alternate timezone is | |
| - not valid for the computed calendar time, then the components are | |
| - adjusted to the main timezone. Likewise, if tm_isdst is zero, the orig- | |
| - inal values are assumed to be in the main timezone and are converted to | |
| - the alternate timezone if the main timezone is not valid. If tm_isdst | |
| - is negative, mktime() attempts to determine whether the alternate time- | |
| - zone is in effect for the specified time. timelocal() is equivalent to | |
| - mktime() with a negative tm_isdst value. | |
| + the alternate time zone. If it turns out that the alternate time zone | |
| + is not valid for the computed calendar time, then the components are | |
| + adjusted to the main time zone. Likewise, if tm_isdst is zero, the | |
| + original values are assumed to be in the main time zone and are con- | |
| + verted to the alternate time zone if the main time zone is not valid. | |
| + If tm_isdst is negative, mktime() attempts to determine whether the | |
| + alternate time zone is in effect for the specified time. timelocal() is | |
| + equivalent to mktime() with a negative tm_isdst value. | |
| Local timezone information is used as if mktime() or timelocal() had | |
| @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ | |
| The function timegm() performs the inverse conversion to gmtime() and | |
| - ignores the local timezone information. The original values are assumed | |
| - to be in the UTC timezone. See ctime(3C). | |
| + ignores the local time zone information. The original values are | |
| + assumed to be in the UTC time zone. See ctime(3C). | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| If the calendar time can be represented in an object of type time_t, | |
| @@ -168,4 +168,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Sept 2016 mktime(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mktime(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/mutex_init.3c 11.4.36/man3c/mutex_init.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/mutex_init.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.082216674 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/mutex_init.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.269276874 +0000 | |
| @@ -199,8 +199,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| or | |
| mutex_t mp = DEFAULTMUTEX; | |
| @@ -486,7 +484,7 @@ | |
| A mutex can protect data that is shared among processes. The mutex | |
| would need to be initialized as USYNC_PROCESS. One process initializes | |
| the process-shared mutex and writes it to a file to be mapped into mem- | |
| - ory by all cooperating processes (see mmap(2)). Afterwards, other inde- | |
| + ory by all cooperating processes (see mmap(2)). Afterward, other inde- | |
| pendent processes can run the same program (whether concurrently or | |
| not) and share mutex-protected data. | |
| @@ -594,7 +592,7 @@ | |
| mutex would need to be initialized as USYNC_PROCESS | LOCK_ROBUST. One | |
| process initializes the robust process-shared mutex and writes it to a | |
| file to be mapped into memory by all cooperating processes (see | |
| - mmap(2)). Afterwards, other independent processes can run the same pro- | |
| + mmap(2)). Afterward, other independent processes can run the same pro- | |
| gram (whether concurrently or not) and share mutex-protected data. | |
| @@ -790,4 +788,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 May 2014 mutex_init(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mutex_init(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/ndbm.3c 11.4.36/man3c/ndbm.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/ndbm.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.094844422 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/ndbm.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.276601203 +0000 | |
| @@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ | |
| The database files (file.dir and file.pag) are binary and are architec- | |
| ture-specific (for example, they depend on the architecture's byte | |
| - order.) These files are not guaranteed to be portable across architec- | |
| + order). These files are not guaranteed to be portable across architec- | |
| tures. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Sep 2001 ndbm(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ndbm(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/port_create.3c 11.4.36/man3c/port_create.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/port_create.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.104702284 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/port_create.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.288440969 +0000 | |
| @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ | |
| The port_get(3C) and port_getn(3C) functions retrieve events from a | |
| - port. They ignore non retrievable events (non-own or non-shareable | |
| + port. They ignore non retrievable events (non-own or non-sharable | |
| events). | |
| @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 port_create(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 port_create(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/port_get.3c 11.4.36/man3c/port_get.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/port_get.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.108430392 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/port_get.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.300484627 +0000 | |
| @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ | |
| waiting in the port_getn() function for more than n events. | |
| - The port_get() and the port_getn() functions ignore non-shareable | |
| - events (see port_create(3C)) generated by other processes. | |
| + The port_get() and the port_getn() functions ignore non-sharable events | |
| + (see port_create(3C)) generated by other processes. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| Upon successful completion, 0 is returned. Otherwise, -1 is returned | |
| @@ -213,4 +213,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Sept 2016 port_get(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 port_get(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/postwait_post.3c 11.4.36/man3c/postwait_post.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/postwait_post.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.111944341 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/postwait_post.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.313738480 +0000 | |
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ | |
| port_getn(3C) calls. | |
| - If a key is associated with more then one event port, a post to that | |
| + If a key is associated with more than one event port, a post to that | |
| key will result in delivery of the same event to each of those ports. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| @@ -201,4 +201,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Apr 2017 postwait_post(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 postwait_post(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/printf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/printf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/printf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.135410961 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/printf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.359674577 +0000 | |
| @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ | |
| radix character appears. If a radix character appears, at least | |
| 1 digit appears before it. The converted value is rounded to | |
| fit the specified output format according to the prevailing | |
| - floating point rounding direction mode. If the conversion is | |
| + floating-point rounding direction mode. If the conversion is | |
| not exact, an inexact exception is raised. | |
| For the f specifier, a double argument representing an infinity | |
| @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ | |
| specifier will produce a number with E instead of e introducing | |
| the exponent. The exponent always contains at least two digits. | |
| The converted value is rounded to fit the specified output for- | |
| - mat according to the prevailing floating point rounding direc- | |
| + mat according to the prevailing floating-point rounding direc- | |
| tion mode. If the conversion is not exact, an inexact exception | |
| is raised. | |
| @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ | |
| of 2. If the value is zero, the exponent is zero. | |
| The converted value is rounded to fit the specified output for- | |
| - mat according to the prevailing floating point rounding direc- | |
| + mat according to the prevailing floating-point rounding direc- | |
| tion mode. If the conversion is not exact, an inexact exception | |
| is raised. | |
| @@ -841,4 +841,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Mar 2020 printf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 printf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/pthread_sigmask.3c 11.4.36/man3c/pthread_sigmask.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/pthread_sigmask.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.139798497 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/pthread_sigmask.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.368887390 +0000 | |
| @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ | |
| } | |
| printf("\n Press CTRL-C to deliver SIGINT signal to the | |
| process\n"); | |
| - sleep(8); /* give user time to hit CTRL-C */ | |
| + sleep(8); /* give user time to press CTRL-C */ | |
| return (NULL) | |
| } | |
| @@ -287,4 +287,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 May 2014 pthread_sigmask(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pthread_sigmask(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/putws.3c 11.4.36/man3c/putws.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/putws.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.146611775 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/putws.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.386215280 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The putws() function converts the Process Code string (terminated by a | |
| - (wchar_t)NULL) pointed to by s, to an Extended Unix Code (EUC) string | |
| + (wchar_t)NULL) pointed to by s, to an Extended UNIX Code (EUC) string | |
| followed by a NEWLINE character, and writes it to the standard output | |
| stream stdout. It does not write the terminal null character. | |
| @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Apr 1997 putws(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 putws(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_clnt_auth.3c 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_clnt_auth.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_clnt_auth.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.157923585 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_clnt_auth.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.397240928 +0000 | |
| @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| rpc_clnt_auth, auth_destroy, authnone_create, authsys_create, auth- | |
| - sys_create_default - library routines for client side remote procedure | |
| + sys_create_default - library routines for client-side remote procedure | |
| call authentication | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| void auth_destroy(AUTH *auth); | |
| - AUTH *authnone_create (void) | |
| + AUTH *authnone_create(void); | |
| AUTH *authsys_create(const cha r*host, const uid_t uid, const gid_t gid, | |
| const int len, const gid_t *aup_gids); | |
| - AUTH *authsys_create_default(void) | |
| + AUTH *authsys_create_default(void); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language pro- | |
| @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ | |
| information. The parameter host is the name | |
| of the machine on which the information was | |
| created; uid is the user's user ID; gid is | |
| - the user's current group ID; len and | |
| - aup_gids refer to a counted array of groups | |
| - to which the user belongs. | |
| + the user's current group ID; len and aup_gids | |
| + refer to a counted array of groups to which | |
| + the user belongs. | |
| authsys_create_default Call authsys_create() with the appropriate | |
| @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Jan 2002 rpc_clnt_auth(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc_clnt_auth(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_clnt_calls.3c 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_clnt_calls.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_clnt_calls.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.162887055 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_clnt_calls.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.413921374 +0000 | |
| @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| rpc_clnt_calls, clnt_call, clnt_send, clnt_freeres, clnt_geterr, | |
| clnt_perrno, clnt_perror, clnt_sperrno, clnt_sperror, rpc_broadcast, | |
| - rpc_broadcast_exp, rpc_call - library routines for client side calls | |
| + rpc_broadcast_exp, rpc_call - library routines for client-side calls | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <rpc/rpc.h> | |
| @@ -277,4 +277,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Aug 2011 rpc_clnt_calls(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc_clnt_calls(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_control.3c 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_control.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_control.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.166821295 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_control.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.418673006 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| This RPC library routine allows applications to set and modify global | |
| RPC attributes that apply to clients as well as servers. At present, it | |
| - supports only server side operations. This function allows applications | |
| + supports only server-side operations. This function allows applications | |
| to set and modify global attributes that apply to client as well as | |
| server functions. op indicates the type of operation, and info is a | |
| pointer to the operation specific information. The supported values of | |
| @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Feb 1999 rpc_control(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc_control(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_svc_err.3c 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_svc_err.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/rpc_svc_err.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.171210031 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/rpc_svc_err.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.432508417 +0000 | |
| @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| rpc_svc_err, svcerr_auth, svcerr_decode, svcerr_noproc, svcerr_noprog, | |
| svcerr_progvers, svcerr_systemerr, svcerr_weakauth - library routines | |
| - for server side remote procedure call errors | |
| + for server-side remote procedure call errors | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language pro- | |
| grams to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. | |
| - These routines can be called by the server side dispatch function if | |
| + These routines can be called by the server-side dispatch function if | |
| there is any error in the transaction with the client. | |
| Routines | |
| @@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Feb 1998 rpc_svc_err(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc_svc_err(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/rpc.3c 11.4.36/man3c/rpc.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/rpc.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.180777462 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/rpc.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.441993256 +0000 | |
| @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ | |
| }; | |
| typedef union des_block des_block; | |
| extern bool_t xdr_des_block(); | |
| + | |
| /* | |
| * Authentication info. Opaque to client. | |
| */ | |
| @@ -130,8 +131,9 @@ | |
| caddr_t oa_base; /* address of more auth stuff */ | |
| uint_t oa_length; /* not to exceed MAX_AUTH_BYTES */ | |
| }; | |
| + | |
| /* | |
| - * Auth handle, interface to client side authenticators. | |
| + * Auth handle, interface to client-side authenticators. | |
| */ | |
| typedef struct { | |
| struct opaque_auth ah_cred; | |
| @@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ | |
| XPRT_IDLE | |
| }; | |
| /* | |
| - * Server side transport handle | |
| + * Server-side transport handle | |
| */ | |
| typedef struct { | |
| int xp_fd; /* file descriptor for the | |
| @@ -600,4 +602,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Sep 2019 rpc(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/scanf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/scanf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/scanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.193452082 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/scanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.452729043 +0000 | |
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ | |
| instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, they are | |
| called with an argument list as defined by the <stdarg.h> header. These | |
| functions do not invoke the va_end() macro. Applications using these | |
| - functions should call va_end(ap) afterwards to clean up. | |
| + functions should call va_end(ap) afterward to clean up. | |
| Each function reads bytes, interprets them according to a format, and | |
| @@ -304,17 +304,17 @@ | |
| ity, or NaN, whose format is the same as expected for the | |
| subject sequence of strtod(3C). In the absence of a size | |
| modifier, the corresponding argument must be a pointer to | |
| - float. The e, f, and g specifiers match hexadecimal floating | |
| - point values only in C99/SUSv3 (see standards(7)) mode, but | |
| - the a specifier always matches hexadecimal floating point | |
| - values. | |
| + float. The e, f, and g specifiers match hexadecimal float- | |
| + ing-point values only in C99/SUSv3 (see standards(7)) mode, | |
| + but the a specifier always matches hexadecimal floating- | |
| + point values. | |
| These conversion specifiers match any subject sequence | |
| accepted by strtod(3C), including the INF, INFINITY, NAN, | |
| and NAN(n-char-sequence) forms. The result of the conversion | |
| is the same as that of calling strtod() (or strtof() or str- | |
| told()) with the matching sequence, including the raising of | |
| - floating point exceptions and the setting of errno to | |
| + floating-point exceptions and the setting of errno to | |
| ERANGE, if applicable. | |
| @@ -599,4 +599,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Mar 2020 scanf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 scanf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/strftime.3c 11.4.36/man3c/strftime.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/strftime.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.198726124 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/strftime.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.462966679 +0000 | |
| @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ | |
| optional flag characters and optional field width were added in the | |
| Solaris 11 and OpenSolaris releases for a better compatibility with | |
| other operating systems. The current form of %OV is also specified in | |
| - the Single Unix Specification, Version 2. | |
| + the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. | |
| The conversion specifications for %C, %F, %G, and %Y are modified, and | |
| @@ -676,4 +676,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Nov 2017 strftime(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strftime(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/string.3c 11.4.36/man3c/string.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/string.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.203891357 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/string.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.472505190 +0000 | |
| @@ -628,4 +628,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Jun 2018 string(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 string(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/strptime.3c 11.4.36/man3c/strptime.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/strptime.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.219988830 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/strptime.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.481354072 +0000 | |
| @@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ | |
| The month names, weekday names, era names, and alternate numeric sym- | |
| - bols can consist of any combination of upper and lower case letters. | |
| - The user can request that the input date or time specification be in a | |
| - specific language by setting the LC_TIME category using setlocale(3C). | |
| + bols can consist of any combination of upper and lowercase letters. The | |
| + user can request that the input date or time specification be in a spe- | |
| + cific language by setting the LC_TIME category using setlocale(3C). | |
| Non-zeroing Behavior | |
| In addition to the behavior described above by various standards, the | |
| @@ -490,4 +490,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2014 strptime(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strptime(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/strtod.3c 11.4.36/man3c/strtod.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/strtod.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.224034178 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/strtod.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.487670579 +0000 | |
| @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ | |
| If the subject sequence has either the decimal or hexadecimal form, the | |
| value resulting from the conversion is rounded correctly according to | |
| - the prevailing floating point rounding direction mode. The conversion | |
| - also raises floating point inexact, underflow, or overflow exceptions | |
| + the prevailing floating-point rounding direction mode. The conversion | |
| + also raises floating-point inexact, underflow, or overflow exceptions | |
| as appropriate. | |
| @@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ | |
| If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, | |
| +-HUGE_VAL, +-HUGE_VALF, or +-HUGE_VALL is returned (according to the | |
| - sign of the value), a floating point overflow exception is raised, and | |
| + sign of the value), a floating-point overflow exception is raised, and | |
| errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| If the correct value would cause an underflow, the correctly rounded | |
| result (which may be normal, subnormal, or zero) is returned, a float- | |
| - ing point underflow exception is raised, and errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| + ing-point underflow exception is raised, and errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| ERRORS | |
| These functions will fail if: | |
| @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ | |
| The changes to strtod() introduced by the ISO/IEC 9899: 1999 standard | |
| can alter the behavior of well-formed applications complying with the | |
| ISO/IEC 9899: 1990 standard and thus earlier versions of IEEE Std | |
| - 1003.1-200x. One such example would be: | |
| + 1003.1-2008. One such example would be: | |
| int | |
| what_kind_of_number (char *s) | |
| @@ -236,4 +236,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 strtod(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strtod(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/sysconf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/sysconf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/sysconf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.229199478 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/sysconf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.500979694 +0000 | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ | |
| Development | |
| Utilities Option | |
| _SC_2_FORT_RUN _POSIX2_FORT_RUN Supports FORTRAN | |
| - Run-time Utilities | |
| + Runtime Utilities | |
| Option | |
| _SC_2_LOCALEDEF _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF Supports creation | |
| of locales by the | |
| @@ -549,4 +549,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2019 sysconf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sysconf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/thr_sigsetmask.3c 11.4.36/man3c/thr_sigsetmask.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/thr_sigsetmask.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.233046100 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/thr_sigsetmask.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.509336541 +0000 | |
| @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ | |
| o Sleeps for 8 seconds to allow time for the user to | |
| - deliver the signal SIGINT by pressing the CTRL-C. | |
| + deliver the signal SIGINT by pressing CTRL-C. | |
| @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| printf("\n Press CTRL-C to deliver SIGINT signal to the process\n"); | |
| - sleep(8); /* give user time to hit CTRL-C */ | |
| + sleep(8); /* give user time to press CTRL-C */ | |
| return (NULL) | |
| } | |
| @@ -274,4 +274,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 thr_sigsetmask(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 thr_sigsetmask(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/tolower.3c 11.4.36/man3c/tolower.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/tolower.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.246323199 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/tolower.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.526893624 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,24 +3,28 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - tolower, tolower_l - transliterate upper-case characters to lower-case | |
| + tolower, tolower_l - transliterate uppercase characters to lowercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <ctype.h> | |
| int tolower(int c); | |
| - int tolower_l(int, locale_t locale); | |
| + int tolower_l(int c, locale_t locale); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The tolower() and tolower_l() functions have as a domain a type int, | |
| the value of which is representable as an unsigned char or the value of | |
| EOF. If the argument has any other value, the argument is returned | |
| - unchanged. If the argument of tolower() or tolower_l() represents an | |
| - upper-case letter, and there exists a corresponding lower-case letter | |
| - as defined by character type information in the current or in the | |
| - locale represented by locale, respectively (category LC_CTYPE), the | |
| - result is the corresponding lower-case letter. All other arguments in | |
| - the domain are returned unchanged. | |
| + unchanged. The tolower() function operates in the current locale as set | |
| + by setlocale(3C), while tolower_l() uses the locale represented by the | |
| + locale argument. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + If the argument of tolower() or tolower_l() represents an uppercase | |
| + letter, and there exists a corresponding lowercase letter as defined by | |
| + character type information in the locale category LC_CTYPE, the result | |
| + is the corresponding lowercase letter. All other arguments in the | |
| + domain are returned unchanged. | |
| The behavior is undefined if the locale argument to tolower_l() is the | |
| @@ -29,8 +33,8 @@ | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| On successful completion, tolower() and tolower_l() return the lower- | |
| - case letter corresponding to the argument passed. Otherwise, it returns | |
| - the argument unchanged. | |
| + case letter corresponding to the argument passed. Otherwise, they | |
| + return the argument unchanged. | |
| ERRORS | |
| No errors are defined. | |
| @@ -50,9 +54,9 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - _tolower(3C), duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo- | |
| - cale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7) | |
| + _tolower(3C), toupper(3C), duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlo- | |
| + cale(3C), setlocale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Sep 2014 tolower(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tolower(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/toupper.3c 11.4.36/man3c/toupper.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/toupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.258185882 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/toupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.533236432 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - toupper, toupper_l - transliterate lower-case characters to upper-case | |
| + toupper, toupper_l - transliterate lowercase characters to uppercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <ctype.h> | |
| @@ -15,12 +15,16 @@ | |
| The toupper() and toupper_l() functions have as a domain a type int, | |
| the value of which is representable as an unsigned char or the value of | |
| EOF. If the argument has any other value, the argument is returned | |
| - unchanged. If the argument of toupper() or toupper_l() represents a | |
| - lower-case letter, and there exists a corresponding upper-case letter | |
| - as defined by character type information in the current locale or in | |
| - the locale represented by locale, respectively (category LC_CTYPE), the | |
| - result is the corresponding upper-case letter. All other arguments in | |
| - the domain are returned unchanged. | |
| + unchanged. The toupper() function operates in the current locale as set | |
| + by setlocale(3C), while toupper_l() uses the locale represented by the | |
| + locale argument. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + If the argument of toupper() or toupper_l() represents a lowercase let- | |
| + ter, and there exists a corresponding uppercase letter as defined by | |
| + character type information in the locale category LC_CTYPE, the result | |
| + is the corresponding uppercase letter. All other arguments in the | |
| + domain are returned unchanged. | |
| The behavior is undefined if the locale argument to toupper_l() is the | |
| @@ -28,8 +32,9 @@ | |
| handle. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| - On successful completion, toupper() and toupper_l() returns the upper- | |
| - case letter corresponding to the argument passed. | |
| + On successful completion, toupper() and toupper_l() return the upper- | |
| + case letter corresponding to the argument passed. Otherwise, they | |
| + return the argument unchanged. | |
| ERRORS | |
| No errors are defined. | |
| @@ -49,9 +54,9 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - _toupper(3C), duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo- | |
| - cale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7) | |
| + tolower(3C), _toupper(3C), duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlo- | |
| + cale(3C), setlocale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Sep 2014 toupper(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 toupper(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/towlower.3c 11.4.36/man3c/towlower.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/towlower.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.261294468 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/towlower.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.537199517 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - towlower, towlower_l - transliterate upper-case wide-character code to | |
| - lower-case | |
| + towlower, towlower_l - transliterate uppercase wide-character code to | |
| + lowercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <wchar.h> | |
| @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ | |
| wide-character code corresponding to a valid character in the current | |
| locale or the value of WEOF. If the argument has any other value, the | |
| argument is returned unchanged. If the argument of towlower() repre- | |
| - sents an upper-case wide-character code, and there exists a correspond- | |
| - ing lower-case wide-character code (as defined by character type infor- | |
| + sents an uppercase wide-character code, and there exists a correspond- | |
| + ing lowercase wide-character code (as defined by character type infor- | |
| mation in the program locale category LC_CTYPE), the result is the cor- | |
| - responding lower-case wide-character code. All other arguments in the | |
| + responding lowercase wide-character code. All other arguments in the | |
| domain are returned unchanged. | |
| @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Sep 2014 towlower(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 towlower(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/towupper.3c 11.4.36/man3c/towupper.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/towupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.264323851 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/towupper.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.539962850 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - towupper, towupper_l - transliterate lower-case wide-character code to | |
| - upper-case | |
| + towupper, towupper_l - transliterate lowercase wide-character code to | |
| + uppercase | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <wchar.h> | |
| @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ | |
| wide-character code corresponding to a valid character in the current | |
| locale or the value of WEOF. If the argument has any other value, the | |
| argument is returned unchanged. If the argument of towupper() repre- | |
| - sents a lower-case wide-character code (as defined by character type | |
| + sents a lowercase wide-character code (as defined by character type | |
| information in the program locale category LC_CTYPE), the result is the | |
| - corresponding upper-case wide-character code. All other arguments in | |
| - the domain are returned unchanged. | |
| + corresponding uppercase wide-character code. All other arguments in the | |
| + domain are returned unchanged. | |
| The towupper_l() function is equivalent to the towupper() function, | |
| @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| Upon successful completion, towupper() and towupper_l() return the | |
| - upper-case letter corresponding to the argument passed. Otherwise, they | |
| + uppercase letter corresponding to the argument passed. Otherwise, they | |
| return the argument unchanged. | |
| ERRORS | |
| @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Dec 2015 towupper(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 towupper(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 11.4.36/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.267747720 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.550930394 +0000 | |
| @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The u8_stcmp() function internally processes UTF-8 strings pointed to | |
| + The u8_strcmp() function internally processes UTF-8 strings pointed to | |
| by s1 and s2 based on the corresponding version of the Unicode Standard | |
| and other input arguments and compares the result strings in byte-by- | |
| byte, machine ordering. | |
| @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ | |
| value based on byte-by-byte comparison is always returned. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 Perform simple default string comparison. | |
| + Example 1 Perform simple default string comparison | |
| #include <sys/u8_textprep.h> | |
| @@ -144,14 +144,15 @@ | |
| return (-3); | |
| if (errnum == ERANGE) | |
| return (-4); | |
| + } | |
| + Example 2 Perform case-insensitive comparison | |
| - | |
| - Example 2 Perform upper case based case-insensitive comparison with | |
| - Unicode 3.2.0 date. | |
| + Perform uppercase based case-insensitive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 | |
| + data. | |
| #include <sys/u8_textprep.h> | |
| @@ -176,13 +177,12 @@ | |
| } | |
| - | |
| - Example 3 Perform Unicode Normalization Form D. | |
| + Example 3 Perform Unicode Normalization Form D | |
| Perform Unicode Normalization Form D and upper case based case-insensi- | |
| - tive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 date. | |
| + tive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 data. | |
| #include <sys/u8_textprep.h> | |
| @@ -230,4 +230,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Sep 2007 u8_strcmp(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 u8_strcmp(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/vfwprintf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/vfwprintf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/vfwprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.270622451 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/vfwprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.567468166 +0000 | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ | |
| Refer to fwprintf(3C). | |
| USAGE | |
| - Applications using these functions should call va_end(ap) afterwards to | |
| + Applications using these functions should call va_end(ap) afterward to | |
| clean up. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Apr 2017 vfwprintf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vfwprintf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/wcstod.3c 11.4.36/man3c/wcstod.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/wcstod.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.273942450 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/wcstod.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.570931976 +0000 | |
| @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ | |
| If the subject sequence has either the decimal or hexadecimal form, the | |
| value resulting from the conversion is rounded correctly according to | |
| - the prevailing floating point rounding direction mode. The conversion | |
| - also raises floating point inexact, underflow, or overflow exceptions | |
| + the prevailing floating-point rounding direction mode. The conversion | |
| + also raises floating-point inexact, underflow, or overflow exceptions | |
| as appropriate. | |
| @@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ | |
| If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, | |
| +-HUGE_VAL, +-HUGE_VALF, or +-HUGE_VALL is returned (according to the | |
| - sign of the value), a floating point overflow exception is raised, and | |
| + sign of the value), a floating-point overflow exception is raised, and | |
| errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| If the correct value would cause an underflow, the correctly rounded | |
| result (which may be normal, subnormal, or zero) is returned, a float- | |
| - ing point underflow exception is raised, and errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| + ing-point underflow exception is raised, and errno is set to ERANGE. | |
| ERRORS | |
| The wcstod() and wstod() functions will fail if: | |
| @@ -196,4 +196,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 wcstod(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wcstod(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/wsprintf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/wsprintf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/wsprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.277575713 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/wsprintf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.574522850 +0000 | |
| @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ | |
| terminator) that have been written. The conversion specifications and | |
| behavior of wsprintf() are the same as the regular sprintf(3C) function | |
| except that the result is a Process Code string for wsprintf(), and on | |
| - Extended Unix Code (EUC) character string for sprintf(). | |
| + Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character string for sprintf(). | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| Upon successful completion, wsprintf() returns the number of characters | |
| @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 1996 wsprintf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wsprintf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/wsscanf.3c 11.4.36/man3c/wsscanf.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/wsscanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.281026252 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/wsscanf.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.577785636 +0000 | |
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |
| The conversion specifications and behavior of wsscanf() are the same as | |
| the regular sscanf(3C) function except that the source is a Process | |
| - Code string for wsscanf() and on Extended Unix Code (EUC) character | |
| + Code string for wsscanf() and on Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character | |
| string for sscanf(3C). | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 wsscanf(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wsscanf(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/wstring.3c 11.4.36/man3c/wstring.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/wstring.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.289881673 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/wstring.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.580476113 +0000 | |
| @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ | |
| returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, depending | |
| upon whether s1 is lexicographically greater than, equal to, or less | |
| than s2. It makes the same comparison but compares at most n Process | |
| - Code characters. The four Extended Unix Code (EUC) codesets are ordered | |
| + Code characters. The four Extended UNIX Code (EUC) codesets are ordered | |
| from lowest to highest as 0, 2, 3, 1 when characters from different | |
| codesets are compared. | |
| @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 1996 wstring(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wstring(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_admin.3c 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_admin.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_admin.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.293373866 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_admin.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.583502554 +0000 | |
| @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ | |
| See rpc(3C) for the definition of the XDR data structure. Note that any | |
| buffers passed to the XDR routines must be properly aligned. It is sug- | |
| gested either that malloc(3C) be used to allocate these buffers, or | |
| - that the programmer insure that the buffer address is divisible evenly | |
| + that the programmer ensure that the buffer address is evenly divisible | |
| by four. | |
| @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Dec 1996 xdr_admin(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xdr_admin(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_complex.3c 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_complex.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_complex.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.297524108 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_complex.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.593502442 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| See rpc(3C) for the definition of the XDR data structure. Note that any | |
| buffers passed to the XDR routines must be properly aligned. It is sug- | |
| gested either that malloc() be used to allocate these buffers, or that | |
| - the programmer insure that the buffer address is divisible evenly by | |
| + the programmer ensure that the buffer address is divisible evenly by | |
| four. | |
| @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 May 2012 xdr_complex(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xdr_complex(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_simple.3c 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_simple.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/xdr_simple.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.302338605 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/xdr_simple.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.601062602 +0000 | |
| @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ | |
| See rpc(3C) for the definition of the XDR data structure. Note that any | |
| buffers passed to the XDR routines must be properly aligned. It is sug- | |
| gested that malloc(3C) be used to allocate these buffers or that the | |
| - programmer insure that the buffer address is divisible evenly by four. | |
| + programmer ensure that the buffer address is evenly divisible by four. | |
| xdr_bool() xdr_bool() translates between booleans (C integers) | |
| and their external representations. When encoding | |
| @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ | |
| xdr_hyper(). | |
| - xdr_quadruple() xdr_quadruple() translates between IEEE quadruple | |
| - precision floating point numbers and their external | |
| + xdr_quadruple() xdr_quadruple() translates between IEEE quadruple- | |
| + precision floating-point numbers and their external | |
| representations. This routine returns TRUE if it | |
| succeeds, FALSE otherwise. | |
| @@ -226,4 +226,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 xdr_simple(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xdr_simple(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3c/ypclnt.3c 11.4.36/man3c/ypclnt.3c | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3c/ypclnt.3c 2021-08-27 10:45:36.306501012 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3c/ypclnt.3c 2021-08-27 10:46:38.609302195 +0000 | |
| @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ | |
| The concept of first and next is particular to the structure of the | |
| NIS map being processed. Retrieval order is not related to either | |
| - the lexical order within any original (non-NIS name service) data | |
| + the lexical order within any original (non-NIS name service) data- | |
| base, or to any obvious numerical sorting order on the keys, val- | |
| ues, or key-value pairs. The only ordering guarantee is that if the | |
| yp_first() function is called on a particular map, and then the | |
| @@ -334,4 +334,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Jan 2018 ypclnt(3C) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ypclnt(3C) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3cfgadm/config_admin.3cfgadm 11.4.36/man3cfgadm/config_admin.3cfgadm | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3cfgadm/config_admin.3cfgadm 2021-08-27 10:45:36.324433018 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3cfgadm/config_admin.3cfgadm 2021-08-27 10:46:38.629499966 +0000 | |
| @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ | |
| HARDWARE DEPENDENT LIBRARY SYNOPSIS | |
| The config_admin library is a generic interface that is used for | |
| - dynamic configuration, (DR). Each piece of hardware that supports DR | |
| + dynamic configuration (DR). Each piece of hardware that supports DR | |
| must supply a hardware-specific plugin library that contains the entry | |
| points listed in this subsection. The generic library will locate and | |
| link to the appropriate library to effect DR operations. The interfaces | |
| @@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ | |
| Plugin Support Interface | |
| Unlike the cfga_list_ext(), cfga_plugin_apinfo() does not take the | |
| ap_id_list argument to store a pointer to an array of information. | |
| - Instead, the cfga_plugin_apinfo() takes cookie argument to be able to | |
| - supply multiple instances of attachment points. The following interface | |
| - can be used from cfga_plugin_apinfo() entry point to add an instance of | |
| - attachment point. | |
| + Instead, the cfga_plugin_apinfo() takes the cookie argument to be able | |
| + to supply multiple instances of attachment points. The following inter- | |
| + face can be used from cfga_plugin_apinfo() entry point to add an | |
| + instance of attachment point. | |
| cfga_err_t cfga_plugin_apinfo_add(void *cookie, cfga_aplist_t *ap); | |
| @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ | |
| pointer appdata_ptr and the message detailing what requires confirma- | |
| tion. The generic pointer appdata_ptr is set to the value passed in in | |
| the cfga_confirm structure member appdata_ptr and can be used in a | |
| - graphical user interface to relate the confirm function call to the | |
| + graphical user interface to relate the confirm() function call to the | |
| config_*() call. The confirm() function should return 1 to allow the | |
| operation to proceed and 0 otherwise. | |
| @@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ | |
| out-of-range. | |
| - The cfga_help function can be used request that a hardware-specific | |
| - library output it's localized help message. | |
| + The cfga_help function can be used to request that a hardware-specific | |
| + library output its localized help message. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| The config_*() and cfga_*() functions return the following values. | |
| @@ -401,8 +401,8 @@ | |
| CFGA_NACK | |
| - The command was not completed due to a negative acknowledgement | |
| - from the confp->confirm function. | |
| + The command was not completed due to a negative acknowledgment from | |
| + the confp->confirm function. | |
| CFGA_NO_LIB | |
| @@ -550,4 +550,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 config_admin(3CFGADM) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 config_admin(3CFGADM) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3commputil/sdp_add_origin.3commputil 11.4.36/man3commputil/sdp_add_origin.3commputil | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3commputil/sdp_add_origin.3commputil 2021-08-27 10:45:36.332331254 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3commputil/sdp_add_origin.3commputil 2021-08-27 10:46:38.637888291 +0000 | |
| @@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ | |
| pointer to sdp_session_t structure by calling sdp_new_session(). Then | |
| to this newly created structure we add various SDP fields. Once the | |
| structure is built we obtain a string representation of the structure | |
| - using sdp_session_to_str() function. Since its caller responsibility to | |
| - free the session we call sdp_free_session() towards the end. | |
| + using sdp_session_to_str() function. As it's the caller's responsibil- | |
| + ity to free the session we call sdp_free_session() near the end. | |
| /* SDP Message we will be building | |
| @@ -314,5 +314,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| sdp_add_origin(3COMMPUTIL) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3curses/menu_item_value.3curses 11.4.36/man3curses/menu_item_value.3curses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3curses/menu_item_value.3curses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.344352358 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3curses/menu_item_value.3curses 2021-08-27 10:46:38.643181561 +0000 | |
| @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ | |
| int item_value(ITEM *item); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - Unlike single-valued menus, multi-valued menus enable the end-user to | |
| + Unlike single-valued menus, multi-valued menus enable the user to | |
| select one or more items from a menu. set_item_value() sets the | |
| selected value of the item -- TRUE (selected) or FALSE (not selected). | |
| set_item_value() may be used only with multi-valued menus. To make a | |
| @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Dec 1996 menu_item_value(3CURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 menu_item_value(3CURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3dax/dax_post.3dax 11.4.36/man3dax/dax_post.3dax | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3dax/dax_post.3dax 2021-08-27 10:45:36.351705297 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3dax/dax_post.3dax 2021-08-27 10:46:38.657913222 +0000 | |
| @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ | |
| USAGE | |
| - You can use the udata field to associate the client meta-data with a | |
| + You can use the udata field to associate the client metadata with a | |
| request when it is posted, and identify the request when it completes | |
| by using the dax_poll() function. | |
| @@ -174,4 +174,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 03 Mar 2017 dax_post(3DAX) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dax_post(3DAX) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3dax/dax_zip_get_contig.3dax 11.4.36/man3dax/dax_zip_get_contig.3dax | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3dax/dax_zip_get_contig.3dax 2021-08-27 10:45:36.354707839 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3dax/dax_zip_get_contig.3dax 2021-08-27 10:46:38.661272357 +0000 | |
| @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ | |
| USAGE | |
| With this function, you can write a compressed vector and its codec to | |
| a byte addressable storage, such as a file. Later, you can read the | |
| - byte stream and recreate the dax_zip_t object by using the dax_zip_cre- | |
| - ate_contig() function. | |
| + byte stream and re-create the dax_zip_t object by using the | |
| + dax_zip_create_contig() function. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Aug 2017 dax_zip_get_contig(3DAX) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dax_zip_get_contig(3DAX) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3dtrace/dtrace_lookup_by_addr.3dtrace 11.4.36/man3dtrace/dtrace_lookup_by_addr.3dtrace | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3dtrace/dtrace_lookup_by_addr.3dtrace 2021-08-27 10:45:36.357880247 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3dtrace/dtrace_lookup_by_addr.3dtrace 2021-08-27 10:46:38.666381492 +0000 | |
| @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ | |
| #include <dtrace.h> | |
| int dtrace_lookup_by_name(dtrace_hdl_t *dtp, const char *object, | |
| - const char *name, GElf_Sym *symp, dtrace_syminfo_t *sip) | |
| + const char *name, GElf_Sym *symp, dtrace_syminfo_t *sip); | |
| int dtrace_lookup_by_addr(dtrace_hdl_t *dtp, GElf_Addr addr, | |
| - GElf_Sym *symp, dtrace_syminfo_t *sip) | |
| + GElf_Sym *symp, dtrace_syminfo_t *sip); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The dtrace_lookup_by_name() function performs a lookup of the symbol, | |
| - name in the module, object. The ELF information for the symbol is | |
| + The dtrace_lookup_by_name() function performs a lookup of the symbol | |
| + name in the module object. The ELF information for the symbol is | |
| returned in the symp argument. The DTrace information is returned in | |
| the sip argument. | |
| @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ | |
| ERRORS | |
| The dtrace_lookup_by_name() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EINVAL dtp or name is NULL. | |
| @@ -52,10 +51,8 @@ | |
| - | |
| The dtrace_lookup_by_addr() function will fail if: | |
| - | |
| EINVAL dtp is NULL. | |
| @@ -66,16 +63,14 @@ | |
| this function. | |
| - | |
| USAGE | |
| The object argument to the dtrace_lookup_by_name() function can take | |
| the following special values: | |
| - | |
| DTRACE_OBJ_EXEC Primary executable file | |
| - DTRACE_OBJ_RTLD Run-time link-editor | |
| + DTRACE_OBJ_RTLD Runtime link-editor | |
| DTRACE_OBJ_CDEFS C include definitions | |
| @@ -94,11 +89,9 @@ | |
| - | |
| Both functions return DTrace information in the sip argument, which has | |
| the dtrace_syminfo_t data structure, defined as follows: | |
| - | |
| typedef struct dtrace_syminfo { | |
| const char *dts_object; /* object name */ | |
| const char *dts_name; /* symbol name */ | |
| @@ -107,8 +100,7 @@ | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 Using the dtrace_lookup_by_name() and dtrace_lookup_by_addr() | |
| - Functions | |
| + Example 1 Using dtrace_lookup_by_name() and dtrace_lookup_by_addr() | |
| @@ -170,7 +162,6 @@ | |
| } | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -192,5 +183,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 02 Feb 2017 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| dtrace_lookup_by_addr(3DTRACE) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3elf/elf_compress.3elf 11.4.36/man3elf/elf_compress.3elf | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3elf/elf_compress.3elf 2021-08-27 10:45:36.363606531 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3elf/elf_compress.3elf 2021-08-27 10:46:38.679100567 +0000 | |
| @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ | |
| invalidated, and should no longer be referenced by the caller. The | |
| caller should defer calling those functions until after calling | |
| elf_compress() or elf_compress_gnu(), or should call them again after- | |
| - wards in order to obtain the new information. | |
| + ward in order to obtain the new information. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -110,4 +110,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 elf_compress(3ELF) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 elf_compress(3ELF) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3elf/elf32_sign_range.3elf 11.4.36/man3elf/elf32_sign_range.3elf | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3elf/elf32_sign_range.3elf 2021-08-27 10:45:36.367595326 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3elf/elf32_sign_range.3elf 2021-08-27 10:46:38.684730662 +0000 | |
| @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ | |
| In each case, the data range used to generate a hash can be targeted | |
| - towards the type of ELF file. When writing a signature or checksum to a | |
| + toward the type of ELF file. When writing a signature or checksum to a | |
| file, the data included in the hash must accommodate the file being | |
| updated after the hash has been created. In addition, dynamic objects | |
| may also undergo post-processing, where non-allocatable sections are | |
| @@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ | |
| The data range desired is defined by the type. | |
| - | |
| ELF_SR_INTERPRET | |
| The type of the elf file is used to determine the appropriate data | |
| @@ -144,7 +143,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| Data ranges are provided to the elf_sign_range_cb_func call back func- | |
| tion. These ranges are identified as an offset from the start of the | |
| file, and the size of the number of bytes that comprise the range. | |
| @@ -178,8 +176,7 @@ | |
| determined to be invalid. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 A sample program to calculate a simple checksum of an ELF | |
| - file. | |
| + Example 1 Calculate a Simple Checksum of an ELF File | |
| @@ -271,7 +268,6 @@ | |
| elf checksum: 0x784 | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -340,4 +336,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 November 2017 elf32_sign_range(3ELF) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 elf32_sign_range(3ELF) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3gen/strfind.3gen 11.4.36/man3gen/strfind.3gen | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3gen/strfind.3gen 2021-08-27 10:45:36.370353501 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3gen/strfind.3gen 2021-08-27 10:46:38.688049740 +0000 | |
| @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 strfind(3GEN) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strfind(3GEN) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/euc.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/euc.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/euc.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.373044624 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/euc.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.691882396 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ | |
| The <euc.h> header provides macros for flag of multibyte, the number of | |
| bytes excluding the single-shift characters SS2 and SS3 for codesets 2 | |
| and 3, and the number of columns needed to represent a character of the | |
| - given Extended Unix Code (EUC) code set 1, 2, 3. | |
| + given Extended UNIX Code (EUC) code set 1, 2, 3. | |
| o multibyte | |
| @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Sep 2014 euc.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 euc.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/limits.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/limits.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/limits.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.384320610 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/limits.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.710815240 +0000 | |
| @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ | |
| Minimum Values | |
| The symbolic constants in the following list are symbolic names for the | |
| most restrictive value for certain features on an implementation con- | |
| - forming to various POSIX and Single Unix Specification requirements. | |
| + forming to various POSIX and Single UNIX Specification requirements. | |
| See standards(7). | |
| _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX | |
| @@ -834,4 +834,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 April 2004 limits.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 limits.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/math.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/math.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/math.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.387726591 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/math.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.716302569 +0000 | |
| @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ | |
| The <math.h> header defines the following symbolic constants: | |
| MAXFLOAT The maximum value of a non-infinite single-precision | |
| - floating point number. | |
| + floating-point number. | |
| HUGE_VAL A positive double expression, not necessarily repre- | |
| @@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 math.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 math.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/paths.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/paths.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/paths.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.390849643 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/paths.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.721072058 +0000 | |
| @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ | |
| _PATH_ED The pathname of the text editor (ed(1)). | |
| - _PATH_ETHERS The pathname of the name-to-ethernet address | |
| - mapping table. | |
| + _PATH_ETHERS The pathname of the Ethernet address to | |
| + hostname mapping table (ethers(5)). | |
| _PATH_GROUP The pathname of the group file. | |
| @@ -170,8 +170,9 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| cp(1), ed(1), rsh(1), vi(1), ksyms(4D), mem(4D), null(4D), open- | |
| - prom(4D), pm(4D), random(4D), urandom(4D), shells(5), attributes(7) | |
| + prom(4D), pm(4D), random(4D), urandom(4D), ethers(5), shells(5), | |
| + attributes(7) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 paths.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 paths.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/signal.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/signal.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/signal.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.404151837 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/signal.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.750215536 +0000 | |
| @@ -21,12 +21,13 @@ | |
| Signals can be generated synchronously or asynchronously. Events | |
| directly caused by the execution of code by a thread, such as a refer- | |
| - ence to an unmapped, protected, or bad memory can generate SIGSEGV or | |
| - SIGBUS; a floating point exception can generate SIGFPE; and the execu- | |
| - tion of an illegal instruction can generate SIGILL. Such events are | |
| - referred to as traps; signals generated by traps are said to be syn- | |
| - chronously generated. Synchronously generated signals are initiated by | |
| - a specific thread and are delivered to and handled by that thread. | |
| + ence to an unmapped, protected, or bad memory address can generate | |
| + SIGSEGV or SIGBUS; a floating-point exception can generate SIGFPE; and | |
| + the execution of an illegal instruction can generate SIGILL. Such | |
| + events are referred to as traps; signals generated by traps are said to | |
| + be synchronously generated. Synchronously generated signals are initi- | |
| + ated by a specific thread and are delivered to and handled by that | |
| + thread. | |
| Signals may also be generated by calling kill(), sigqueue(), sigsend(), | |
| @@ -128,8 +129,8 @@ | |
| SIGUSR2 17 Exit User Signal 2 | |
| SIGCHLD 18 Ignore Child Status Changed | |
| SIGPWR 19 Ignore Power Fail or Restart | |
| - SIGWINCH 20 Ignore Window Size Change | |
| + SIGWINCH 20 Ignore Window Size Change | |
| SIGURG 21 Ignore Urgent Socket Condition | |
| SIGPOLL 22 Exit Pollable Event (see streamio(4I)) | |
| SIGSTOP 23 Stop Stopped (signal) | |
| @@ -254,12 +255,13 @@ | |
| - The sigval union is defined by <signal.h>and contains at least the fol- | |
| - lowing members: | |
| + The sigval union is defined by <signal.h> and contains at least the | |
| + following members: | |
| Type Name Description | |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| + | |
| int sival_int Integer signal value | |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| void * sival_ptr Pointer signal value | |
| @@ -418,4 +420,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2012 signal.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 signal.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/timeb.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/timeb.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/timeb.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.408220401 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/timeb.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.757876583 +0000 | |
| @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Sep 2004 timeb.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 timeb.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3head/wchar.h.3head 11.4.36/man3head/wchar.h.3head | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3head/wchar.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:45:36.420825423 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3head/wchar.h.3head 2021-08-27 10:46:38.766395262 +0000 | |
| @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ | |
| mbstate_t An object type other than an array type that can hold the | |
| conversion state information necessary to convert between | |
| - sequences of (possibly multi-byte) characters and wide | |
| + sequences of (possibly multibyte) characters and wide | |
| characters. If a codeset is being used such that an | |
| mbstate_t needs to preserve more than two levels of | |
| reserved state, the results are unspecified. | |
| @@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Sep 2014 wchar.h(3HEAD) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wchar.h(3HEAD) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3layout/m_wtransform_layout.3layout 11.4.36/man3layout/m_wtransform_layout.3layout | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3layout/m_wtransform_layout.3layout 2021-08-27 10:45:36.432972530 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3layout/m_wtransform_layout.3layout 2021-08-27 10:46:38.797536266 +0000 | |
| @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ | |
| The following example illustrated what the different arguments of | |
| m_wtransform_layout() look like when a string in InpBuf is shaped and | |
| - reordered into OutBuf. Upper-case letters in the example represent | |
| - left-to-right letters while lower-case letters represent right-to-left | |
| - letters. xyz represents the shapes of cde. | |
| + reordered into OutBuf. Uppercase letters in the example represent left- | |
| + to-right letters while lowercase letters represent right-to-left let- | |
| + ters. xyz represents the shapes of cde. | |
| Position: 0123456789 | |
| @@ -355,5 +355,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| m_wtransform_layout(3LAYOUT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3lib/libcmi.3lib 11.4.36/man3lib/libcmi.3lib | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3lib/libcmi.3lib 2021-08-27 10:45:36.457946015 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3lib/libcmi.3lib 2021-08-27 10:46:38.817362515 +0000 | |
| @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ | |
| process | |
| Retrieve a CMI notification event for a context. Certain | |
| - error conditions require the co-operation of the client and | |
| + error conditions require the cooperation of the client and | |
| the CMI system to recover the system and program state. | |
| Event notifications for various error conditions are defined | |
| in section CMI Events in cmi(5). Only CMI processes that create or | |
| @@ -1683,4 +1683,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 libcmi(3LIB) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 libcmi(3LIB) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3lib/libpool.3lib 11.4.36/man3lib/libpool.3lib | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3lib/libpool.3lib 2021-08-27 10:45:36.479765019 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3lib/libpool.3lib 2021-08-27 10:46:38.828492188 +0000 | |
| @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ | |
| system.version property is not. | |
| - Property system.bind-default is retained for backwards compatibility, | |
| + Property system.bind-default is retained for backward compatibility, | |
| and is aliased to system.project-fallback-to-default. This might be | |
| removed in a future release of Oracle Solaris. | |
| @@ -655,4 +655,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Feb 2021 libpool(3LIB) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 libpool(3LIB) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3malloc/adimalloc_debug.3malloc 11.4.36/man3malloc/adimalloc_debug.3malloc | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3malloc/adimalloc_debug.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:45:36.484558582 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3malloc/adimalloc_debug.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:46:38.835498605 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ | |
| The libadimalloc library provides debugging features that detect memory | |
| leaks, buffer overruns, multiple frees, use of uninitialized data, use | |
| of freed data, and many other common programming errors. The activation | |
| - of the extended run-time debugging features is controlled by environ- | |
| - ment variables. | |
| + of the extended runtime debugging features is controlled by environment | |
| + variables. | |
| ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES | |
| ADIMALLOC_DEBUG | |
| @@ -236,4 +236,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 adimalloc_debug(3MALLOC) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 adimalloc_debug(3MALLOC) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3malloc/bsdmalloc.3malloc 11.4.36/man3malloc/bsdmalloc.3malloc | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3malloc/bsdmalloc.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:45:36.488650557 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3malloc/bsdmalloc.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:46:38.849769747 +0000 | |
| @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ | |
| They operate as described on the malloc(3C) manual page, except for the | |
| following differences: | |
| - o For historical backwards compatibility, realloc() accepts a | |
| + o For historical backward compatibility, realloc() accepts a | |
| pointer to a block freed since the most recent call to one | |
| of the allocation functions. | |
| @@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Feb 2019 bsdmalloc(3MALLOC) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 bsdmalloc(3MALLOC) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3malloc/umem_alloc.3malloc 11.4.36/man3malloc/umem_alloc.3malloc | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3malloc/umem_alloc.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:45:36.497504832 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3malloc/umem_alloc.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:46:38.863942815 +0000 | |
| @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ | |
| The malloc(), calloc(), free(), malloc_usable_size(), memalign(), real- | |
| loc(), and valloc() functions are as described in malloc(3C), including | |
| support for the ADIHEAP security extension. The libumem library pro- | |
| - vides these functions for backwards-compatibility with the standard | |
| + vides these functions for backward compatibility with the standard | |
| functions. | |
| @@ -330,4 +330,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Feb 2019 umem_alloc(3MALLOC) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 umem_alloc(3MALLOC) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3malloc/umem_debug.3malloc 11.4.36/man3malloc/umem_debug.3malloc | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3malloc/umem_debug.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:45:36.503999775 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3malloc/umem_debug.3malloc 2021-08-27 10:46:38.875311481 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ | |
| The libumem library provides debugging features that detect memory | |
| leaks, buffer overruns, multiple frees, use of uninitialized data, use | |
| of freed data, and many other common programming errors. The activation | |
| - of the run-time debugging features is controlled by environment vari- | |
| + of the runtime debugging features is controlled by environment vari- | |
| ables. | |
| @@ -183,4 +183,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Feb 2019 umem_debug(3MALLOC) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 umem_debug(3MALLOC) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3pam/pam_get_user.3pam 11.4.36/man3pam/pam_get_user.3pam | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3pam/pam_get_user.3pam 2021-08-27 10:45:36.516977816 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3pam/pam_get_user.3pam 2021-08-27 10:46:38.892005934 +0000 | |
| @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Oct 1998 pam_get_user(3PAM) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_get_user(3PAM) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3pam/pam_sm.3pam 11.4.36/man3pam/pam_sm.3pam | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3pam/pam_sm.3pam 2021-08-27 10:45:36.521642377 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3pam/pam_sm.3pam 2021-08-27 10:46:38.904903194 +0000 | |
| @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ | |
| section 5 which should describe the module_type it supports, the func- | |
| tionality of the module, along with the options it supports. The depen- | |
| dencies should be clearly identified to the system administrator. For | |
| - example, it should be made clear whether this module is a stand-alone | |
| + example, it should be made clear whether this module is a standalone | |
| module or depends upon the presence of some other module. One should | |
| also specify whether this module should come before or after some other | |
| module in the stack. | |
| @@ -207,4 +207,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Mar 2005 pam_sm(3PAM) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_sm(3PAM) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3pool/pool_get_property.3pool 11.4.36/man3pool/pool_get_property.3pool | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3pool/pool_get_property.3pool 2021-08-27 10:45:36.526702489 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3pool/pool_get_property.3pool 2021-08-27 10:46:38.911399286 +0000 | |
| @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ | |
| POC_INT signed 64-bit integer | |
| - POC_DOUBLE signed double-precision floating point value | |
| + POC_DOUBLE signed double-precision floating-point value | |
| POC_BOOL boolean value: 0 is false, non-zero is true | |
| @@ -176,4 +176,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Jan 2015 pool_get_property(3POOL) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pool_get_property(3POOL) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3proc/Pisprocdir.3proc 11.4.36/man3proc/Pisprocdir.3proc | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3proc/Pisprocdir.3proc 2021-08-27 10:45:36.530905094 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3proc/Pisprocdir.3proc 2021-08-27 10:46:38.916712716 +0000 | |
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |
| Motivation | |
| When controlling a victim process, it is necessary to know whether the | |
| victim has attempted to open one of its own /proc files or one of the | |
| - /proc files of some other process. Since /proc can be loop-back mounted | |
| + /proc files of some other process. Since /proc can be loopback mounted | |
| with a name other than /proc, the name of the directory under which the | |
| victim opens a file can be tested for whether or not it is actually | |
| /proc by calling the Pisprocdir() function. The truss(1) command uses | |
| @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Mar 2016 Pisprocdir(3PROC) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 Pisprocdir(3PROC) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3project/setproject.3project 11.4.36/man3project/setproject.3project | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3project/setproject.3project 2021-08-27 10:45:36.546505907 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3project/setproject.3project 2021-08-27 10:46:38.936218261 +0000 | |
| @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ | |
| project. | |
| - For backwards compatibility, the setproject() function always implies | |
| + For backward compatibility, the setproject() function always implies | |
| the use of flags: PROJ_FORCE_NEWTASK and PROJ_BIND_DEFAULT | |
| @@ -510,4 +510,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jan 2017 setproject(3PROJECT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 setproject(3PROJECT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3resolv/resolver.3resolv 11.4.36/man3resolv/resolver.3resolv | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3resolv/resolver.3resolv 2021-08-27 10:45:36.555375197 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3resolv/resolver.3resolv 2021-08-27 10:46:38.955699142 +0000 | |
| @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ | |
| The functions res_init(), res_query(), res_search(), res_mkquery(), | |
| - res_send(), and herror() are deprecated. They are supplied for back- | |
| - wards compatibility. They use global configuration and state informa- | |
| - tion that is kept in the structure _res rather than state information | |
| - referenced through statp. | |
| + res_send(), and herror() are deprecated. They are supplied for backward | |
| + compatibility. They use global configuration and state information that | |
| + is kept in the structure _res rather than state information referenced | |
| + through statp. | |
| Most of the values in statp and _res are initialized to reasonable | |
| @@ -484,4 +484,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 resolver(3RESOLV) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 resolver(3RESOLV) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3sip/sip_get_contact_display_name.3sip 11.4.36/man3sip/sip_get_contact_display_name.3sip | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3sip/sip_get_contact_display_name.3sip 2021-08-27 10:45:36.561596601 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3sip/sip_get_contact_display_name.3sip 2021-08-27 10:46:38.967391077 +0000 | |
| @@ -530,16 +530,16 @@ | |
| The sip_get_date_time(), sip_get_date_day(), sip_get_date_month(), | |
| sip_get_date_wkday(), sip_get_date_year() and sip_get_date_timezone() | |
| - functions will return the time, day, month, week day, year and timezone | |
| - value from the DATE header in the provided SIP message sip_msg. Exam- | |
| - ple, if the DATE header has the following value: | |
| + functions will return the time, day, month, week day, year and time | |
| + zone value from the DATE header in the provided SIP message sip_msg. | |
| + For example, if the DATE header has the following value: | |
| Sat, 13 Nov 2010 23:29:00 GMT | |
| - the time is "23:29:00 ", week day is "Sat", day is "13", month is | |
| - "Nov", year is "2010", timezone is "GMT". | |
| + the time is "23:29:00", week day is "Sat", day is "13", month is "Nov", | |
| + year is "2010", time zone is "GMT". | |
| The sip_get_content_disp() function will return the content-disposition | |
| @@ -756,5 +756,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2007 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| sip_get_contact_display_name(3SIP) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3stmf/stmfGetStmfProp.3stmf 11.4.36/man3stmf/stmfGetStmfProp.3stmf | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3stmf/stmfGetStmfProp.3stmf 2021-08-27 10:45:36.577085774 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3stmf/stmfGetStmfProp.3stmf 2021-08-27 10:46:38.972678883 +0000 | |
| @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_VID | |
| 8 characters representing the vendor ID assignment. The | |
| - STMF_LU_PROP_VID will be used to provide backwards compatibility | |
| - for clients that are dependent on this being a very specific for- | |
| - mat. The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| + STMF_LU_PROP_VID will be used to provide backward compatibility for | |
| + clients that are dependent on this being a very specific format. | |
| + The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| override any settings that have been applied through | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetLuProp(). Setting STMF_LU_PROP_VID as | |
| NULL can unset this property. For more information, see the stmf- | |
| @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_PID | |
| 16 characters representing the product ID assignment. The | |
| - STMF_LU_PROP_PID will be used to provide backwards compatibility | |
| - for clients that are dependent on this being a very specific for- | |
| - mat. The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| + STMF_LU_PROP_PID will be used to provide backward compatibility for | |
| + clients that are dependent on this being a very specific format. | |
| + The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| override any settings that have been applied through | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetLuProp(). Setting STMF_LU_PROP_PID as | |
| NULL can unset this property. For more information, see the stmf- | |
| @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Oct 2016 stmfGetStmfProp(3STMF) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 stmfGetStmfProp(3STMF) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3stmf/stmfSetStmfProp.3stmf 11.4.36/man3stmf/stmfSetStmfProp.3stmf | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3stmf/stmfSetStmfProp.3stmf 2021-08-27 10:45:36.585182362 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3stmf/stmfSetStmfProp.3stmf 2021-08-27 10:46:38.981302045 +0000 | |
| @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_VID | |
| 8 characters representing the vendor ID assignment. The | |
| - STMF_LU_PROP_VID will be used to provide backwards compatibility | |
| - for clients that are dependent on this being a very specific for- | |
| - mat. The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| + STMF_LU_PROP_VID will be used to provide backward compatibility for | |
| + clients that are dependent on this being a very specific format. | |
| + The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| override any settings that have been applied through | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_VID in stmfSetLuProp(). Setting STMF_LU_PROP_VID as | |
| NULL can unset this property. For more information, see the stm- | |
| @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_PID | |
| 16 characters representing the product ID assignment. The | |
| - STMF_LU_PROP_PID will be used to provide backwards compatibility | |
| - for clients that are dependent on this being a very specific for- | |
| - mat. The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| + STMF_LU_PROP_PID will be used to provide backward compatibility for | |
| + clients that are dependent on this being a very specific format. | |
| + The value set using STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetStmfProp() will | |
| override any settings that have been applied through | |
| STMF_LU_PROP_PID in stmfSetLuProp(). Setting STMF_LU_PROP_PID as | |
| NULL can unset this property. For more information, see the stm- | |
| @@ -94,4 +94,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Oct 2016 stmfSetStmfProp(3STMF) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 stmfSetStmfProp(3STMF) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3sysevent/sysevent_get_vendor_name.3sysevent 11.4.36/man3sysevent/sysevent_get_vendor_name.3sysevent | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3sysevent/sysevent_get_vendor_name.3sysevent 2021-08-27 10:45:36.588428853 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3sysevent/sysevent_get_vendor_name.3sysevent 2021-08-27 10:46:38.986809492 +0000 | |
| @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ | |
| The sysevent_get_pid() function returns the process ID for the publish- | |
| ing application or SE_KERN_PID for sysevents originating in the kernel. | |
| The publisher name and PID are useful for implementing event acknowl- | |
| - edgement. | |
| + edgment. | |
| The sysevent_get_vendor_name() function returns the vendor string for | |
| @@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2009 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| sysevent_get_vendor_name(3SYSEVENT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_findname.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_findname.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_findname.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.593579718 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_findname.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:38.990207557 +0000 | |
| @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul2011 media_findname(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 media_findname(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_getattr.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_getattr.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_getattr.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.596702582 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_getattr.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:38.995459900 +0000 | |
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ | |
| int media_setattr(char *vol_path, char *attr, char *value); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - This function is obsolete. The management of removable media by the | |
| + These functions are obsolete. The management of removable media by the | |
| Volume Management feature, including vold, has been replaced by soft- | |
| ware that supports the Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL). Programmatic | |
| support for HAL is through the HAL APIs, which are documented on the | |
| @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ | |
| media_getattr() can also fail if the specified attribute was not found, | |
| and media_setattr() can also fail if the caller doesn't have permission | |
| - to set the attribute, either because it's is a system attribute, or | |
| + to set the attribute, either because it is a system attribute, or | |
| because the caller doesn't own the specified volume. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 media_getattr(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 media_getattr(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_getid.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_getid.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/media_getid.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.601967335 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/media_getid.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.000416829 +0000 | |
| @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 media_getid(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 media_getid(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_acquire.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_acquire.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_acquire.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.606430599 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_acquire.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.006591477 +0000 | |
| @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 volmgt_acquire(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_acquire(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_check.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_check.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_check.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.614078990 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_check.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.009634850 +0000 | |
| @@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Mar 2007 volmgt_check(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_check(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_feature_enabled.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_feature_enabled.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_feature_enabled.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.623071737 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_feature_enabled.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.014826621 +0000 | |
| @@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 | |
| volmgt_feature_enabled(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_inuse.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_inuse.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_inuse.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.633452779 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_inuse.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.028818027 +0000 | |
| @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 volmgt_inuse(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_inuse(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_ownspath.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_ownspath.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_ownspath.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.639186354 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_ownspath.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.031955351 +0000 | |
| @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 volmgt_ownspath(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_ownspath(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_release.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_release.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_release.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.643127919 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_release.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.037022484 +0000 | |
| @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 volmgt_release(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_release(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_root.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_root.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_root.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.645928929 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_root.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.042649318 +0000 | |
| @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Mar 2007 volmgt_root(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_root(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_running.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_running.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_running.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.657969879 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_running.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.045980849 +0000 | |
| @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Mar 2007 volmgt_running(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_running(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_symname.3volmgt 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_symname.3volmgt | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3volmgt/volmgt_symname.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:45:36.661244044 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3volmgt/volmgt_symname.3volmgt 2021-08-27 10:46:39.051327925 +0000 | |
| @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 volmgt_symname(3VOLMGT) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 volmgt_symname(3VOLMGT) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/addnstr.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/addnstr.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/addnstr.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.670904918 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/addnstr.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.063534136 +0000 | |
| @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| addnstr, addstr, mvaddnstr, mvaddstr, mvwaddnstr, mvwaddstr, waddnstr, | |
| - waddstr - add a multi-byte character string (without rendition) to a | |
| + waddstr - add a multibyte character string (without rendition) to a | |
| window | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ | |
| int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The addstr() function writes a null-terminated string of multi-byte | |
| + The addstr() function writes a null-terminated string of multibyte | |
| characters to the stdscr window at the current cursor position. The | |
| waddstr() function performs an identical action, but writes the charac- | |
| ter to the window specified by win. The mvaddstr() and mvwaddstr() | |
| @@ -116,4 +116,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 addnstr(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 addnstr(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/curses.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/curses.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/curses.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.689866167 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/curses.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.100745070 +0000 | |
| @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ | |
| Special Characters | |
| Some functions assign special meanings to certain special characters: | |
| - Backspace Moves the cursor one column towards the beginning | |
| + Backspace Moves the cursor one column toward the beginning | |
| of the line. If the cursor was already at the | |
| beginning of the line, it remains there. All sub- | |
| sequent characters are added or inserted at this | |
| @@ -700,4 +700,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 curses(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 curses(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/delch.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/delch.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/delch.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.702725609 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/delch.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.119743413 +0000 | |
| @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ | |
| The delch() and wdelch() functions delete the character at the current | |
| cursor position from stdscr and win, respectively. All remaining char- | |
| acters after cursor through to the end of the line are shifted one | |
| - character towards the start of the line. The last character on the line | |
| + character toward the start of the line. The last character on the line | |
| becomes a space; characters on other lines are not affected. | |
| @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 delch(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 delch(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/hline_set.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/hline_set.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/hline_set.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.715846843 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/hline_set.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.128970959 +0000 | |
| @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ | |
| The functions with names ending with hline_set() draw horizontal lines | |
| - proceeding towards the last column of the same line. The functions with | |
| - names ending with vline_set() draw vertical lines proceeding towards | |
| - the last column of the same line. | |
| + proceeding toward the last column of the same line. The functions with | |
| + names ending with vline_set() draw vertical lines proceeding toward the | |
| + last column of the same line. | |
| These functions do not change the position of the cursor. | |
| @@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 hline_set(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hline_set(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/hline.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/hline.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/hline.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.720483328 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/hline.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.134857729 +0000 | |
| @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ | |
| The functions with names ending with hline() draw horizontal lines pro- | |
| - ceeding towards the last column of the same line. The functions with | |
| - names ending with vline() draw vertical lines proceeding towards the | |
| + ceeding toward the last column of the same line. The functions with | |
| + names ending with vline() draw vertical lines proceeding toward the | |
| last column of the same line. | |
| @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 hline(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hline(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/libcurses.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/libcurses.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/libcurses.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.739508388 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/libcurses.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.155072290 +0000 | |
| @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ | |
| The libcurses.so.1 listed above is an earlier shared object that pro- | |
| vides the previous version of the X/Open Curses library (Issue 4). | |
| There is no binary compatibility between libcurses.so.1 and | |
| - libcurses.so.2. This file is provided for backwards compatibility and | |
| + libcurses.so.2. This file is provided for backward compatibility and | |
| will be removed in a future Solaris release. There is no plan to fix | |
| any of its defects. | |
| @@ -272,4 +272,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 libcurses(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 libcurses(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/mvprintw.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/mvprintw.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/mvprintw.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.750547914 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/mvprintw.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.168248618 +0000 | |
| @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ | |
| The mvprintw(), mvwprintw(), printw(), and wprintw() functions are | |
| analogous to printf(3C). The effect of these functions is as though | |
| sprintf() were used to format the string, and then waddstr(3XCURSES) | |
| - were used to add that multi-byte string to the current or specified | |
| - window at the current or specified cursor position. | |
| + were used to add that multibyte string to the current or specified win- | |
| + dow at the current or specified cursor position. | |
| RETURN VALUES | |
| Upon successful completion, these functions return OK. Otherwise, they | |
| @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 mvprintw(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mvprintw(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/mvscanw.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/mvscanw.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/mvscanw.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.754061666 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/mvscanw.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.173761034 +0000 | |
| @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| These functions are similar to scanf(3C). Their effect is as though | |
| - mvwgetstr(3XCURSES) were called to get a multi-byte character string | |
| + mvwgetstr(3XCURSES) were called to get a multibyte character string | |
| from the current or specified window at the current or specified cursor | |
| position, and then sscanf() were used to interpret and convert that | |
| string. | |
| @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jun 2002 mvscanw(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mvscanw(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man3xcurses/slk_attroff.3xcurses 11.4.36/man3xcurses/slk_attroff.3xcurses | |
| --- 11.4.33/man3xcurses/slk_attroff.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:45:36.760950545 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man3xcurses/slk_attroff.3xcurses 2021-08-27 10:46:39.180451847 +0000 | |
| @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ | |
| No errors are defined. | |
| USAGE | |
| - When using multi-byte character sets, applications should check the | |
| + When using multibyte character sets, applications should check the | |
| width of the string by calling mbstowcs(3C) and then wcswidth(3C) | |
| before calling slk_set(). When using wide characters, applications | |
| should check the width of the string by calling wcswidth() before call- | |
| @@ -209,4 +209,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 slk_attroff(3XCURSES) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 slk_attroff(3XCURSES) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/arn.4d 11.4.36/man4d/arn.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/arn.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.765058809 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/arn.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files arn(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - arn - Atheros AR9280/9281/9285 IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n wireless network | |
| - device | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The arn IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n wireless driver is a loadable, clonable, | |
| - GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting Atheros AR9280/9281/9285 | |
| - IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n wireless network device. | |
| - | |
| - Configuration | |
| - The arn driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. The driver supports only BSS networks (also known as ap or infra- | |
| - structure networks) and open(or open-system) or shared system authenti- | |
| - cation. For wireless security, WEP encryption, WPA-PSK, and WPA2-PSK | |
| - are currently supported. Configuration and administration tasks can be | |
| - performed with the dladm(8) utility. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/arn Special character device | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/arn 64-bit ELF kernel driver module (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/arn | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Jan 2012 arn(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ata.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ata.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ata.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.769554965 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ata.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.184960115 +0000 | |
| @@ -316,4 +316,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 ata(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ata(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/atu.4d 11.4.36/man4d/atu.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/atu.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.785770824 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/atu.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files atu(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - atu - Atmel AT76C50x USB IEEE 802.11b Wireless Device Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The atu 802.11b wireless driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, clon- | |
| - able, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the Atmel AT76C50x chipset- | |
| - based wireless devices. | |
| - | |
| - Configuration | |
| - The atu driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, and 11 Mbits/sec. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - The atu driver supports only BSS networks (also known as ap or infra- | |
| - structure networks). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - open (or open-system) and shared key authentication modes are sup- | |
| - ported. Encryption types WEP40 and WEP104 are supported. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/atu* Special character device | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/atu 64-bit ELF kernel module (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/atu | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 - Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Specifi- | |
| - cation - IEEE, 2001 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Jan 2012 atu(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/bnxe.4d 11.4.36/man4d/bnxe.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/bnxe.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.789172634 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/bnxe.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.203392692 +0000 | |
| @@ -108,24 +108,18 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/bnxe.conf Driver configuration file | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/bnxe 64-bit i386 driver binary | |
| + /kernel/drv/amd64/bnxe x86 kernel module | |
| - /kernel/drv/sparcv9/bnxe SPARC driver binary | |
| + /kernel/drv/sparcv9/bnxe SPARC kernel module | |
| - /kernel/kmdb/amd64/bnxe 64-bit i386 debugger module | |
| + /kernel/kmdb/amd64/bnxe x86 debugger module | |
| /kernel/kmdb/sparcv9/bnxe SPARC debugger module | |
| - release.txt Revision history of the driver | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - readme.txt README guide for the driver | |
| - | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -140,7 +134,7 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| kmdb(1), gld(4D), dlpi(4P), driver.conf(5), attributes(7), dladm(8), | |
| - ifconfig(8), netstat(8), update_drv(8), | |
| + ifconfig(8), netstat(8), update_drv(8) | |
| Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Adapter Driver Installation Notes | |
| @@ -156,4 +150,4 @@ | |
| - Oracle Solaris 11.4 07 Nov 2016 bnxe(4D) | |
| + Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 bnxe(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/bpf.4d 11.4.36/man4d/bpf.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/bpf.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.799714949 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/bpf.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.219276831 +0000 | |
| @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ | |
| Since packet data is in network byte order, applications should use the | |
| - byteorder(3C) macros to extract multi-byte values. | |
| + byteorder(3C) macros to extract multibyte values. | |
| A packet can be sent out on the network by writing to a bpf file | |
| @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ | |
| The k field is used in different ways by different instructions, and | |
| the jt and jf fields are used as offsets by the branch instructions. | |
| - The opcodes are encoded in a semi-hierarchical fashion. There are eight | |
| + The opcodes are encoded in a semihierarchical fashion. There are eight | |
| classes of instructions: BPF_LD, BPF_LDX, BPF_ST, BPF_STX, BPF_ALU, | |
| BPF_JMP, BPF_RET, and BPF_MISC. Various other mode and operator bits | |
| are or'd into the class to give the actual instructions. The classes | |
| @@ -729,4 +729,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Jan 2020 bpf(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 bpf(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/cpuid.4d 11.4.36/man4d/cpuid.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/cpuid.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.808196981 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/cpuid.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.225343865 +0000 | |
| @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ | |
| The device is useful to enable low-level configuration information to | |
| - be extracted from the CPU without having to write any assembler code to | |
| + be extracted from the CPU without having to write any assembly code to | |
| invoke the cpuid instruction directly. It also allows the kernel to | |
| attempt to correct any erroneous data returned by the instruction | |
| (prompted by occasional errors in the information exported by various | |
| @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 cpuid(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cpuid(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/e1000g.4d 11.4.36/man4d/e1000g.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/e1000g.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.812117276 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/e1000g.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.233160643 +0000 | |
| @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ | |
| If you set ForceSpeedDuplex=7,4, the e1000g0 is set to auto-negoti- | |
| ate and e1000g1 is set to 100 Mbps, full duplex. Note that fiber | |
| - optic ethernet adapters ignore this setting. | |
| + optic Ethernet adapters ignore this setting. | |
| Allowed values are: | |
| @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ | |
| Allowed values are: | |
| - 0 Standard ethernet frames with a MTU equal to 1500. (Default). | |
| + 0 Standard Ethernet frames with a MTU equal to 1500. (Default). | |
| 1 Jumbo frames with a maximum MTU of 4010. | |
| @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ | |
| FlowControl | |
| - Flow control utilizes ethernet XON and unicast and multicast XOFF | |
| - packets to allow ethernet equipment to slow down the stream of data | |
| - between two ethernet devices. | |
| + Flow control utilizes Ethernet XON and unicast and multicast XOFF | |
| + packets to allow Ethernet equipment to slow down the stream of data | |
| + between two Ethernet devices. | |
| Allowed values are: | |
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ | |
| TbiCompatibilityEnable | |
| You must enable this feature on Intel 82543CG-based copper adapters | |
| - to operate correctly with TBI mode ethernet hardware. | |
| + to operate correctly with TBI mode Ethernet hardware. | |
| Allowed values are: | |
| @@ -321,10 +321,10 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/e1000g.conf Driver configuration file. | |
| - /kernel/drv/sparcv9/e1000g 64-bit driver binary (SPARC). | |
| + /kernel/drv/sparcv9/e1000g SPARC kernel module. | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/e1000g 64-bit driver binary. (x86). | |
| + /kernel/drv/amd64/e1000g x86 kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -341,8 +341,7 @@ | |
| dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8), ifconfig(8), kstat(8), ping(8) | |
| - Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Adapter Driver Installation Notes for | |
| - Solaris | |
| + Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Adapter Driver Installation Notes for Solaris | |
| Writing Device Drivers in Oracle Solaris 11.4 | |
| @@ -359,4 +358,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Mar 2017 e1000g(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 e1000g(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ecpp.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ecpp.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ecpp.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.820493765 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ecpp.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.247239111 +0000 | |
| @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ | |
| invalid. If the requested mode is not supported, | |
| ECPPIOC_SETPARMS will return EPROTONOSUPPORT and | |
| the mode will be set to ECPP_CENTRONICS mode. | |
| - Afterwards, the application may change the mode | |
| - back to the original mode with ECPPIOC_SETPARMS. | |
| + Afterward, the application may change the mode back | |
| + to the original mode with ECPPIOC_SETPARMS. | |
| ECPPIOC_GETDEVID This ioctl gets the IEEE 1284 device ID from the | |
| @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ | |
| DEVICE SPECIAL FILES | |
| - /dev/lpN Solaris x86 only. (Backwards compatibility with for- | |
| + /dev/lpN Solaris x86 only. (Backward compatibility with for- | |
| mer lp devices.) | |
| @@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 ecpp(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ecpp(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/eib.4d 11.4.36/man4d/eib.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/eib.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.823597651 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/eib.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.250383579 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| The eib driver expects certain configuration of the IBA fabric in order | |
| - to successfully communicate with the ethernet hosts (which also means | |
| + to successfully communicate with the Ethernet hosts (which also means | |
| that the IB Subnet Manager must be active and managing the fabric). The | |
| Gateway must also be configured using Gateway administration tools to | |
| set up the desired Virtual IO Adapter (vIOA) entries for the IB ports | |
| @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ | |
| The eib driver is managed by dladm(8), which provides sub-commands to | |
| create, delete, and query about EoIB datalink objects. EoIB datalink | |
| objects allow for VLANs and VNICs to be created over them using | |
| - dladm(8), just like regular ethernet datalinks. The driver currently | |
| + dladm(8), just like regular Ethernet datalinks. The driver currently | |
| does not allow EoIB datalink objects to be aggregated. | |
| @@ -77,23 +77,23 @@ | |
| While the parameters that are reported for EoIB datalinks and the func- | |
| - tionality supported are similar to ethernet datalinks, there are a few | |
| + tionality supported are similar to Ethernet datalinks, there are a few | |
| key differences: | |
| - o The vIOA does not report any physical attributes of the eth- | |
| + o The vIOA does not report any physical attributes of the Eth- | |
| ernet interface on the gateway. That information is accessed | |
| using the gateway manager. As a result, none of the | |
| ETHER_STAT_* statistics are reported. | |
| o The vIOA does not support passing LACP messages through to | |
| - the ethernet port on the gateway because that port is shared | |
| + the Ethernet port on the gateway because that port is shared | |
| by multiple vIOAs. As a result, the creation of IEEE 802.3ad | |
| link aggregation (LAG) over vIOAs is not supported. | |
| o The maximum MTU associated with a vIOA is controlled by the | |
| - gateway manager because the ethernet port is shared. As a | |
| + gateway manager because the Ethernet port is shared. As a | |
| result, the MTU is read-only. In addition, the maximum size | |
| is 4K bytes due to the maximum IB MTU, which is currently 4K | |
| bytes. | |
| @@ -124,4 +124,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 eib(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 eib(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/fcoe.4d 11.4.36/man4d/fcoe.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/fcoe.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.832046398 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/fcoe.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.258908787 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - fcoe - fibre channel over Ethernet transport driver | |
| + fcoe - Fibre Channel over Ethernet transport driver | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The fcoe driver is a pseudo nexus driver which supports the transporta- | |
| @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 fcoe(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fcoe(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/fcoei.4d 11.4.36/man4d/fcoei.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/fcoei.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.835167909 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/fcoei.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.261499413 +0000 | |
| @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The fcoei driver is a pseudo device driver which encapsulates the raw | |
| - Fibre Channel frames into FCoE ethernet frames, or decapsulates FC | |
| - frames from FCoE ethernet frames. The supported FC frames include | |
| + Fibre Channel frames into FCoE Ethernet frames, or decapsulates FC | |
| + frames from FCoE Ethernet frames. The supported FC frames include | |
| extended/basic link services, common transport frames and initiator | |
| mode FCP frames. | |
| @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 fcoei(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fcoei(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/fcoet.4d 11.4.36/man4d/fcoet.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/fcoet.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.838866882 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/fcoet.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.264216295 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - fcoet - fibre channel over Ethernet target mode driver | |
| + fcoet - Fibre Channel over Ethernet target mode driver | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The fcoet driver is a pseudo device driver which encapsulates the raw | |
| @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 fcoet(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fcoet(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/fp.4d 11.4.36/man4d/fp.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/fp.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.841778802 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/fp.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.267718488 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - fp - Sun Fibre Channel port driver | |
| + fp - Fibre Channel port driver | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The fp driver is a Sun fibre channel nexus driver that enables fibre | |
| - channel topology discovery, device discovery, fibre channel adapter | |
| - port management and other capabilities through well-defined fibre chan- | |
| - nel adapter driver interfaces. | |
| + The fp driver is a Fibre Channel nexus driver that enables Fibre Chan- | |
| + nel topology discovery, device discovery, Fibre Channel adapter port | |
| + management and other capabilities through well-defined Fibre Channel | |
| + adapter driver interfaces. | |
| The fp driver requires the presence of a fabric name server in fabric | |
| - and public loop topologies to discover fibre channel devices. In pri- | |
| + and public loop topologies to discover Fibre Channel devices. In pri- | |
| vate loop topologies, the driver discovers devices by performing PLOGI | |
| to all valid AL_PAs, provided that devices do not participate in LIRP | |
| and LILP stages of loop initialization. The fp driver also discovers | |
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ | |
| mpxio-disable | |
| - Solaris I/O multipathing is enabled or disabled on fibre channel | |
| + Solaris I/O multipathing is enabled or disabled on Fibre Channel | |
| devices with the mpxio-disable property. Specifying mpxio-dis- | |
| able="no" activates I/O multipathing, while mpxio-disable="yes" | |
| disables the feature. Solaris I/O multipathing may be enabled or | |
| @@ -124,4 +124,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 06 May 2016 fp(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fp(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ibdm.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ibdm.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ibdm.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.848910428 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ibdm.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.276178136 +0000 | |
| @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ | |
| See attributes(7) for a description of the following attribute: | |
| - +-----------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| + +-----------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| + +-----------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| |Interface Stability | Contract Consolidation Private | | |
| - +-----------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| + +-----------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| |Availability |system/io/infiniband | | |
| - +-----------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| + +-----------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| ib(4D), ibcm(4D), ibtl(4D), attributes(7) | |
| @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 ibdm(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ibdm(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/iwh.4d 11.4.36/man4d/iwh.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/iwh.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.852262007 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/iwh.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files iwh(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - iwh - Intel(R) WiFi Link 5100/5300 Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The iwh 802.11a/g/n wireless NIC driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, | |
| - clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the Intel Shirley Peak | |
| - WiFi chipset-based NIC's. Driver functions include controller initial- | |
| - ization, wireless 802.11 infrastructure network connection, WEP and | |
| - frame transmit and receive. | |
| - | |
| -CONFIGURATION | |
| - The iwh driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbits/sec. Sup- | |
| - ported 802.11g data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 | |
| - and 54 Mbits/sec. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/iwh Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/iwh 64-bit ELF kernel module (x86). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/iwh | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 - Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Speci- | |
| - fication- IEEE, 2001. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 iwh(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/iwk.4d 11.4.36/man4d/iwk.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/iwk.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.854945903 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/iwk.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files iwk(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - iwk - Intel Pro. Wireless 802.11a/g/n 4965 driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The iwk 802.11a/g/n wireless NIC driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, | |
| - clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the Intel Pro Wireless | |
| - 4965AGN chipset-based wireless NIC's. | |
| - | |
| -DRIVER CONFIGURATION | |
| - The iwk driver supports only 802.11g BSS networks (also known as "ap" | |
| - or "infrastructure" networks) and "open" (or "open-system") or "shared | |
| - system" authentication. For wireless security, WEP encryption and WPA- | |
| - PSK are currently supported. You perform configuration and administra- | |
| - tion tasks using the dladm(8) utility. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/iwk* Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/iwk 64-bit ELF kernel module (x86). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/iwk | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - IEEE 802.11g- Wireless LAN Standard-- IEEE, 2003 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 07 Nov 2016 iwk(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/iwp.4d 11.4.36/man4d/iwp.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/iwp.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.858122023 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/iwp.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files iwp(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - iwp - Intel WiFi Link 1000/2000/6000/7000 Series Device Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The iwp 802.11b/g/n wireless NIC driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, | |
| - clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver which supports the Intel WiFi Link | |
| - 1000/2000/6000/7000 series chipset-based NICs. | |
| - | |
| - Configuration | |
| - The iwp driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. The driver supports only BSS networks (also known as ap or infra- | |
| - structure networks) and open (or open-system) or shared system authen- | |
| - tication. For wireless security, WEP encryption, WPA-PSK, and WPA2-PSK | |
| - are currently supported. Configuration and administration tasks can be | |
| - performed with dladm(8). | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/iwp | |
| - | |
| - 64-bit ELF kernel module (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw1000 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 1000 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw2030 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 2030 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw6000 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 6000 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw6050 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 6050 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw6205 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 6205 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfw7260 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for 7260 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/iwpfwx030 | |
| - | |
| - Firmware binary for x030 series | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /dev/iwp* | |
| - | |
| - Special character device | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Feb 2015 iwp(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ntwdt.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ntwdt.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ntwdt.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.867703428 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ntwdt.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.284943907 +0000 | |
| @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/sparcv9/ntwdt | |
| - SPARC ntwdt driver binary. | |
| + SPARC ntwdt kernel module. | |
| /kernel/drv/ntwdt.conf | |
| @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 ntwdt(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ntwdt(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/oce.4d 11.4.36/man4d/oce.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/oce.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.870483572 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/oce.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.289191096 +0000 | |
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The oce 10 GBit ethernet adapter driver is a STREAMS based GLD (NIC | |
| + The oce 10 GBit Ethernet adapter driver is a STREAMS based GLD (NIC | |
| driver) for 10G Ethernet functions present on the Emulex OneConnect | |
| cards. | |
| @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 oce(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 oce(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/qede.4d 11.4.36/man4d/qede.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/qede.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.873393383 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/qede.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.294252344 +0000 | |
| @@ -109,29 +109,19 @@ | |
| Driver configuration file | |
| - /kernel/drv/qede | |
| - | |
| - 32-bit i386 driver binary | |
| - | |
| - | |
| /kernel/drv/amd64/qede | |
| - 64-bit i386 driver binary | |
| + x86 kernel module | |
| /kernel/drv/sparcv9/qede | |
| - SPARC driver binary | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/kmdb/qede | |
| - | |
| - 32-bit i386 debugger module | |
| + SPARC kernel module | |
| /kernel/kmdb/amd64/qede | |
| - 64-bit i386 debugger module | |
| + x86 debugger module | |
| /kernel/kmdb/sparcv9/qede | |
| @@ -139,16 +129,6 @@ | |
| SPARC debugger module | |
| - release.txt | |
| - | |
| - Revision history of the driver | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - readme.txt | |
| - | |
| - README guide for the driver | |
| - | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -176,4 +156,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 qede(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 qede(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/rge.4d 11.4.36/man4d/rge.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/rge.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.876283325 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/rge.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.299344231 +0000 | |
| @@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ | |
| /dev/rge* Character special device. | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/rge 64-bit x86 rge driver binary. | |
| + /kernel/drv/amd64/rge x86 kernel module. | |
| - /kernel/drv/sparcv9/rge SPARC rge driver binary. | |
| + /kernel/drv/sparcv9/rge SPARC kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 rge(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rge(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/rum.4d 11.4.36/man4d/rum.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/rum.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.890324084 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/rum.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files rum(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - rum - Ralink RT2501/RT2601/RT73USB 802.11b/g Wireless Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The rum 802.11b/g wireless NIC driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, | |
| - clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the Ralink | |
| - RT2501/RT2601/RT73USB chipset-based NIC's. | |
| - | |
| -CONFIGURATION | |
| - The rum driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbits/sec. Sup- | |
| - ported 802.11g data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 | |
| - and 54 Mbits/sec. The rum driver supports only BSS networks (also known | |
| - as ap or infrastructure networks) and open (or open-system) or shared | |
| - system authentication. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/rum* | |
| - | |
| - Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/rum | |
| - | |
| - 64-bit ELF kernel module. (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-------------------------+---------------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-------------------------+---------------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture | x86 | | |
| - +-------------------------+---------------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability | driver/network/wlan/rum | | |
| - +-------------------------+---------------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability | Committed | | |
| - +-------------------------+---------------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 - Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Speci- | |
| - fication - IEEE, 2001 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 rum(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/sad.4d 11.4.36/man4d/sad.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/sad.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.900209950 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/sad.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.316304999 +0000 | |
| @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ | |
| is opened. It must be less than or equal to MAXAPUSH , | |
| defined in sad.h. It must also be less than or equal to | |
| NSTRPUSH, the maximum number of modules that can be pushed | |
| - on a stream, defined in the kernel master file. The field | |
| - sap_list is an array of NULL-terminated module names to be | |
| - pushed in the order in which they appear in the list. | |
| + on a stream, defined by the nstrpush system tunable. The | |
| + field sap_list is an array of NULL-terminated module names | |
| + to be pushed in the order in which they appear in the list. | |
| When using the SAP_CLEAR command, the user sets only | |
| sap_major and sap_minor. This will undo the configuration | |
| @@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Apr 1997 sad(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sad(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/sata.4d 11.4.36/man4d/sata.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/sata.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.903890288 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/sata.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.322463937 +0000 | |
| @@ -214,4 +214,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 07 Nov 2016 sata(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sata(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/sdp.4d 11.4.36/man4d/sdp.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/sdp.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.907021501 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/sdp.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.327865105 +0000 | |
| @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ | |
| In most cases, SDP sends data when it is presented. When outstanding | |
| data is not yet acknowledged, SDP gathers small amounts of output to be | |
| - sent in a single packet once an acknowledgement is received. For a | |
| - small number of clients this packetization may cause significant | |
| - delays. To circumvent this problem, SDP provided by the driver supplies | |
| - SDP_NODELAY, a socket-level boolean option. Note that this behavior is | |
| - similar to the TCP_NODELAY option. | |
| + sent in a single packet once an acknowledgment is received. For a small | |
| + number of clients this packetization may cause significant delays. To | |
| + circumvent this problem, SDP provided by the driver supplies SDP_NODE- | |
| + LAY, a socket-level boolean option. This is similar to the TCP_NODELAY | |
| + option. | |
| SDP provides an urgent data mechanism that can be invoked using the | |
| @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2014 sdp(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sdp(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ssd.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ssd.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ssd.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.910652908 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ssd.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.334508714 +0000 | |
| @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ | |
| The drive was probably powered down or died. | |
| - i/o to invalid geometry | |
| + I/O to invalid geometry | |
| @@ -389,4 +389,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 ssd(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ssd(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/st.4d 11.4.36/man4d/st.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/st.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.956534527 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/st.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.372688939 +0000 | |
| @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ | |
| written tapes. | |
| Data Protection | |
| - Drives that support SCSI T10 standard Logical Block Protection has a | |
| + Drives that support SCSI T10 standard Logical Block Protection have a | |
| minor node that have the letter d after the device number. If these | |
| nodes are opened this enables this protection. This sets the drive to | |
| check per block CRCs that are added to each block as they are written | |
| and again when those blocks are read back. The host also checks and | |
| compare the CRCs before returning them to the reading application to | |
| - insure there has been no data corruption. | |
| + ensure there has been no data corruption. | |
| Tape Configuration | |
| The st driver has a built-in configuration table for most tape drives | |
| @@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ | |
| are identically configured and the upper 2 densities are identi- | |
| cally configured, but the lower and upper differ from each other | |
| and ST_MODE_SEL_COMP is set, the "m" node sets compression on for | |
| - the lower density code (for example, 0x42) and the c and unodes set | |
| - compression on for the higher density (for example, 0x43). For any | |
| - other device densities, compression is disabled. | |
| + the lower density code (for example, 0x42) and the c and u nodes | |
| + set compression on for the higher density (for example, 0x43). For | |
| + any other device densities, compression is disabled. | |
| ST_NO_RESERVE_RELEASE | |
| @@ -1149,4 +1149,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 st(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 st(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ticlts.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ticlts.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ticlts.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.972547670 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ticlts.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.389069675 +0000 | |
| @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The devices known as ticlts, ticots, and ticotsord are loopback trans- | |
| - port providers, that is, stand-alone networks at the transport level. | |
| + port providers, that is, standalone networks at the transport level. | |
| Loopback transport providers are transport providers in every sense | |
| except one: only one host (the local machine) is "connected to" a loop- | |
| back network. Loopback transports present a TPI (STREAMS-level) inter- | |
| @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ | |
| USAGE | |
| Loopback transports support a local IPC mechanism through the TLI | |
| interface. Applications implemented in a transport provider-independent | |
| - manner on a client-server model using this IPC are transparently trans- | |
| + manner on a client/server model using this IPC are transparently trans- | |
| portable to networked environments. | |
| @@ -119,4 +119,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jul 1990 ticlts(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ticlts(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/uath.4d 11.4.36/man4d/uath.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/uath.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:36.980322250 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/uath.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files uath(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - uath - Atheros AR5523 USB IEEE802.11a/b/g Wireless Network Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The uath IEEE802.11a/b/g wireless network driver is a multi-threaded, | |
| - loadable, clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting Atheros | |
| - AR5523 USB IEEE802.11a/b/g wireless network driver. | |
| - | |
| - Configuration | |
| - The uath driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate | |
| - and mode. The driver supports only BSS networks (also known as ap or | |
| - infrastructure networks) and open (or open-system) or shared system | |
| - authentication. For wireless security, WEP encryption, WPA-PSk, and | |
| - WPA2-PSK are currently supported. You can perform configuration and | |
| - administration tasks using the dladm(8) utility. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/uath Special character device | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/uat 64-bit ELF kernel module (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/uathfw 64-bit ELF firmware kernel module (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/uath | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - IEEE802.11b/g - Wireless LAN Standard - IEEE, 2003 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 uath(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ugen.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ugen.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ugen.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.012239539 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ugen.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.404795642 +0000 | |
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ | |
| ugen is a generic USBA (Solaris USB Architecture) compliant client | |
| character driver that presents USB devices to applications through a | |
| standard open(2), close(2), read(2), write(2), aioread(3C), | |
| - aiowrite(3C) Unix interface. Uninterpreted raw data are transferred to | |
| + aiowrite(3C) UNIX interface. Uninterpreted raw data are transferred to | |
| and from the device via file descriptors created for each USB endpoint. | |
| Status is obtained by reading file descriptors created for endpoint and | |
| full device status. | |
| @@ -1390,4 +1390,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Sept 2016 ugen(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ugen(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/ural.4d 11.4.36/man4d/ural.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/ural.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.020341273 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/ural.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files ural(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - ural - Ralink RT2500USB 802.11b/g Wireless Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The ural 802.11b/g wireless NIC driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, | |
| - clonable, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the Ralink RT2500USB | |
| - chipset-based NIC's. | |
| - | |
| -CONFIGURATION | |
| - The ural driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate | |
| - and mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbits/sec. | |
| - Supported 802.11g data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, | |
| - 48 and 54 Mbits/sec. The ural driver supports only BSS networks (also | |
| - known as ap or infrastructure networks) and open (or open-system) or | |
| - shared system authentication. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/ural* | |
| - | |
| - Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/ural | |
| - | |
| - 64-bit ELF kernel module. (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +--------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +--------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture | x86 | | |
| - +--------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability | driver/network/wlan/ural | | |
| - +--------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability | Committed | | |
| - +--------------------------+--------------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 - Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Speci- | |
| - fication - IEEE, 2001 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 ural(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/urtw.4d 11.4.36/man4d/urtw.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/urtw.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.028040651 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/urtw.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files urtw(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - urtw - RealTek RTL8187L/RTL8187B USB 802.11b/g Wireless Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The urtw 802.11b/g wireless driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, clon- | |
| - able, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the RealTek RTL8187L | |
| - chipset-based wireless devices. | |
| - | |
| - Configuration | |
| - The urtw driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate | |
| - and mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbits/sec. | |
| - Supported 802.11g data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 9, 12, 8, 24, 36, 48 | |
| - and 54 Mbits/sec. The atu driver supports only BSS networks (also known | |
| - asap or infrastructure networks) and open (or open-system) or shared | |
| - system authentication. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/urtw* Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/urtw 64-bit ELF kernel module. (x86) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |ATTRIBUTE TYPE |ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/urtw | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 -- Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Specifi- | |
| - cation, IEEE, 2001 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2012 urtw(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/vtio.4d 11.4.36/man4d/vtio.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/vtio.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.032214435 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/vtio.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.413007195 +0000 | |
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |
| tropy(4D), vtionet(4D), vtioscsi(4D). | |
| FILES | |
| - /kernel/misc/amd64/vtio 64-bit driver binary. (x86). | |
| + /kernel/misc/amd64/vtio x86 kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Feb 2021 vtio(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vtio(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/vtioblk.4d 11.4.36/man4d/vtioblk.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/vtioblk.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.044882619 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/vtioblk.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.429971293 +0000 | |
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/vtioblk.conf Driver configuration file. | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/vtioblk 64-bit driver binary. (x86). | |
| + /kernel/drv/amd64/vtioblk x86 kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Dec 2020 vtioblk(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vtioblk(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/vtioentropy.4d 11.4.36/man4d/vtioentropy.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/vtioentropy.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.050158370 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/vtioentropy.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.437226640 +0000 | |
| @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/amd64/vtioentropy | |
| - 64-bit driver binary. (x86). | |
| + x86 kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Dec 2020 vtioentropy(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vtioentropy(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/vtionet.4d 11.4.36/man4d/vtionet.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/vtionet.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.056381246 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/vtionet.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.443133478 +0000 | |
| @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ | |
| /kernel/drv/vtionet.conf Driver configuration file. | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/vtionet 64-bit driver binary. (x86). | |
| + /kernel/drv/amd64/vtionet x86 kernel module. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Dec 2020 vtionet(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vtionet(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/xsvnic.4d 11.4.36/man4d/xsvnic.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/xsvnic.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.059954338 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/xsvnic.4d 2021-08-27 10:46:39.448632045 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ | |
| xsvnic is a upper layer protocol (ULP) driver that supports mechanisms | |
| - for transporting an ethernet packet over Infiniband (IB) and optionally | |
| + for transporting an Ethernet packet over Infiniband (IB) and optionally | |
| over the Ethernet I/O module on the Fabric Interconnect (FI) that con- | |
| - nects to an ethernet fabric though an Uplink Port. | |
| + nects to an Ethernet fabric though an Uplink Port. | |
| xsvnic is bound to a virtual network interface card (vNIC) device cre- | |
| ated in the Oracle Solaris device tree, in response to a request to add | |
| a vNIC from the FI management subsystem. xsvnic operates in two modes: | |
| vNIC and PVI (Private Virtual Interconnect) vNIC. As a vNIC, the driver | |
| - may communicate over an ethernet fabric through the Ethernet I/O module | |
| + may communicate over an Ethernet fabric through the Ethernet I/O module | |
| on the FI. As a PVI vNIC, the driver can only communicate with the | |
| hosts within the IB subnet. | |
| @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ | |
| only using the DLMP mode. LACP aggregation is not supported. Note that | |
| the link SPEED displayed by dladm(8) corresponds to IB link speeds for | |
| PVI (for example, 32000 for Quad Data Rate links) and Ethernet Uplink | |
| - Port speed for vNICs (for example, 10000 for a 10g ethernet link). See | |
| + Port speed for vNICs (for example, 10000 for a 10g Ethernet link). See | |
| dladm(8) for details on Oracle Solaris datalink administration. | |
| @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Oct 2014 xsvnic(4D) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xsvnic(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4d/zyd.4d 11.4.36/man4d/zyd.4d | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4d/zyd.4d 2021-08-27 10:45:37.072481649 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4d/zyd.4d 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Device Drivers & /dev files zyd(4D) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - zyd - ZyDAS ZD1211/ZD1211B USB 802.11b/g Wireless Driver | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The zyd 802.11b/g wireless driver is a multi-threaded, loadable, clon- | |
| - able, GLDv3-based STREAMS driver supporting the ZyDAS ZD1211/ZD1211B | |
| - USB chipset-based wireless devices. | |
| - | |
| -CONFIGURATION | |
| - The zyd driver performs auto-negotiation to determine the data rate and | |
| - mode. Supported 802.11b data rates are 1, 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbits/sec. Sup- | |
| - ported 802.11g data rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 | |
| - and 54 Mbits/sec. The zyd driver supports only BSS networks (also known | |
| - as ap or infrastructure networks) and open (or open-system), shared key | |
| - and WPA/WPA2 authentication. Supported encryption types are WEP40, | |
| - WEP104, TKIP and AES-CCMP. | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /dev/zyd* Special character device. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /kernel/drv/amd64/zyd 64-bit kernel module (x86). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for a description of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +---------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +---------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| - |Architecture |x86 | | |
| - +---------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |driver/network/wlan/zyd | | |
| - +---------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |Committed | | |
| - +---------------------------+-------------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - gld(4D), dlpi(4P), attributes(7), dladm(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - 802.11 - Wireless LAN Media Access Control and Physical Layer Specifi- | |
| - cation - IEEE, 2001 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jan 2012 zyd(4D) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4fs/hsfs.4fs 11.4.36/man4fs/hsfs.4fs | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4fs/hsfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:45:37.084958388 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4fs/hsfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:46:39.455041044 +0000 | |
| @@ -99,8 +99,9 @@ | |
| If the CD-ROM contains Rock Ridge, ISO 9660 version 2 or Joliet exten- | |
| sions, the file names and directory names may contain any character | |
| - supported under UFS. The names may also be upper and/or lower case and | |
| - are case sensitive. File name lengths can be as long as those of UFS. | |
| + supported under UFS. The names may also be uppercase and/or lowercase | |
| + and are case sensitive. File name lengths can be as long as those of | |
| + UFS. | |
| Files accessed through HSFS have mode 555 (owner, group and world read- | |
| @@ -243,4 +244,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Jan 2018 hsfs(4FS) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hsfs(4FS) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4fs/lofs.4fs 11.4.36/man4fs/lofs.4fs | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4fs/lofs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:45:37.094269512 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4fs/lofs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:46:39.468696454 +0000 | |
| @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Aug 2009 lofs(4FS) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 lofs(4FS) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4fs/pcfs.4fs 11.4.36/man4fs/pcfs.4fs | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4fs/pcfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:45:37.100951112 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4fs/pcfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:46:39.476765246 +0000 | |
| @@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ | |
| FAT short file name convention or the long file name convention intro- | |
| duced with Windows 95. The FAT short file name convention is of the | |
| form filename[.ext], where filename generally consists of from one to | |
| - eight upper-case characters, while the optional ext consists of from | |
| - one to three upper-case characters. | |
| + eight uppercase characters, while the optional ext consists of from one | |
| + to three uppercase characters. | |
| The long file name convention is much closer to Oracle Solaris file | |
| @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ | |
| To format a PCMCIA pseudo-floppy memory card in FAT format in the Ora- | |
| - cle Solaris system, use the DOS FORMAT command. | |
| + cle Solaris operating system, use the DOS FORMAT command. | |
| Boot Partitions | |
| On x86 systems, hard drives may contain an fdisk partition reserved for | |
| @@ -313,23 +313,15 @@ | |
| unix2dos(1) commands to convert files between them. | |
| - pcfs offers a convenient transportation vehicle for files between Sun | |
| - workstations and PCs. Because the FAT disk format was designed for use | |
| - under DOS, it does not operate efficiently under the Oracle Solaris | |
| - system and should not be used as the format for a regular local stor- | |
| - age. Instead, use ufs for local storage within the Oracle Solaris sys- | |
| - tem. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| pcfs offers a convenient transportation vehicle for files on read-write | |
| removable media between Oracle Solaris machines and machines running | |
| other operating systems. Because the FAT disk format was designed for | |
| use under DOS, it does not operate efficiently under the Oracle Solaris | |
| - system, nor does it support all the features of common Unix file sys- | |
| - tems, and should not be used as the format for a regular local storage. | |
| - Instead, use zfs(4FS) for local storage within the Oracle Solaris sys- | |
| - tem, or hsfs(4FS) for read-only media transport to other operating sys- | |
| - tems. | |
| + operating system, nor does it support all the features of common UNIX | |
| + file systems, and should not be used as the format for a regular local | |
| + storage. Instead, use zfs(4FS) for local storage within the Oracle | |
| + Solaris operating system, or hsfs(4FS) for read-only media transport to | |
| + other operating systems. | |
| Although long file names can contain spaces (just as in UNIX file | |
| @@ -354,4 +346,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Jan 2018 pcfs(4FS) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pcfs(4FS) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4fs/smbfs.4fs 11.4.36/man4fs/smbfs.4fs | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4fs/smbfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:45:37.112833745 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4fs/smbfs.4fs 2021-08-27 10:46:39.488629174 +0000 | |
| @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ | |
| The current smbfs implementation does not support multi-user mounts. | |
| - Instead, each Unix user needs to make their own private mount points. | |
| + Instead, each UNIX user needs to make their own private mount points. | |
| Currently, all access through an smbfs mount point uses the Windows | |
| credentials established by the user that ran the mount command. Nor- | |
| - mally, permissions on smbfs mount points should be 0700 to prevent Unix | |
| + mally, permissions on smbfs mount points should be 0700 to prevent UNIX | |
| users from using each others' Windows credentials. See the dirperms | |
| option to mount_smbfs(8) for details regarding how to control smbfs | |
| mount point permissions. | |
| @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 smbfs(4FS) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 smbfs(4FS) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/dkio.4i 11.4.36/man4i/dkio.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/dkio.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.144076256 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/dkio.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.527846261 +0000 | |
| @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ | |
| Device nodes are created only for valid partition entries. If there | |
| is any change in the partition offset, size or ID from the previous | |
| read, the partition is deemed to have been changed and hence the | |
| - device nodes are recreated. Any modification to any of the logical | |
| + device nodes are re-created. Any modification to any of the logical | |
| partitions results in the recreation of all logical device nodes. | |
| @@ -744,4 +744,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 dkio(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dkio(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/isdnio.4i 11.4.36/man4i/isdnio.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/isdnio.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.163526908 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/isdnio.4i 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,856 +0,0 @@ | |
| -Ioctls for a class of drivers or subsystems isdnio(4I) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - isdnio - ISDN interfaces | |
| - | |
| -SYNOPSIS | |
| - #include <sun/audioio.h> | |
| - #include <sun/isdnio.h> | |
| - | |
| - int ioctl(int fd, int command, /* arg */ ...); | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - ISDN ioctl commands are a subset of ioctl(2) commands that perform a | |
| - variety of control functions on Integrated Services Digital Network | |
| - (ISDN) STREAMS devices. The arguments command and arg are passed to the | |
| - file designated by fd and are interpreted by the ISDN device driver. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - fd is an open file descriptor that refers to a stream. command deter- | |
| - mines the control function to be performed as described in the IOCTLS | |
| - section of this document. arg represents additional information that is | |
| - needed by command. The type of arg depends upon the command, but gener- | |
| - ally it is an integer or a pointer to a command-specific data struc- | |
| - ture. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Since these ISDN commands are a subset of ioctl and streamio(4I), they | |
| - are subject to errors as described in those interface descriptions. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - This set of generic ISDN ioctl commands is meant to control various | |
| - types of ISDN STREAMS device drivers. The following paragraphs give | |
| - some background on various types of ISDN hardware interfaces and data | |
| - formats, and other device characteristics. | |
| - | |
| - Controllers, Interfaces, and Channels | |
| - This manual page discusses operations on, and facilities provided by | |
| - ISDN controllers, interfaces and channels. A controller is usually a | |
| - hardware peripheral device that provides one or more ISDN interfaces | |
| - and zero or more auxiliary interfaces. In this context, the term inter- | |
| - face is synonymous with the term "port". Each interface can provide one | |
| - or more channels. | |
| - | |
| - Time Division Multiplexed Serial Interfaces | |
| - ISDN BRI-TE, BRI-NT, and PRI interfaces are all examples of Time Divi- | |
| - sion Multiplexed Serial Interfaces. As an example, a Basic Rate ISDN | |
| - (BRI) Terminal Equipment (TE) interface provides one D-channel and two | |
| - B-channels on the same set of signal wires. The BRI interface, at the S | |
| - reference point, operates at a bit rate of 192,000 bits per second. The | |
| - bits are encoded using a pseudoternary coding system that encodes a | |
| - logic one as zero volts, and a logic zero as a positive or negative | |
| - voltage. Encoding rules state that adjacent logic zeros must be encoded | |
| - with opposite voltages. Violations of this rule are used to indicate | |
| - framing information such that there are 4000 frames per second, each | |
| - containing 48 bits. These 48 bits are divided into channels. Not | |
| - including framing and synchronization bits, the frame is divided into 8 | |
| - bits for the B1-channel, 1 bit for the D-channel, 8 bits for B2, 1 bit | |
| - for D, 8 bits for B1, 1 bit for D, and 8 bits for B2. This results in a | |
| - 64,000 bps B1-channel, a 64,000 bps B2-channel, and a 16,000 bps D- | |
| - channel, all on the same serial interface. | |
| - | |
| - Basic Rate ISDN | |
| - A Basic Rate ISDN (BRI) interface consists of a 16000 bit per second | |
| - Delta Channel (D-channel) for signaling and X.25 packet transmission, | |
| - and two 64000 bit per second Bearer Channels (B-channels) for transmis- | |
| - sion of voice or data. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - The CCITT recommendations on ISDN Basic Rate interfaces, I.430, iden- | |
| - tify several "reference points" for standardization. From | |
| - (Stallings89): Reference point T (terminal) corresponds to a minimal | |
| - ISDN network termination at the customer's premises. It separates the | |
| - network provider's equipment from the user's equipment. Reference point | |
| - S (system) corresponds to the interface of individual ISDN terminals. | |
| - It separates user terminal equipment from network-related communica- | |
| - tions functions. Reference point R (rate) provides a non-ISDN interface | |
| - between user equipment that is not ISDN-compatible and adaptor equip- | |
| - ment. ... The final reference point ... is reference point U (user). | |
| - This interface describes the full-duplex data signal on the subscriber | |
| - line. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Some older technology components of some ISDN networks occasionally | |
| - steal the low order bit of an ISDN B-channel octet in order to transmit | |
| - in-band signaling information between switches or other components of | |
| - the network. Even when out-of-band signaling has been implemented in | |
| - these networks, and the in-band signaling is no longer needed, the bit- | |
| - robbing mechanism may still be present. This bit robbing behavior does | |
| - not appreciably affect a voice call, but it will limit the usable band- | |
| - width of a data call to 56000 bits per second instead of 64000 bits per | |
| - second. These older network components only seem to exist in the United | |
| - States of America, Canada and Japan. ISDN B-channel data calls that | |
| - have one end point in the United States, Canada or Japan may be limited | |
| - to 56000 bps usable bandwidth instead of the normal 64000 bps. Some- | |
| - times the ISDN service provider may be able to supply 56kbps for some | |
| - calls and 64kbps for other calls. On an international call, the local | |
| - ISDN service provider may advertise the call as 64kbps even though only | |
| - 56kbps are reliably delivered because of bit-robbing in the foreign | |
| - ISDN that is not reported to the local switch. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - A Basic Rate Interface implements either a Terminal Equipment (TE) | |
| - interface or a Network Termination (NT) interface. TE's can be ISDN | |
| - telephones, a Group 4 fax, or other ISDN terminal equipment. A TE con- | |
| - nects to an NT in order to gain access to a public or private ISDN net- | |
| - work. A private ISDN network, such as provided by a Private Branch | |
| - Exchange (PBX), usually provides access to the public network. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - If multi-point configurations are allowed by an NT, it may be possible | |
| - to connect up to eight TE's to a single NT interface. All of the TE's | |
| - in a multipoint configuration share the same D and B-channels. Con- | |
| - tention for B-Channels by multiple TEs is resolved by the ISDN switch | |
| - (NT) through signaling protocols on the D-channel. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Contention for access to the D-channel is managed by a collision detec- | |
| - tion and priority mechanism. D-channel call control messages have | |
| - higher priority than other packets. This media access function is man- | |
| - aged at the physical layer. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - A BRI-TE interface may implement a "Q-channel", the Q-channel is a slow | |
| - speed, 800 bps, data path from a TE to an NT. Although the structure of | |
| - the Q-channel is defined in the I.430 specification, the use of the Q- | |
| - channel is for further study. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - A BRI-NT interface may implement an "S-channel", the S-channel is a | |
| - slow speed, 4000 bps, data path from a NT to an TE. The use of the S- | |
| - channel is for further study. | |
| - | |
| - Primary Rate ISDN | |
| - Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) interfaces are either 1.544Mbps (T1 rate) or | |
| - 2.048Mbps (E1 rate) and are typically organized as 23 B-channels and | |
| - one D-Channel (23B+D) for T1 rates, and 30 B-Channels and one D-Channel | |
| - (30B+D) for E1 rates. The D-channels on a PRI interface operate at | |
| - 64000 bits per second. T1 rate PRI interface is the standard in the | |
| - United States, Canada and Japan while E1 rate PRI interface is the | |
| - standard in European countries. Some E1 rate PRI interface implementa- | |
| - tions allow access to channel zero which is used for framing. | |
| - | |
| - Channel Types | |
| - ISDN channels fall into several categories; D-channels, bearer chan- | |
| - nels, and management pseudo channels. Each channel has a corresponding | |
| - device name somewhere under the directory /dev/isdn/ as documented in | |
| - the appropriate hardware specific manual page. | |
| - | |
| - D-channels | |
| - | |
| - There is at most one D-channel per ISDN interface. The D-channel | |
| - carries signaling information for the management of ISDN calls and | |
| - can also carry X.25 packet data. In the case of a PRI interface, | |
| - there may actually be no D-channel if Non-Facility Associated Sig- | |
| - naling is used. D-channels carry data packets that are framed and | |
| - checked for transmission errors according to the LAP-D protocol. | |
| - LAP-D uses framing and error checking identical to the High Speed | |
| - Data Link (HDLC) protocol. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - B-channels | |
| - | |
| - BRI interfaces have two B-channels, B1 and B2. On a BRI interface, | |
| - the only other type of channel is an H-channel which is a concate- | |
| - nation of the B1 and B2 channels. An H-channel is accessed by open- | |
| - ing the "base" channel, B1 in this case, and using the | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT ioctl to change the configuration of the B-channel | |
| - from 8-bit, 8 kHz to 16-bit, 8kHz. | |
| - | |
| - On a primary rate interface, B channels are numbered from 0 to 31 | |
| - in Europe and 1 to 23 in the United States, Canada and Japan. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - H-Channels | |
| - | |
| - A BRI or PRI interface can offer multiple B-channels concatenated | |
| - into a single, higher bandwidth channel. These concatenated B-chan- | |
| - nels are referred to as an "H-channels" on a BRI interface. The PRI | |
| - interface version of an H-channel is referred to as an Hn-channels | |
| - where n is a number indicating how the B-channels have been aggre- | |
| - gated into a single channel. | |
| - | |
| - o A PRI interface H0 channel is 384 kbps allowing 3H0+D on | |
| - a T1 rate PRI interface and 4H0+D channels on an E1 rate | |
| - PRI interface. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - o A T1 PRI interface H11 channel is 1536 kbps | |
| - (24x64000bps). This will consume the channel normally | |
| - reserved for the D-channel, so signaling must be done | |
| - with Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) from | |
| - another PRI interface. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - o An E1 PRI interface H12 channel is 1920 kbps | |
| - (30x64000bps). An H12-channel leaves room for the fram- | |
| - ing-channel as well as the D-channel. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Auxiliary channels | |
| - | |
| - Auxiliary channels are non-ISDN hardware interfaces that are | |
| - closely tied to the ISDN interfaces. An example would be a video or | |
| - audio coder/decoder (codec). The existence of an auxiliary channel | |
| - usually implies that one or more B-channels can be "connected" to | |
| - an auxiliary interface in hardware. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Management pseudo-channels | |
| - | |
| - A management pseudo-channel is used for the management of a con- | |
| - troller, interface, or hardware channel. Management channels allow | |
| - for out-of-band control of hardware interfaces and for out-of-band | |
| - notification of status changes. There is at least one management | |
| - device per hardware interface. | |
| - | |
| - There are three different types of management channels implemented | |
| - by ISDN hardware drivers: | |
| - | |
| - o A controller management device handles all ioctls that | |
| - simultaneously affect hardware channels on different | |
| - interfaces. Examples include resetting a controller, mu- | |
| - code (as in the Greek letter mu) downloading of a con- | |
| - troller, or the connection of an ISDN B-channel to an | |
| - auxiliary channel that represents an audio coder/decoder | |
| - (codec). The latter case would be accomplished using the | |
| - ISDN_SET_CHANNEL ioctl. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - o An interface management device handles all ioctls that | |
| - affect multiple channels on the same interface. Messages | |
| - associated with the activation and deactivation of an | |
| - interface arrive on the management device associated | |
| - with the D channel of an ISDN interface. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - o Auxiliary interfaces may also have management devices. | |
| - See the hardware specific man pages for operations on | |
| - auxiliary devices. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Trace pseudo-channels | |
| - | |
| - A device driver may choose to implement a trace device for a data | |
| - or management channel. Trace channels receive a special M_PROTO | |
| - header with the original channel's original M_PROTO or M_DATA mes- | |
| - sage appended to the special header. The header is described by: | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct { | |
| - uint_t seq; /* Sequence number */ | |
| - int type; /* device dependent */ | |
| - struct timeval timestamp; | |
| - char _f[8]; /* filler */ | |
| - } audtrace_hdr_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN Channel types | |
| - The isdn_chan_t type enumerates the channels available on ISDN inter- | |
| - faces. If a particular controller implements any auxiliary channels | |
| - then those auxiliary channels will be described in a controller spe- | |
| - cific manual page. The defined channels are described by the | |
| - isdn_chan_t type as shown below: | |
| - | |
| - /* ISDN channels */ | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NONE = 0x0, /* No channel given */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_SELF, /* The channel performing the ioctl */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_HOST, /* Unix STREAMS*/ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_CTRL_MGT, /* Controller management */ | |
| - | |
| - /* TE channel defines */ | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_TE_MGT, /* Receives activation/deactivation */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_TE_D_TRACE, /* Trace device for protocol analysis apps */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_TE_D, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_TE_B1, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_TE_B2, | |
| - | |
| - /* NT channel defines */ | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NT_MGT, /* Receives activation/deactivation */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NT_D_TRACE, /* Trace device for protocol analysis apps */ | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NT_D, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NT_B1, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_NT_B2, | |
| - | |
| - /* Primary rate ISDN */ | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_MGT, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_D, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B0, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B1, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B2, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B3, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B4, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B5, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B6, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B7, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B8, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B9, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B10, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B11, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B12, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B13, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B14, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B15, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B16, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B17, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B18, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B19, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B20, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B21, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B22, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B23, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B24, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B25, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B26, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B27, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B28, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B29, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B30, ISDN_CHAN_PRI_B31, | |
| - | |
| - /* Auxiliary channel defines */ | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_AUX0, ISDN_CHAN_AUX1, ISDN_CHAN_AUX2, ISDN_CHAN_AUX3, | |
| - ISDN_CHAN_AUX4, ISDN_CHAN_AUX5, ISDN_CHAN_AUX6, ISDN_CHAN_AUX7 | |
| - } isdn_chan_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN Interface types | |
| - The isdn_interface_t type enumerates the interfaces available on ISDN | |
| - controllers. The defined interfaces are described by the isdn_inter- | |
| - face_t type as shown below: | |
| - | |
| - /* ISDN interfaces */ | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, /* Not known or applicable */ | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_SELF = 0, /* | |
| - * For queries, application may | |
| - * put this value into "type" to | |
| - * query the state of the file | |
| - * descriptor used in an ioctl. | |
| - */ | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_OTHER, /* Not an ISDN interface */ | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_TE, | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_NT, | |
| - ISDN_TYPE_PRI, | |
| - } isdn_interface_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Activation and Deactivation of ISDN Interfaces | |
| - The management device associated with an ISDN D-channel is used to | |
| - request activation, deactivation and receive information about the | |
| - activation state of the interface. See the descriptions of the | |
| - ISDN_PH_ACTIVATE_REQ and ISDN_MPH_DEACTIVATE_REQ ioctls. Changes in the | |
| - activation state of an interface are communicated to the D-channel | |
| - application through M_PROTO messages sent up-stream on the management | |
| - device associated with the D-channel. If the D-channel protocol stack | |
| - is implemented as a user process, the user process can retrieve the | |
| - M_PROTO messages using the getmsg(2) system call. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - These M_PROTO messages have the following format: | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_message { | |
| - unsigned int magic; /* set to ISDN_PROTO_MAGIC */ | |
| - isdn_interface_t type; /* Interface type */ | |
| - isdn_message_type_t message; /* CCITT or vendor Primitive */ | |
| - unsigned int vendor[5]; /* Vendor specific content */ | |
| - } isdn_message_t; | |
| - typedef enum isdn_message_type { | |
| - ISDN_VPH_VENDOR = 0, /* Vendor specific messages */ | |
| - ISDN_PH_AI, /* Physical: Activation Ind */ | |
| - ISDN_PH_DI, /* Physical: Deactivation Ind */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_AI, /* Management: Activation Ind */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_DI, /* Management: Deactivation Ind */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_EI1, /* Management: Error 1 Indication */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_EI2, /* Management: Error 2 Indication */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_II_C, /* Management: Info Ind, connection */ | |
| - ISDN_MPH_II_D /* Management: Info Ind, disconn. */ | |
| - } isdn_message_type_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -IOCTLS | |
| - STREAMS IOCTLS | |
| - All of the streamio(4I) ioctl commands may be issued for a device con- | |
| - forming to the isdnio interface. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN interfaces that allow access to audio data should implement a rea- | |
| - sonable subset of the audio(4I) interface. | |
| - | |
| - ISDN ioctls | |
| - ISDN_PH_ACTIVATE_REQ | |
| - | |
| - Request ISDN physical layer activation. This command is valid for | |
| - both TE and NT interfaces. fd must be a D-channel file descriptor. | |
| - arg is ignored. | |
| - | |
| - TE activation will occur without use of the ISDN_PH_ACTIVATE_REQ | |
| - ioctl if the device corresponding to the TE D-channel is open, | |
| - "on", and the ISDN switch is requesting activation. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_MPH_DEACTIVATE_REQ | |
| - | |
| - fd must be an NT D-channel file descriptor. arg is ignored. | |
| - | |
| - This command requests ISDN physical layer de-activation. This is | |
| - not valid for TE interfaces. A TE interface may be turned off by | |
| - use of the ISDN_PARAM_POWER command or by close(2) on the associ- | |
| - ated fd. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_ACTIVATION_STATUS | |
| - | |
| - fd is the file descriptor for a D-channel, the management device | |
| - associated with an ISDN interface, or the management device associ- | |
| - ated with the controller. arg is a pointer to an isdn_activa- | |
| - tion_status_t structure. Although it is possible for applications | |
| - to determine the current activation state with this ioctl, a D- | |
| - channel protocol stack should instead process messages from the | |
| - management pseudo channel associated with the D-channel. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_activation_status { | |
| - isdn_interface_t type; | |
| - enum isdn_activation_state activation; | |
| - } isdn_activation_status_t; | |
| - typedef enum isdn_activation_state { | |
| - ISDN_OFF = 0, /* Interface is powered down */ | |
| - ISDN_UNPLUGGED, /* Power but no-physical connection */ | |
| - ISDN_DEACTIVATED_REQ, /* Pending Deactivation, NT Only */ | |
| - ISDN_DEACTIVATED, /* Activation is permitted */ | |
| - ISDN_ACTIVATE_REQ, /* Attempting to activate */ | |
| - ISDN_ACTIVATED, /* Interface is activated */ | |
| - } isdn_activation_state_t; | |
| - | |
| - The type field should be set to ISDN_TYPE_SELF. The device specific | |
| - interface type will be returned in the type field. | |
| - | |
| - The isdn_activation_status_t structure contains the interface type | |
| - and the current activation state. type is the interface type and | |
| - should be set by the caller to ISDN_TYPE_SELF. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_INTERFACE_STATUS | |
| - | |
| - The ISDN_INTERFACE_STATUS ioctl retrieves the status and statistics | |
| - of an ISDN interface. The requesting channel must own the interface | |
| - whose status is being requested or the ioctl will fail. fd is the | |
| - file descriptor for an ISDN interface management device. arg is a | |
| - pointer to a struct isdn_interface_info. If the interface field is | |
| - set to ISDN_TYPE_SELF, it will be changed in the returned structure | |
| - to reflect the proper device-specific interface of the requesting | |
| - fd. | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_interface_info { | |
| - isdn_interface_t interface; | |
| - enum isdn_activation_state activation; | |
| - unsigned int ph_ai; /* Physical: Activation Ind */ | |
| - unsigned int ph_di; /* Physical: Deactivation Ind */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_ai; /* Management: Activation Ind */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_di; /* Management: Deactivation Ind */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_ei1; /* Management: Error 1 Indication */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_ei2; /* Management: Error 2 Indication */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_ii_c; /* Management: Info Ind, connection */ | |
| - unsigned int mph_ii_d; /* Management: Info Ind, disconn. */ | |
| - } isdn_interface_info_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_CHANNEL_STATUS | |
| - | |
| - The ISDN_CHANNEL_STATUS ioctl retrieves the status and statistics | |
| - of an ISDN channel. The requesting channel must own the channel | |
| - whose status is being requested or the ioctl will fail. fd is any | |
| - file descriptor. arg is a pointer to a struct isdn_channel_info. If | |
| - the interface field is set to ISDN_CHAN_SELF, it will be changed in | |
| - the returned structure to reflect the proper device-specific chan- | |
| - nel of the requesting fd. | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_channel_info { | |
| - isdn_chan_t channel; | |
| - enum isdn_iostate iostate; | |
| - struct isdn_io_stats { | |
| - ulong_t packets; /* packets transmitted or received */ | |
| - ulong_t octets; /* octets transmitted or received */ | |
| - ulong_t errors; /* errors packets transmitted or received */ | |
| - } transmit, receive; | |
| - } isdn_channel_info_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_SET | |
| - | |
| - fd is the file descriptor for a management device. arg is a pointer | |
| - to a struct isdn_param. This command allows the setting of various | |
| - ISDN physical layer parameters such as timers. This command uses | |
| - the same arguments as the ISDN_PARAM_GET command. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_GET | |
| - | |
| - fd is the file descriptor for a management device. arg is a pointer | |
| - to a struct isdn_param This command provides for querying the | |
| - value of a particular ISDN physical layer parameter. | |
| - | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_NONE = 0, | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_NT_T101, /* NT Timer, 5-30 s, in milliseconds */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_NT_T102, /* NT Timer, 25-100 ms, in milliseconds */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_T103, /* TE Timer, 5-30 s, in milliseconds */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_T104, /* TE Timer, 500-1000 ms, in milliseconds */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_MAINT, /* Manage the TE Maintenance Channel */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_ASMB, /* Modify Activation State Machine Behavior */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_POWER, /* Take the interface online or offline */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_PAUSE, /* Paused if == 1, else not paused == 0 */ | |
| - } isdn_param_tag_t; | |
| - enum isdn_param_asmb { | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_ASMB_CCITT88, /* 1988 bluebook */ | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_ASMB_CTS2, /* Conformance Test Suite 2 */ | |
| - }; | |
| - typedef struct isdn_param { | |
| - isdn_param_tag_t tag; | |
| - union { | |
| - unsigned int us; /* micro seconds */ | |
| - unsigned int ms; /* Timer value in ms */ | |
| - unsigned int flag; /* Boolean */ | |
| - enum isdn_param_asmb asmb; | |
| - enum isdn_param_maint maint; | |
| - struct { | |
| - isdn_chan_t channel; /* Channel to Pause */ | |
| - int paused; /* TRUE or FALSE */ | |
| - } pause; | |
| - unsigned int reserved[2]; /* reserved, set to zero */ | |
| - } value; | |
| - } isdn_param_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_POWER | |
| - | |
| - If an implementation provides power on and off functions, then | |
| - power should be on by default. If flag is ISDN_PARAM_POWER_OFF then | |
| - a TE interface is forced into state F0, NT interfaces are forced | |
| - into state G0. If flag is ISDN_PARAM_POWER_ON then a TE interface | |
| - will immediately transition to state F3 when the TE D-channel is | |
| - opened. If flag is one, an NT interface will transition to state G1 | |
| - when the NT D-channel is opened. | |
| - | |
| - Implementations that do not provide ISDN_POWER return failure with | |
| - errno set to ENXIO.ISDN_POWER is different from ISDN_PH_ACTI- | |
| - VATE_REQ since CCITT specification requires that if a BRI-TE inter- | |
| - face device has power, then it permits activation. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_NT_T101 | |
| - | |
| - This parameter accesses the NT timer value T1. The CCITT recommen- | |
| - dations specify that timer T1 has a value from 5 to 30 seconds. | |
| - Other standards may differ. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_NT_T102 | |
| - | |
| - This parameter accesses the NT timer value T2. The CCITT recommen- | |
| - dations specify that timer T2 has a value from 25 to 100 millisec- | |
| - onds. Other standards may differ. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_T103 | |
| - | |
| - This parameter accesses the TE timer value T3. The CCITT recommen- | |
| - dations specify that timer T3 has a value from 5 to 30 seconds. | |
| - Other standards may differ. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_TE_T104 | |
| - | |
| - This parameter accesses the TE timer value T4. The CTS2 specifies | |
| - that timer T4 is either not used or has a value from 500 to 1000 | |
| - milliseconds. Other standards may differ. CTS2 requires that timer | |
| - T309 be implemented if T4 is not available. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_MAINT | |
| - | |
| - This parameter sets the multi-framing mode of a BRI-TE interface. | |
| - For normal operation this parameter should be set to | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_MAINT_ECHO. Other uses of this parameter are dependent | |
| - on the definition and use of the BRI interface S and Q channels. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_ASMB | |
| - | |
| - There are a few differences in the BRI-TE interface activation | |
| - state machine standards. This parameter allows the selection of the | |
| - appropriate standard. At this time, only ISDN_PARAM_TE_ASMB_CCITT88 | |
| - and ISDN_PARAM_TE_ASMB_CTS2 are available. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_PARAM_PAUSE | |
| - | |
| - This parameter allows a management device to pause the IO on a B- | |
| - channel. pause.channel is set to indicate which channel is to be | |
| - paused or un-paused. pause.paused is set to zero to un-pause and | |
| - one to pause. fd is associated with an ISDN interface management | |
| - device. arg is a pointer to a struct isdn_param. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_SET_LOOPBACK | |
| - | |
| - fd is the file descriptor for an ISDN interface's management | |
| - device. arg is a pointer to an isdn_loopback_request_t structure. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_LOCAL, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_REMOTE, | |
| - } isdn_loopback_type_t; | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_B1 = 0x1, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_B2 = 0x2, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_D = 0x4, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_E_ZERO = 0x8, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_S = 0x10, | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_Q = 0x20, | |
| - } isdn_loopback_chan_t; | |
| - typedef struct isdn_loopback_request { | |
| - isdn_loopback_type_t type; | |
| - int channels; | |
| - } isdn_loopback_request_t; | |
| - | |
| - An application can receive D-channel data during D-Channel loopback | |
| - but cannot transmit data. The field type is the bitwise OR of at | |
| - least one of the following values: | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_B1 (0x1) /* loopback on B1-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_B2 (0x2) /* loopback on B2-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_D (0x4) /* loopback on D-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_E_ZERO (0x8) /* force E-channel to Zero if */ | |
| - /* fd is for NT interface */ | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_S (0x10) /* loopback on S-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_LOOPBACK_Q (0x20) /* loopback on Q-channel */ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_RESET_LOOPBACK | |
| - | |
| - arg is a pointer to an isdn_loopback_request_t structure. | |
| - ISDN_RESET_LOOPBACK turns off the selected loopback modes. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN Data Format | |
| - The isdn_format_t type is meant to be a complete description of the | |
| - various data modes and rates available on an ISDN interface. Several | |
| - macros are available for setting the format fields. The isdn_format_t | |
| - structure is shown below: | |
| - | |
| - /* ISDN channel data format */ | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_MODE_NOTSPEC, /* Not specified */ | |
| - ISDN_MODE_HDLC, /* HDLC framing and error checking */ | |
| - ISDN_MODE_TRANSPARENT /* Transparent mode */ | |
| - } isdn_mode_t; | |
| - | |
| - /* Audio encoding types (from audioio.h) */ | |
| - | |
| - #define AUDIO_ENCODING_NONE (0) /* no encoding*/ | |
| - #define AUDIO_ENCODING_ULAW (1) /* mu-law */ | |
| - #define AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW (2) /* A-law */ | |
| - #define AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR (3) /* Linear PCM */ | |
| - typedef struct isdn_format { | |
| - isdn_mode_t mode; | |
| - unsigned int sample_rate; /* sample frames/sec*/ | |
| - unsigned int channels; /* # interleaved chans */ | |
| - unsigned int precision; /* bits per sample */ | |
| - unsigned int encoding; /* data encoding */ | |
| - } isdn_format_t; | |
| - /* | |
| - * These macros set the fields pointed | |
| - * to by the macro argument (isdn_format_t*)fp in preparation | |
| - * for the ISDN_SET_FORMAT ioctl. | |
| - */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_BRI_D(fp) /* BRI D-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_PRI_D(fp) /* PRI D-channel */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_HDLC_B64(fp) /* BRI B-ch @ 56kbps */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_HDLC_B56(fp) /* BRI B-ch @ 64kbps */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_VOICE_ULAW(fp) /* BRI B-ch voice */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_VOICE_ALAW(fp) /* BRI B-ch voice */ | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT_BRI_H(fp) /* BRI H-channel */ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN Datapath Types | |
| - Every STREAMS stream that carries data to or from the ISDN serial | |
| - interfaces is classified as a channel-stream datapath. A possible ISDN | |
| - channel-stream datapath device name for a TE could be | |
| - /dev/isdn/0/te/b1. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - On some hardware implementations, it is possible to route the data from | |
| - hardware channel to hardware channel completely within the chip or con- | |
| - troller. This is classified as a channel-channel datapath. There does | |
| - not need to be any open file descriptor for either channel in this con- | |
| - figuration. Only when data enters the host and utilizes a STREAMS | |
| - stream is this classified as an ISDN channel-stream datapath. | |
| - | |
| - ISDN Management Stream | |
| - A management stream is a STREAMS stream that exists solely for control | |
| - purposes and is not intended to carry data to or from the ISDN serial | |
| - interfaces. A possible management device name for a TE could be | |
| - /dev/isdn/0/te/mgt. | |
| - | |
| -CHANNEL MANAGEMENT IOCTLS | |
| - The following ioctls describe operations on individual channels and the | |
| - connection of multiple channels. | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_SET_FORMAT | |
| - | |
| - fd is a data channel, the management pseudo-channel associated with | |
| - the data channel, or the management channel associated with the | |
| - data channel's interface or controller. arg is a pointer to a | |
| - struct isdn_format_req. The ISDN_SET_FORMAT ioctl sets the format | |
| - of an ISDN channel-stream datapath. It may be issued on both an | |
| - open ISDN channel-stream datapath Stream or an ISDN Management | |
| - Stream. Note that an open(2) call for a channel-stream datapath | |
| - will fail if an ISDN_SET_FORMAT has never been issued after a | |
| - reset, as the mode for all channel-stream datapaths is initially | |
| - biased to ISDN_MODE_NOTSPEC. arg is a pointer to an ISDN format | |
| - type (isdn_format_req_t*). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_format_req { | |
| - isdn_chan_t channel; | |
| - isdn_format_t format; /* data format */ | |
| - int reserved[4]; /* future use - must be 0 */ | |
| - } isdn_format_req_t; | |
| - | |
| - If there is not an open channel-stream datapath for a requested | |
| - channel, the default format of that channel will be set for a sub- | |
| - sequent open(2). | |
| - | |
| - To modify the format of an open stream, the driver will disconnect | |
| - the hardware channel, flush the internal hardware queues, set the | |
| - new default configuration, and finally reconnect the data path | |
| - using the newly specified format. Upon taking effect, all state | |
| - information will be reset to initial conditions, as if a channel | |
| - was just opened. It is suggested that the user flush the interface | |
| - as well as consult the hardware specific documentation to insure | |
| - data integrity. | |
| - | |
| - If a user desires to connect more than one B channel, such as an H- | |
| - channel, the B-channel with the smallest offset should be speci- | |
| - fied, then the precision should be specified multiples of 8. For an | |
| - H-channel the precision value would be 16. The user should subse- | |
| - quently open the base B-channel. If any of the sequential B-chan- | |
| - nels are busy the open will fail, otherwise all of the B-channels | |
| - that are to be used in conjunction will be marked as busy. | |
| - | |
| - The returned failure codes and their descriptions are listed below: | |
| - | |
| - EPERM /* No permission for intended operation */ | |
| - EINVAL /* Invalid format request */ | |
| - EIO /* Set format attempt failed. */ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_SET_CHANNEL | |
| - | |
| - The ISDN_SET_CHANNEL ioctl sets up a data connection within an ISDN | |
| - controller. The ISDN_SET_CHANNEL ioctl can only be issued from an | |
| - ISDN management stream to establish or modify channel-channel data- | |
| - paths. The ioctl parameter arg is a pointer to an ISDN connection | |
| - request (isdn_conn_req_t*). Once a data path is established, data | |
| - flow is started as soon as the path endpoints become active. Upon | |
| - taking effect, all state information is reset to initial condi- | |
| - tions, as if a channel was just opened. | |
| - | |
| - The isdn_conn_req_t structure is shown below. The five fields | |
| - include the receive and transmit ISDN channels, the number of | |
| - directions of the data path, as well as the data format. The | |
| - reserved field must always be set to zero. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - /* Number of directions for data flow */ | |
| - typedef enum { | |
| - ISDN_PATH_NOCHANGE = 0, /* Invalid value */ | |
| - ISDN_PATH_DISCONNECT, /* Disconnect data path */ | |
| - ISDN_PATH_ONEWAY, /* One way data path */ | |
| - ISDN_PATH_TWOWAY, /* Bi-directional data path */ | |
| - } isdn_path_t; | |
| - typedef struct isdn_conn_req { | |
| - isdn_chan_t from; | |
| - isdn_chan_t to; | |
| - isdn_path_t dir; /* uni/bi-directional or disconnect */ | |
| - isdn_format_t format; /* data format */ | |
| - int reserved[4]; /* future use - must be 0 */ | |
| - } isdn_conn_req_t; | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - To specify a read-only, write-only, or read-write path, or to dis- | |
| - connect a path, the dir field should be set to ISDN_PATH_ONEWAY, | |
| - ISDN_PATH_TWOWAY, and ISDN_PATH_DISCONNECT respectively. To modify | |
| - the format of a channel-channel datapath, a user must disconnect | |
| - the channel and then reconnect with the desired format. | |
| - | |
| - The returned failure codes and their descriptions are listed below: | |
| - | |
| - EPERM /* No permission for intended operation */ | |
| - EBUSY /* Connection in use */ | |
| - EINVAL /* Invalid connection request */ | |
| - EIO /* Connection attempt failed */ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_GET_FORMAT | |
| - | |
| - The ISDN_GET_FORMAT ioctl gets the ISDN data format of the channel- | |
| - stream datapath described by fd. arg is a pointer to an ISDN data | |
| - format request type (isdn_format_req_t*). ISDN_GET_FORMAT can be | |
| - issued on any channel to retrieve the format of any channel it | |
| - owns. For example, if issued on the TE management channel, the for- | |
| - mat of any other te channel can be retrieved. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN_GETCONFIG | |
| - | |
| - The ISDN_GETCONFIG ioctl is used to get the current connection sta- | |
| - tus of all ISDN channels associated with a particular management | |
| - stream. ISDN_GETCONFIG also retrieves a hardware identifier and the | |
| - generic interface type. arg is an ISDN connection table pointer | |
| - (isdn_conn_tab_t*). The isdn_conn_tab_t structure is shown below: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - typedef struct isdn_conn_tab { | |
| - char name[ISDN_ID_SIZE]; /* identification string */ | |
| - isdn_interface_t type; | |
| - int maxpaths; /* size in entries of app's array int npaths; */ | |
| - /* number of valid entries returned by driver */ | |
| - isdn_conn_req_t *paths; /* connection table in app's memory */ | |
| - } isdn_conn_tab_t; | |
| - | |
| - The table contains a string which is the interface's unique identi- | |
| - fication string. The second element of this table contains the ISDN | |
| - transmit and receive connections and configuration for all possible | |
| - data paths for each type of ISDN controller hardware. Entries that | |
| - are not connected will have a value of ISDN_NO_CHAN in the from and | |
| - to fields. The number of entries will always be ISDN_MAX_CHANS, and | |
| - can be referenced in the hardware specific implementation documen- | |
| - tation. An isdn_conn_tab_t structure is allocated on a per con- | |
| - troller basis. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - getmsg(2), ioctl(2), open(2), poll(2), read(2), write(2), audio(4I), | |
| - streamio(4I) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ISDN, An Introduction - William Stallings, Macmillan Publishing Com- | |
| - pany. ISBN 0-02-415471-7 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 isdnio(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/mtio.4i 11.4.36/man4i/mtio.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/mtio.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.180170107 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/mtio.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.535302874 +0000 | |
| @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ | |
| There are two types of tape records: data records and end-of-file (EOF) | |
| - records. SEOF records are also known as tape marks and file marks. A | |
| + records. EOF records are also known as tape marks and file marks. A | |
| record is separated by interrecord (or tape) gaps on a tape. | |
| @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ | |
| Note that for 1/2" reel tape devices, two file marks are written to | |
| mark the EOM before rewinding or performing a file positioning ioctl. | |
| If the user wrote a file mark before closing a 1/2" reel tape device, | |
| - the driver always writes a file mark before closing to insure that the | |
| + the driver always writes a file mark before closing to ensure that the | |
| end of recorded media is marked properly. If the non-rewinding device | |
| was specified, two file marks are written and the tape is left posi- | |
| tioned between the two so that the second one is overwritten on a sub- | |
| @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ | |
| - Tape drives which do not support short filemarks returns an errno of | |
| + Tape drives which do not support short filemarks return an errno of | |
| ENOTTY. | |
| @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ | |
| - Tape drives other than 1/2" reel tapes returns an errno of ENOTTY. | |
| + Tape drives other than 1/2" reel tapes return an errno of ENOTTY. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| Example 1 Tape Positioning and Tape Drives | |
| @@ -932,9 +932,9 @@ | |
| - Where density can be l, m, h, u/c (low, medium, high, ultra/com- | |
| - pressed, respectively), the BSD behavior option is b, and the no rewind | |
| - option is n. | |
| + Where density can be l, m, h, u/c (low, medium, high, ultra/compressed, | |
| + respectively), the BSD behavior option is b, and the no rewind option | |
| + is n. | |
| For example, /dev/rmt/0hbn specifies unit 0, high density, BSD behavior | |
| @@ -949,4 +949,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 mtio(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mtio(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/quotactl.4i 11.4.36/man4i/quotactl.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/quotactl.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.196350683 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/quotactl.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.553283732 +0000 | |
| @@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ | |
| Q_GETQUOTA Get disk quota limits and current usage for user uid. | |
| addr is a pointer to a dqblk structure (defined in | |
| - <sys/fs/ufs_quota.h>). Only the super-user may get the | |
| - quotas of a user other than himself. | |
| + <sys/fs/ufs_quota.h>). All users may get their own quota | |
| + information, only the super-user may get the quota infor- | |
| + mation for another user. | |
| Q_SETQUOTA Set disk quota limits and current usage for user uid. | |
| @@ -127,4 +128,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 June 2004 quotactl(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 quotactl(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/streamio.4i 11.4.36/man4i/streamio.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/streamio.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.210615140 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/streamio.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.597131886 +0000 | |
| @@ -492,9 +492,9 @@ | |
| stream modules and drivers. It allows information to be sent with | |
| the ioctl, and will return to the user any information sent | |
| upstream by the downstream recipient. I_STR blocks until the system | |
| - responds with either a positive or negative acknowledgement mes- | |
| - sage, or until the request times out after some period of time. If | |
| - the request times out, it fails with errno set to ETIME. | |
| + responds with either a positive or negative acknowledgment message, | |
| + or until the request times out after some period of time. If the | |
| + request times out, it fails with errno set to ETIME. | |
| To send requests downstream, arg must point to a strioctl structure | |
| which contains the following members: | |
| @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ | |
| ic_cmd is the internal ioctl command intended for a downstream mod- | |
| ule or driver and ic_timout is the number of seconds (-1 = infi- | |
| nite, 0 = use default, >0 = as specified) an I_STR request will | |
| - wait for acknowledgement before timing out. ic_len is the number of | |
| + wait for acknowledgment before timing out. ic_len is the number of | |
| bytes in the data argument and ic_dp is a pointer to the data argu- | |
| ment. The ic_len field has two uses: on input, it contains the | |
| length of the data argument passed in, and on return from the com- | |
| @@ -519,14 +519,13 @@ | |
| At most one I_STR can be active on a stream. Further I_STR calls | |
| will block until the active I_STR completes via a positive or nega- | |
| - tive acknowledgement, a timeout, or an error condition at the | |
| - stream head. By setting the ic_timout field to 0, the user is | |
| - requesting STREAMS to provide the DEFAULT timeout. The default | |
| - timeout is specific to the STREAMS implementation and may vary | |
| - depending on which release of Solaris you are using. For Solaris 8 | |
| - (and earlier versions), the default timeout is fifteen seconds. The | |
| - O_NDELAY and O_NONBLOCK (see open(2)) flags have no effect on this | |
| - call. | |
| + tive acknowledgment, a timeout, or an error condition at the stream | |
| + head. By setting the ic_timout field to 0, the user is requesting | |
| + STREAMS to provide the DEFAULT timeout. The default timeout is spe- | |
| + cific to the STREAMS implementation and may vary depending on which | |
| + release of Solaris you are using. For Solaris 8 (and earlier ver- | |
| + sions), the default timeout is fifteen seconds. The O_NDELAY and | |
| + O_NONBLOCK (see open(2)) flags have no effect on this call. | |
| The stream head will convert the information pointed to by the | |
| strioctl structure to an internal ioctl command message and send it | |
| @@ -552,13 +551,13 @@ | |
| ENXIO Hangup received on fildes. | |
| - ETIME A downstream ioctl timed out before acknowledgement was | |
| + ETIME A downstream ioctl timed out before acknowledgment was | |
| received. | |
| - An I_STR can also fail while waiting for an acknowledgement if a | |
| + An I_STR can also fail while waiting for an acknowledgment if a | |
| message indicating an error or a hangup is received at the stream | |
| head. In addition, an error code can be returned in the positive or | |
| - negative acknowledgement message, in the event the ioctl command | |
| + negative acknowledgment message, in the event the ioctl command | |
| sent downstream fails. For these cases, I_STR will fail with errno | |
| set to the value in the message. | |
| @@ -839,7 +838,7 @@ | |
| stream connected to the multiplexing driver, and arg is the file | |
| descriptor of the stream connected to another driver. The stream | |
| designated by arg gets connected below the multiplexing driver. | |
| - I_LINK requires the multiplexing driver to send an acknowledgement | |
| + I_LINK requires the multiplexing driver to send an acknowledgment | |
| message to the stream head regarding the linking operation. This | |
| call returns a multiplexor ID number (an identifier used to discon- | |
| nect the multiplexor, see I_UNLINK) on success, and -1 on failure. | |
| @@ -849,7 +848,7 @@ | |
| ENXIO Hangup received on fildes. | |
| - ETIME Time out before acknowledgement message was received at | |
| + ETIME Time out before acknowledgment message was received at | |
| stream head. | |
| @@ -887,7 +886,7 @@ | |
| to acknowledge the link request, if a message indicating an error | |
| or a hangup is received at the stream head of fildes. In addition, | |
| an error code can be returned in the positive or negative acknowl- | |
| - edgement message. For these cases, I_LINK will fail with errno set | |
| + edgment message. For these cases, I_LINK will fail with errno set | |
| to the value in the message. | |
| @@ -905,7 +904,7 @@ | |
| ENXIO Hangup received on fildes. | |
| - ETIME Time out before acknowledgement message was received at | |
| + ETIME Time out before acknowledgment message was received at | |
| stream head. | |
| @@ -924,8 +923,8 @@ | |
| to acknowledge the link request, if a message indicating an error | |
| or a hangup is received at the stream head of fildes. In addition, | |
| an error code can be returned in the positive or negative acknowl- | |
| - edgement message. For these cases, I_UNLINK will fail with errno | |
| - set to the value in the message. | |
| + edgment message. For these cases, I_UNLINK will fail with errno set | |
| + to the value in the message. | |
| I_PLINK | |
| @@ -935,7 +934,7 @@ | |
| descriptor of the stream connected to another driver. The stream | |
| designated by arg gets connected via a persistent link below the | |
| multiplexing driver. I_PLINK requires the multiplexing driver to | |
| - send an acknowledgement message to the stream head regarding the | |
| + send an acknowledgment message to the stream head regarding the | |
| linking operation. This call creates a persistent link that contin- | |
| ues to exist even if the file descriptor fildes associated with the | |
| upper stream to the multiplexing driver is closed. This call | |
| @@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ | |
| ENXIO Hangup received on fildes. | |
| - ETIME Time out before acknowledgement message was received at | |
| + ETIME Time out before acknowledgment message was received at | |
| the stream head. | |
| @@ -977,7 +976,7 @@ | |
| to acknowledge the link request, if a message indicating an error | |
| on a hangup is received at the stream head of fildes. In addition, | |
| an error code can be returned in the positive or negative acknowl- | |
| - edgement message. For these cases, I_PLINK will fail with errno set | |
| + edgment message. For these cases, I_PLINK will fail with errno set | |
| to the value in the message. | |
| @@ -997,11 +996,11 @@ | |
| ENXIO Hangup received on fildes. | |
| - ETIME Time out before acknowledgement message was received at | |
| + ETIME Time out before acknowledgment message was received at | |
| the stream head. | |
| - EAGAIN Unable to allocate buffers for the acknowledgement mes- | |
| + EAGAIN Unable to allocate buffers for the acknowledgment mes- | |
| sage. | |
| @@ -1014,7 +1013,7 @@ | |
| driver to acknowledge the link request if a message indicating an | |
| error or a hangup is received at the stream head of fildes. In | |
| addition, an error code can be returned in the positive or negative | |
| - acknowledgement message. For these cases, I_PUNLINK will fail with | |
| + acknowledgment message. For these cases, I_PUNLINK will fail with | |
| errno set to the value in the message. | |
| @@ -1031,4 +1030,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 streamio(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 streamio(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/termio.4i 11.4.36/man4i/termio.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/termio.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.232602369 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/termio.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.617758871 +0000 | |
| @@ -310,8 +310,8 @@ | |
| changed or escaped. | |
| - EOL (ASCII NULL) is an additional line delimiter, like NL . It | |
| - is not normally used. | |
| + EOL (ASCII NUL) is an additional line delimiter, like NL. It is | |
| + not normally used. | |
| EOL2 is another additional line delimiter. | |
| @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ | |
| ICRNL Map CR to NL on input. | |
| - IUCLC Map upper-case to lower-case on input. | |
| + IUCLC Map uppercase to lowercase on input. | |
| IXON Enable start/stop output control. | |
| @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ | |
| queues and if the terminal is the controlling terminal of a foreground | |
| process group, the break condition generates a single SIGINT signal to | |
| that foreground process group. If neither IGNBRK nor BRKINT is set, a | |
| - break condition is read as a single '\0' (ASCII NULL) character, or if | |
| + break condition is read as a single '\0' (ASCII NUL) character, or if | |
| PARMRK is set, as '\377', '\0', c, where '\377' is a single character | |
| with value 377 octal (0xff hex, 255 decimal), '\0' is a single charac- | |
| ter with value 0, and c is the errored character received. | |
| @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ | |
| ambiguity in this case, if ISTRIP is not set, a valid character of | |
| '\377' is given to the application as '\377'. If neither IGNPAR nor | |
| PARMRK is set, a framing or parity error (other than break) is given to | |
| - the application as a single '\0' (ASCII NULL) character. | |
| + the application as a single '\0' (ASCII NUL) character. | |
| If INPCK is set, input parity checking is enabled. If INPCK is not set, | |
| @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ | |
| VT1 | |
| - FFDLY Select form feed delays: | |
| + FFDLY Select form-feed delays: | |
| FF0 | |
| FF1 | |
| @@ -646,9 +646,9 @@ | |
| change. | |
| - If OLCUC is set, a lower case alphabetic character is transmitted as | |
| - the corresponding upper case character. This function is often used in | |
| - conjunction with IUCLC. | |
| + If OLCUC is set, a lowercase alphabetic character is transmitted as the | |
| + corresponding uppercase character. This function is often used in con- | |
| + junction with IUCLC. | |
| If ONLCR is set, the NL character is transmitted as the CR-NL character | |
| @@ -1152,7 +1152,6 @@ | |
| lowing members: | |
| - | |
| unsigned short ws_row; /* rows, in characters */ | |
| unsigned short ws_col; /* columns, in characters */ | |
| unsigned short ws_xpixel; /* horizontal size, in pixels */ | |
| @@ -1164,7 +1163,6 @@ | |
| defined by sys/termio.h and includes the following members: | |
| - | |
| unsigned short c_iflag; /* input modes */ | |
| unsigned short c_oflag; /* output modes */ | |
| unsigned short c_cflag; /* control modes */ | |
| @@ -1485,4 +1483,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Apr 2019 termio(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 termio(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/unvme.4i 11.4.36/man4i/unvme.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/unvme.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.250414025 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/unvme.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.631811549 +0000 | |
| @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ | |
| int unvme_timeout; /* command timeout */ | |
| caddr_t unvme_comp; /* nvme command completion queue entry */ | |
| caddr_t unvme_cmdp; /* nvme command */ | |
| - caddr_t unvme_bufaddr; /* i/o source/destination */ | |
| - size_t unvme_buflen; /* size of i/o to take place */ | |
| + caddr_t unvme_bufaddr; /* I/O source/destination */ | |
| + size_t unvme_buflen; /* size of I/O to take place */ | |
| void *unvme_rsvd; /* reserved field for future use */ | |
| @@ -178,4 +178,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Jul 2018 unvme(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 unvme(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/uscsi.4i 11.4.36/man4i/uscsi.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/uscsi.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.263979893 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/uscsi.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.639411413 +0000 | |
| @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ | |
| short uscsi_status; /* resulting status */ | |
| short uscsi_timeout; /* Command Timeout */ | |
| caddr_t uscsi_cdb /* CDB to send to target */ | |
| - caddr_t uscsi_bufaddr; /* i/o source/destination */ | |
| - size_t uscsi_buflen; /* size of i/o to take place*/ | |
| - size_t uscsi_resid; /* resid from i/o operation */ | |
| + caddr_t uscsi_bufaddr; /* I/O source/destination */ | |
| + size_t uscsi_buflen; /* size of I/O to take place */ | |
| + size_t uscsi_resid; /* resid from I/O operation */ | |
| uchar_t uscsi_cdblen; /* # of valid CDB bytes */ | |
| uchar_t uscsi_rqlen; /* size of uscsi_rqbuf */ | |
| uchar_t uscsi_rqstatus; /* status of request sense cmd */ | |
| @@ -51,8 +51,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| The fields of the uscsi_cmd structure have the following meanings: | |
| uscsi_flags The I/O direction and other details of how to carry | |
| @@ -290,4 +288,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 May 2007 uscsi(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 uscsi(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4i/visual_io.4i 11.4.36/man4i/visual_io.4i | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4i/visual_io.4i 2021-08-27 10:45:37.295034959 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4i/visual_io.4i 2021-08-27 10:46:39.647788807 +0000 | |
| @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ | |
| The VISUAL environment also defines interfaces for non-ioctl entry | |
| points into the driver that the Oracle Solaris operating system calls | |
| when it is running in standalone mode (for example, when using a stand- | |
| - alone debugger, entering the PROM monitor, or when the system panick- | |
| - ing). These are also known as Polled I/O entry points, which operate | |
| + alone debugger, entering the PROM monitor, or when the system is pan- | |
| + icking). These are also known as Polled I/O entry points, which operate | |
| under an explicit set of restrictions, described below. | |
| IOCTLS | |
| @@ -481,4 +481,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 visual_io(4I) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 visual_io(4I) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp 11.4.36/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp 2021-08-27 10:45:37.305373257 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp 2021-08-27 10:46:39.659462966 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ | |
| The 3-bit user priority is part of the 802.1Q VLAN header tag that is | |
| - part of the ethernet header (carrying the IP packet). | |
| + part of the Ethernet header (carrying the IP packet). | |
| Statistics | |
| The dlcosmk module exports the following statistics through kstat: | |
| @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 May 2012 dlcosmk(4IPP) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dlcosmk(4IPP) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4m/bufmod.4m 11.4.36/man4m/bufmod.4m | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4m/bufmod.4m 2021-08-27 10:45:37.311397304 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4m/bufmod.4m 2021-08-27 10:46:39.665731612 +0000 | |
| @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ | |
| set with the SBIOCSSNAP ioctl described below. | |
| - Afterwards, if SB_NO_HEADER is not set, bufmod prepends a header to the | |
| + Afterward, if SB_NO_HEADER is not set, bufmod prepends a header to the | |
| converted message. This header is defined as follows. | |
| struct sb_hdr { | |
| @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ | |
| message after the truncation has been done. sbh_totlen gives the dis- | |
| tance in bytes from the start of the truncated message in the current | |
| chunk (described below) to the start of the next message in the chunk; | |
| - the value reflects any padding necessary to insure correct data align- | |
| + the value reflects any padding necessary to ensure correct data align- | |
| ment for the host machine and includes the length of the header itself. | |
| sbh_drops reports the cumulative number of input messages that this | |
| instance of bufmod has dropped due to flow control or resource exhaus- | |
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ | |
| chunk, bufmod maintains a read timeout. Whenever this timeout expires, | |
| the module closes off the current chunk and passes it upward. The mod- | |
| ule restarts the timeout period when it receives a read side data mes- | |
| - sage and a timeout is not currently active. These two rules insure that | |
| + sage and a timeout is not currently active. These two rules ensure that | |
| bufmod minimizes the number of chunks it produces during periods of | |
| intense message activity and that it periodically disposes of all mes- | |
| sages during slack intervals, but avoids any timeout overhead when | |
| @@ -249,4 +249,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 bufmod(4M) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 bufmod(4M) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4m/kb.4m 11.4.36/man4m/kb.4m | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4m/kb.4m 2021-08-27 10:45:37.319678327 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4m/kb.4m 2021-08-27 10:46:39.673450911 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,24 +61,23 @@ | |
| All instances of the kb module share seven translation tables that con- | |
| vert raw keystation codes to event values. The tables are: | |
| - Unshifted Used when a key is depressed and no shifts are in effect. | |
| + Unshifted Used when a key is pressed and no shifts are in effect. | |
| - Shifted Used when a key is depressed and a Shift key is held | |
| - down. | |
| + Shifted Used when a key is pressed and a Shift key is held down. | |
| - Caps Lock Used when a key is depressed and Caps Lock is in effect. | |
| + Caps Lock Used when a key is pressed and Caps Lock is in effect. | |
| - Alt Graph Used when a key is depressed and the Alt Graph key is | |
| - held down. | |
| + Alt Graph Used when a key is pressed and the Alt Graph key is held | |
| + down. | |
| - Num Lock Used when a key is depressed and Num Lock is in effect. | |
| + Num Lock Used when a key is pressed and Num Lock is in effect. | |
| - Controlled Used when a key is depressed and the Control key is held | |
| + Controlled Used when a key is pressed and the Control key is held | |
| down. (Regardless of whether a Shift key or the Alt Graph | |
| is being held down, or whether Caps Lock or Num Lock is | |
| in effect). | |
| @@ -227,7 +226,7 @@ | |
| STRING 0x500 | |
| The low-order bits index a table of strings. When a key with a | |
| - STRING entry is depressed, the characters in the null-terminated | |
| + STRING entry is pressed, the characters in the null-terminated | |
| string for that key are sent, character-by-character. The maximum | |
| length is defined as: | |
| @@ -377,7 +376,7 @@ | |
| the keyboard is in the TR_EVENT translation mode, ISO 8859/1 characters | |
| from the upper half of the character set (that is, characters with the | |
| eighth bit set) , are presented as events with codes in the ISO_FIRST | |
| - range (as defined in <<sys/vuid_event.h>>). For backwards compatibility | |
| + range (as defined in <sys/vuid_event.h>). For backward compatibility | |
| with older versions of the keyboard driver, the event code is ISO_FIRST | |
| plus the character value. When compatibility mode is turned off, ISO | |
| 8859/1 characters are presented as events with codes equal to the char- | |
| @@ -688,4 +687,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 kb(4M) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kb(4M) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4m/ldterm.4m 11.4.36/man4m/ldterm.4m | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4m/ldterm.4m 2021-08-27 10:45:37.332296381 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4m/ldterm.4m 2021-08-27 10:46:39.687318731 +0000 | |
| @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ | |
| flag in the c_iflag word and the delays specified in the c_oflag word. | |
| - The ldterm module also handles single and multi-byte characters from | |
| - various codesets including both Extended Unix Code (EUC) and non-EUC | |
| + The ldterm module also handles single and multibyte characters from | |
| + various codesets including both Extended UNIX Code (EUC) and non-EUC | |
| codesets. | |
| @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ | |
| The message is passed downstream. If an acknowledgment is seen, the | |
| data provided by the driver and modules downstream are augmented | |
| - and the acknowledgement is passed upstream. | |
| + and the acknowledgment is passed upstream. | |
| TCSETS/TCSETSW/TCSETSF/TCSETA/TCSETAW/TCSETAF | |
| @@ -218,4 +218,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jul 2018 ldterm(4M) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ldterm(4M) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4m/ptem.4m 11.4.36/man4m/ptem.4m | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4m/ptem.4m 2021-08-27 10:45:37.350489747 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4m/ptem.4m 2021-08-27 10:46:39.700260094 +0000 | |
| @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ | |
| On the read-side all messages are passed upstream unmodified with the | |
| following exceptions. All M_READ and M_DELAY messages are freed in both | |
| directions. A TCSBRK ioctl is converted to an M_BREAK message and | |
| - passed upstream and an acknowledgement is returned downstream. A | |
| + passed upstream and an acknowledgment is returned downstream. A | |
| TIOCSIGNAL ioctl is converted into an M_PCSIG message, and passed | |
| - upstream and an acknowledgement is returned downstream. Finally a | |
| + upstream and an acknowledgment is returned downstream. Finally a | |
| TIOCREMOTE ioctl is converted into an M_CTL message, acknowledged, and | |
| passed upstream; the resulting mode is retained for use in subsequent | |
| TIOCSTI parsing. | |
| @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jul 2018 ptem(4M) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ptem(4M) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4m/ttcompat.4m 11.4.36/man4m/ttcompat.4m | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4m/ttcompat.4m 2021-08-27 10:45:37.374148124 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4m/ttcompat.4m 2021-08-27 10:46:39.723197032 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,19 +13,19 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| ttcompat is a STREAMS module that translates the ioctl calls supported | |
| - by the older Version 7, 4BSD, and XENIX terminal drivers into the | |
| - ioctl calls supported by the termio interface (see termio(4I)). All | |
| - other messages pass through this module unchanged; the behavior of read | |
| - and write calls is unchanged, as is the behavior of ioctl calls other | |
| - than the ones supported by ttcompat. | |
| + by the older Version 7, 4BSD, and XENIX terminal drivers into the ioctl | |
| + calls supported by the termio interface (see termio(4I)). All other | |
| + messages pass through this module unchanged; the behavior of read and | |
| + write calls is unchanged, as is the behavior of ioctl calls other than | |
| + the ones supported by ttcompat. | |
| This module can be automatically pushed onto a stream using the auto- | |
| push mechanism when a terminal device is opened; it does not have to be | |
| explicitly pushed onto a stream. This module requires that the termios | |
| interface be supported by the modules and the application can push the | |
| - driver downstream. The TCGETS, TCSETS, and TCSETSF ioctl calls must | |
| - be supported. If any information set or fetched by those ioctl calls is | |
| + driver downstream. The TCGETS, TCSETS, and TCSETSF ioctl calls must be | |
| + supported. If any information set or fetched by those ioctl calls is | |
| not supported by the modules and driver downstream, some of the | |
| V7/4BSD/XENIX functions may not be supported. For example, if the CBAUD | |
| bits in the c_cflag field are not supported, the functions provided by | |
| @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ | |
| structure. | |
| - The LCASE flag maps upper-case letters in the ASCII character set to | |
| - their lower-case equivalents on input (the IUCLC flag is set in the | |
| - c_iflag field), and maps lower-case letters in the ASCII character set | |
| - to their upper-case equivalents on output (the OLCUC flag is set in the | |
| + The LCASE flag maps uppercase letters in the ASCII character set to | |
| + their lowercase equivalents on input (the IUCLC flag is set in the | |
| + c_iflag field), and maps lowercase letters in the ASCII character set | |
| + to their uppercase equivalents on output (the OLCUC flag is set in the | |
| c_oflag field). Escape sequences are accepted on input, and generated | |
| on output, to handle certain ASCII characters not supported by older | |
| terminals (the XCASE flag is set in the c_lflag field). | |
| @@ -516,4 +516,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jul 2018 ttcompat(4M) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ttcompat(4M) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/arp.4p 11.4.36/man4p/arp.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/arp.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.391139555 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/arp.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.731831153 +0000 | |
| @@ -7,14 +7,8 @@ | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| #include <sys/fcntl.h> | |
| - | |
| - | |
| #include <sys/socket.h> | |
| - | |
| - | |
| #include <net/if_arp.h> | |
| - | |
| - | |
| #include <netinet/in.h> | |
| @@ -54,6 +48,7 @@ | |
| #include <sys/socket.h> | |
| #include <net/if.h> | |
| #include <net/if_arp.h> | |
| + | |
| struct arpreq arpreq; | |
| ioctl(s, SIOCSARP, (caddr_t)&arpreq); | |
| ioctl(s, SIOCGARP, (caddr_t)&arpreq); | |
| @@ -72,6 +67,7 @@ | |
| #include <net/if.h> | |
| #include <net/if_dl.h> | |
| #include <net/if_arp.h> | |
| + | |
| struct xarpreq xarpreq; | |
| ioctl(s, SIOCSXARP, (caddr_t)&xarpreq); | |
| ioctl(s, SIOCGXARP, (caddr_t)&xarpreq); | |
| @@ -162,7 +158,7 @@ | |
| hardware address length and the hardware address itself must be placed | |
| in the LLADDR/sdl_data[] area. (EINVAL will be returned if user speci- | |
| fied sdl_alen does not match the address length of the identified | |
| - interface). | |
| + interface.) | |
| On return from the kernel on a SIOCGXARP ioctl, the kernel fills in the | |
| @@ -203,9 +199,6 @@ | |
| IP address reachable (provided the IPMP group has not | |
| entirely failed). | |
| - -- | |
| - -- | |
| - --P | |
| ARP performs duplicate address detection for local addresses. When a | |
| @@ -254,7 +247,7 @@ | |
| hpe_hdr | |
| - Pointer to the start of the ARP header (not the ethernet header). | |
| + Pointer to the start of the ARP header (not the Ethernet header). | |
| hpe_mp | |
| @@ -284,11 +277,11 @@ | |
| Plummer, Dave, An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol or Converting | |
| - Network Protocol Addresses to 48 .bit Ethernet Addresses for Trans- | |
| - mission on Ethernet Hardware, RFC 826, STD 0037, November 1982. | |
| + Network Protocol Addresses to 48.bit Ethernet Addresses for Transmis- | |
| + sion on Ethernet Hardware, RFC 826, STD 0037, November 1982. | |
| - Malkin, Gary, ARP Extension - UNARP, RFC 1868, November, 1995 | |
| + Malkin, Gary, ARP Extension - UNARP, RFC 1868, November 1995 | |
| DIAGNOSTICS | |
| Several messages can be written to the system logs (by the IP module) | |
| @@ -336,4 +329,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Feb 2009 arp(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 arp(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/ip.4p 11.4.36/man4p/ip.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/ip.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.413195658 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/ip.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.756380309 +0000 | |
| @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ | |
| received with the physical out event. | |
| - hpe_hdr Pointer to the start of the IP header (not the ethernet | |
| + hpe_hdr Pointer to the start of the IP header (not the Ethernet | |
| header). | |
| @@ -576,4 +576,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Sep 2014 ip(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ip(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/ipsec.4p 11.4.36/man4p/ipsec.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/ipsec.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.419967195 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/ipsec.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.777598506 +0000 | |
| @@ -469,4 +469,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Jan 2016 ipsec(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ipsec(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/pf_key.4p 11.4.36/man4p/pf_key.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/pf_key.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.425835116 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/pf_key.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.791163788 +0000 | |
| @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ | |
| used to protect both inbound and outbound packets. | |
| - A user process (or possibly multiple co-operating processes) maintains | |
| + A user process (or possibly multiple cooperating processes) maintains | |
| SADBs by sending messages over a special kind of socket. This is analo- | |
| gous to the method described in route(4P). Only a superuser may access | |
| an SADB. | |
| @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ | |
| - #define SADB_X_SENS_IMPLICIT 0x1 /* implicit labelling */ | |
| + #define SADB_X_SENS_IMPLICIT 0x1 /* implicit labeling */ | |
| #define SADB_X_SENS_UNLABELED 0x2 /* peer is unlabeled */ | |
| @@ -803,4 +803,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Jan 2018 pf_key(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pf_key(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/pf_packet.4p 11.4.36/man4p/pf_packet.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/pf_packet.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.438234777 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/pf_packet.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.798767541 +0000 | |
| @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ | |
| - sll_protocol is the standard ethernet protocol type in network order as | |
| + sll_protocol is the standard Ethernet protocol type in network order as | |
| defined in the sys/ethernet.h include file. It defaults to the socket's | |
| protocol. sll_ifindex is the interface index of the interface. | |
| sll_hatype is a ARP type as defined in the sys/ethernet.h include file. | |
| @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 pf_packet(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pf_packet(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/route.4p 11.4.36/man4p/route.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/route.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.447032342 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/route.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.804640447 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| ate network interface when transmitting packets. | |
| - A user process (or possibly multiple co-operating processes) maintains | |
| + A user process (or possibly multiple cooperating processes) maintains | |
| this database by sending messages over a special kind of socket. This | |
| supplants fixed size ioctl(2)'s specified in routing(4P). Routing table | |
| changes can only be carried out by the superuser. | |
| @@ -306,4 +306,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 route(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 route(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/sctp.4p 11.4.36/man4p/sctp.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/sctp.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.452145410 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/sctp.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.929123245 +0000 | |
| @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ | |
| */ | |
| typedef struct sctp_assoc_stats { | |
| uint64_t sas_rtxchunks; /* Retransmitted Chunks */ | |
| - uint64_t sas_gapcnt; /* Gap Acknowledgements Received */ | |
| + uint64_t sas_gapcnt; /* Gap Acknowledgments Received */ | |
| uint64_t sas_maxrto; /* Maximum Observed RTO this period */ | |
| uint64_t sas_outseqtsns; /* TSN received > next expected */ | |
| uint64_t sas_osacks; /* SACKs sent */ | |
| @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ | |
| ciation setup time, SCTP endpoints exchange IP addresses. But IP Filter | |
| is not aware of this. So when NAT is done on a packet, it may change | |
| the address to an unacceptable one. Thus the SCTP association setup may | |
| - succeed but packets cannot go through afterwards when a different IP | |
| + succeed but packets cannot go through afterward when a different IP | |
| address is used for the association. | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| @@ -350,4 +350,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jul 2011 sctp(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 sctp(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man4p/tcp.4p 11.4.36/man4p/tcp.4p | |
| --- 11.4.33/man4p/tcp.4p 2021-08-27 10:45:37.470216878 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man4p/tcp.4p 2021-08-27 10:46:39.972826012 +0000 | |
| @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ | |
| Under most circumstances, TCP sends data when it is presented. When | |
| outstanding data has not yet been acknowledged, TCP gathers small | |
| - amounts of output to be sent in a single packet once an acknowledgement | |
| + amounts of output to be sent in a single packet once an acknowledgment | |
| has been received. For a small number of clients, such as window sys- | |
| tems that send a stream of mouse events which receive no replies, this | |
| packetization can cause significant delays. To circumvent this problem, | |
| @@ -186,15 +186,15 @@ | |
| A checksum over all data helps TCP implement reliability. Using a win- | |
| - dow-based flow control mechanism that makes use of positive acknowl- | |
| - edgements, sequence numbers, and a retransmission strategy, TCP can | |
| - usually recover when datagrams are damaged, delayed, duplicated or | |
| - delivered out of order by the underlying communication medium. | |
| + dow-based flow control mechanism that makes use of positive acknowledg- | |
| + ments, sequence numbers, and a retransmission strategy, TCP can usually | |
| + recover when datagrams are damaged, delayed, duplicated or delivered | |
| + out of order by the underlying communication medium. | |
| - If the local TCP receives no acknowledgements from its peer for a | |
| - period of time, (for example, if the remote machine crashes), the con- | |
| - nection is closed and an error is returned. | |
| + If the local TCP receives no acknowledgments from its peer for a period | |
| + of time, (for example, if the remote machine crashes), the connection | |
| + is closed and an error is returned. | |
| The TCP level socket options, TCP_CONN_ABORT_THRESHOLD and | |
| @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ | |
| TCP follows the congestion control algorithm described in RFC 2581, and | |
| - also supports the initial congestion window (cwnd) changes in RFC | |
| - 3390. The initial cwnd calculation can be overridden by the socket | |
| - option TCP_INIT_CWND. An application can use this option to set the | |
| - initial cwnd to a specified number of TCP segments. This applies to the | |
| - cases when the connection first starts and restarts after an idle | |
| - period. The process must have the PRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG privilege if it | |
| - wants to specify a number greater than that calculated by RFC 3390. | |
| + also supports the initial congestion window (cwnd) changes in RFC 3390. | |
| + The initial cwnd calculation can be overridden by the socket option | |
| + TCP_INIT_CWND. An application can use this option to set the initial | |
| + cwnd to a specified number of TCP segments. This applies to the cases | |
| + when the connection first starts and restarts after an idle period. The | |
| + process must have the PRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG privilege if it wants to | |
| + specify a number greater than that calculated by RFC 3390. | |
| The TCP_INFO option can be used to collect various information about | |
| @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ | |
| o Regardless of the value of tcp_wscale_always, the window | |
| - scale option is always included in a connect acknowledgement | |
| + scale option is always included in a connect acknowledgment | |
| if the connecting system has used the option. | |
| @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ | |
| o Regardless of the value of tcp_tstamp_always, the time stamp | |
| - option is always included in a connect acknowledgement (and | |
| + option is always included in a connect acknowledgment (and | |
| all succeeding packets) if the connecting system has used | |
| the time stamp option. | |
| @@ -374,16 +374,17 @@ | |
| minating by means of an RST. | |
| - Oracle Solaris OS supports the keep-alive mechanism described in RFC | |
| - 1122. It is enabled using the socket option SO_KEEPALIVE. When | |
| - enabled, there are two keep-alive mechanisms. | |
| + Oracle Solaris supports the keep-alive mechanism described in RFC 1122. | |
| + It is enabled using the socket option SO_KEEPALIVE. When enabled, there | |
| + are two keep-alive mechanisms. | |
| o By default, the first keep-alive probe is sent out after a | |
| - TCP is idle for two hours. If the peer does not respond to | |
| - the probe within eight minutes, the TCP connection is | |
| - aborted. You can alter the interval for sending out the | |
| - first probe using the socket option TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD | |
| - in milliseconds or TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds. | |
| + TCP connection is idle for two hours. If the peer does not | |
| + respond to the probe within eight minutes, the TCP connec- | |
| + tion is aborted. You can alter the interval for sending out | |
| + the first probe using the socket option | |
| + TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD in milliseconds or TCP_KEEPIDLE in | |
| + seconds. | |
| The system default is controlled by the TCP ndd parameter | |
| tcp_keepalive_interval. The minimum value is ten seconds. | |
| @@ -503,4 +504,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 tcp(4P) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tcp(4P) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/alias.5 11.4.36/man5/alias.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/alias.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.487640292 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/alias.5 2021-08-27 10:46:39.991636754 +0000 | |
| @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ | |
| During the mapping process, the string specified for the codeset name | |
| alias is normalized by extracting only alphanumeric and '+' (i.e., | |
| - 0x2b) characters as significant characters and then applying to lower | |
| + 0x2b) characters as significant characters and then applying to lower- | |
| case conversions to the extracted characters for a better success ratio | |
| of possible mappings. | |
| @@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Nov 2014 alias(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 alias(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/au.5 11.4.36/man5/au.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/au.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.499830768 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/au.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.009487397 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ | |
| The AU audio structure members and audio data are stored big endian. | |
| That is, it starts with the most significant byte, regardless of the | |
| native byte order of the machine architecture on which an application | |
| - may be running. Therefore, multi-byte audio data may require byte | |
| - reversal for proper playback on different processor architectures. See | |
| - the macro section for properly reading and writing the AU audio struc- | |
| - ture members. | |
| + may be running. Therefore, multibyte audio data may require byte rever- | |
| + sal for proper playback on different processor architectures. See the | |
| + macro section for properly reading and writing the AU audio structure | |
| + members. | |
| The AU header is defined by the following structure: | |
| @@ -196,4 +196,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Jan 2001 au(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 au(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/bootparams.5 11.4.36/man5/bootparams.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/bootparams.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.509869143 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/bootparams.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.016133661 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ | |
| In a given entry, the host name or asterisk is followed by one or more | |
| - whitespace characters and a series of keyword--value pairs separated by | |
| + whitespace characters and a series of keyword-value pairs separated by | |
| whitespace characters. There must not be any whitespace within a key- | |
| - word--value pair. | |
| + word-value pair. | |
| - Each keyword--value pair has the syntax: | |
| + Each keyword-value pair has the syntax: | |
| keyword=value | |
| @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Oct 2010 bootparams(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 bootparams(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/defaultdomain.5 11.4.36/man5/defaultdomain.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/defaultdomain.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.517404629 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/defaultdomain.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.022788353 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The service svc:/network/nis/domain determines a host's domain name for | |
| - direct use by the NIS name service. For the purposes of backwards com- | |
| + direct use by the NIS name service. For the purposes of backward com- | |
| patibility, the service also generates the defaultdomain file. | |
| @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Dec 2014 defaultdomain(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 defaultdomain(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/fdi.5 11.4.36/man5/fdi.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/fdi.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.525914304 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/fdi.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.026739033 +0000 | |
| @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ | |
| uint64 Merges an unsigned 64-bit integer | |
| - double Merges a double precision floating point number | |
| + double Merges a double precision floating-point number | |
| copy_property Copies the value of a given property; supports paths | |
| @@ -247,4 +247,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 fdi(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fdi(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/fsexam.5 11.4.36/man5/fsexam.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/fsexam.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.542759963 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/fsexam.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.092580664 +0000 | |
| @@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ | |
| The full path name of a file for conversion. | |
| - If the path itself is a valid UTF-8 byte sequence, then, the path | |
| - is the actual path name and fsexamc does not do any further pro- | |
| - cessing on it. If the path is not a valid UTF-8 sequence, then, | |
| - fsexamc converts the path to an URI and shows the URI. Refer to | |
| - RFC2396 for more information on the URI. | |
| + If the path itself is a valid UTF-8 byte sequence the path is | |
| + treated as the actual path name and fsexamc does no further pro- | |
| + cessing on it. If the path is not a valid UTF-8 sequence fsexamc | |
| + converts the path to an URI and shows the URI. Refer to RFC2396 for | |
| + more information on the URI. | |
| The path is quoted with '"'. Any double-quote character in path is | |
| escaped as '\"', and any '\' in path is escaped as '\\'. | |
| @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ | |
| If this is file name conversion, it is a file name in UTF-8 con- | |
| verted from the encoding shown; if this is file content conversion, | |
| it is a single sample line of the file in UTF-8 converted from the | |
| - encoding which contain at least one or more multi-byte characters. | |
| + encoding which contain at least one or more multibyte characters. | |
| Note that some lines may contain meaningless characters that you | |
| might want to pay no attention and just delete leaving only the | |
| @@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Aug 2018 fsexam(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fsexam(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/fx_dptbl.5 11.4.36/man5/fx_dptbl.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/fx_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.551041400 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/fx_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.108716550 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ | |
| priority portion of the scheduler by reconfiguring the | |
| fx_dptbl. There are two methods available for doing this: | |
| reconfigure with a loadable module at boot-time or by | |
| - using dispadmin(8) at run-time. | |
| + using dispadmin(8) at runtime. | |
| fx_dptbl Loadable Module | |
| @@ -371,4 +371,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Oct 2002 fx_dptbl(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fx_dptbl(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/geniconvtbl-cconv.5 11.4.36/man5/geniconvtbl-cconv.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/geniconvtbl-cconv.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.582564240 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/geniconvtbl-cconv.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.175899263 +0000 | |
| @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ | |
| A printable ASCII character. | |
| - While the supported maximum number will be vary as noted in the | |
| - sections at below, the maximum number of digits lexically supported | |
| - in HEXADECIMAL and DECIMAL is 128. | |
| + While the supported maximum number will vary as noted in the sec- | |
| + tions below, the maximum number of digits lexically supported in | |
| + HEXADECIMAL and DECIMAL is 128. | |
| Comment starts with the character # or the character defined by the | |
| COMMENT_CHAR directive and ends at the end of the line. | |
| @@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ | |
| For more details on the mapping tables, charset shift designators, and | |
| - input side combining/conjoining sequences, refer to Multi-byte codeset | |
| + input side combining/conjoining sequences, refer to Multibyte codeset | |
| files, Stateful encoding codeset files, and Combining/conjoining | |
| - sequences sections at below. | |
| + sequences sections below. | |
| Input files | |
| Three types of input files are accepted - single byte codeset files, | |
| - multi-byte codeset files and stateful encoding codeset files. Depending | |
| + multibyte codeset files and stateful encoding codeset files. Depending | |
| on the type of the input file, different tables with supplementary | |
| information are allowed. | |
| @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ | |
| Any code point value in the single byte coding space range that doesn't | |
| have an explicit mapping will be treated as an illegal character. | |
| - Multi-byte codeset files | |
| - The input source file for cconv code conversions between a multi-byte | |
| + Multibyte codeset files | |
| + The input source file for cconv code conversions between a multibyte | |
| codeset and UTF-32 consists of one or more blocks of sub-codesets, | |
| delimited by MAPPING_TABLE and END MAPPING_TABLE keywords. | |
| @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ | |
| entries: | |
| - # A multi-byte codeset to UTF-32 definition | |
| + # A multibyte codeset to UTF-32 definition | |
| # | |
| MAPPING_TABLE 0 | |
| range 0x00...0xff | |
| @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ | |
| - For a code conversion from a multi-byte or a stateful encoding codeset | |
| + For a code conversion from a multibyte or a stateful encoding codeset | |
| to UTF-32, when the "range" for a MAPPING_TABLE is explicitly defined, | |
| any code point values belonging to the defined range and having no | |
| explicit mapping will be treated as implicit non-identicals. | |
| @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ | |
| be treated as non-identicals by default. | |
| - For a code conversion from a multi-byte or a stateful encoding codeset | |
| + For a code conversion from a multibyte or a stateful encoding codeset | |
| to UTF-32, when the "range" for a MAPPING_TABLE is not explicitly | |
| defined, the geniconvtbl(1) will scan all the entries in the sub-code- | |
| set to find out the range-related values and then any code point values | |
| @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ | |
| Input buffer side combining/conjoining sequences are defined in the | |
| input source file using an optional block (and as the last block in the | |
| input source file) delimited by the COMBINING_SEQ and END COMBINING_SEQ | |
| - keywords, as shown in the following example for single and multi-byte | |
| + keywords, as shown in the following example for single and multibyte | |
| codeset files: | |
| @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ | |
| Syntax definition | |
| The syntax of the geniconvtbl cconv input source file for code conver- | |
| - sion definition in extended BNF is illustrated at below: | |
| + sion definition in extended BNF is illustrated below: | |
| cconv_input_file | |
| @@ -663,4 +663,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 geniconvtbl-cconv(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 geniconvtbl-cconv(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/geniconvtbl.5 11.4.36/man5/geniconvtbl.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/geniconvtbl.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.614229275 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/geniconvtbl.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.199073446 +0000 | |
| @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ | |
| The condition element specifies one or more condition expression ele- | |
| ments. Since each condition element can have a name and also can exist | |
| - stand-alone, a pre-defined condition element can be referenced by the | |
| + standalone, a pre-defined condition element can be referenced by the | |
| name at any action pairs later. To be used in that way, the correspond- | |
| ing condition element should be defined beforehand: | |
| @@ -1051,4 +1051,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 geniconvtbl(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 geniconvtbl(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/group.5 11.4.36/man5/group.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/group.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.623280243 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/group.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.217562403 +0000 | |
| @@ -133,4 +133,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Mar 2020 group(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 group(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/gsscred.conf.5 11.4.36/man5/gsscred.conf.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/gsscred.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.630634068 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/gsscred.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.225067066 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| - If this option is set to yes, GSS cred to Unix cred mapping results | |
| + If this option is set to yes, GSS cred to UNIX cred mapping results | |
| will be logged to syslog(3C) at level auth.debug. | |
| FILES | |
| @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Mar 2004 gsscred.conf(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 gsscred.conf(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/hosts.5 11.4.36/man5/hosts.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/hosts.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.637329341 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/hosts.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.228424417 +0000 | |
| @@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ | |
| bolic link /etc/hosts exists for BSD compatibility. | |
| - The symbolic link /etc/net/ipnodes exists for backwards compatibility | |
| + The symbolic link /etc/net/ipnodes exists for backward compatibility | |
| with previous Solaris releases. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 hosts(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hosts(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/ike.config.5 11.4.36/man5/ike.config.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/ike.config.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.669274435 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/ike.config.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.253563115 +0000 | |
| @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ | |
| If no range is specified, all three AES key sizes are allowed. | |
| - Note that all the above algorithms beside AES are considered | |
| + Note that all the above algorithms besides AES are considered | |
| deprecated and are supported for backward compatibility pur- | |
| poses. Administrators should migrate to using AES as soon as | |
| feasible. | |
| @@ -612,8 +612,8 @@ | |
| high value. If no range is specified, all three AES key sizes | |
| are allowed. | |
| - Note that all the above algorithms beside AES are considered | |
| - deprecated and are supported for backwards compatibility pur- | |
| + Note that all the above algorithms besides AES are considered | |
| + deprecated and are supported for backward compatibility pur- | |
| poses. Administrators should migrate to using AES as soon as | |
| feasible. | |
| @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ | |
| An authentication algorithm, as specified in ipseckey(8). | |
| Note that md5 and sha/sha1 are considered deprecated and are | |
| - supported for backwards compatibility purposes. Administrators | |
| + supported for backward compatibility purposes. Administrators | |
| should migrate to the stronger algorithms as soon as feasible. | |
| @@ -870,4 +870,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Dec 2019 ike.config(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ike.config(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/locale_description.5 11.4.36/man5/locale_description.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/locale_description.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.679993383 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/locale_description.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.262312416 +0000 | |
| @@ -182,4 +182,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Jul 2014 locale_description(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 locale_description(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/netrc.5 11.4.36/man5/netrc.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/netrc.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.685779492 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/netrc.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.266184772 +0000 | |
| @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ | |
| rather than the protocol default ascii mode. | |
| As some older servers cannot handle the ftp command, | |
| - this directive is provided to allow inter-operabil- | |
| - ity with these servers. | |
| + this directive is provided to allow interoperability | |
| + with these servers. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| @@ -101,4 +101,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Aug 2006 netrc(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 netrc(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/nfs.5 11.4.36/man5/nfs.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/nfs.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.692783131 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/nfs.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.273336827 +0000 | |
| @@ -153,6 +153,11 @@ | |
| reserved port for all NFS calls. The default is false. | |
| + statd_servers=num | |
| + | |
| + Maximum number of concurrent statd requests. The default is 1024. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| SETTING nfsmapid_domain | |
| As described above, the setting for nfsmapid_domain overrides the | |
| @@ -214,11 +219,11 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| lockd(8), mount_nfs(8), mountd(8), netcfg(8), nfsd(8), nfsmapid(8), | |
| - sharectl(8) | |
| + sharectl(8), statd(8) | |
| Managing Network File Systems in Oracle Solaris 11.4 | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Dec 2019 nfs(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 May 2021 nfs(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/nodename.5 11.4.36/man5/nodename.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/nodename.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.714792831 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/nodename.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.279402790 +0000 | |
| @@ -35,14 +35,10 @@ | |
| To see the currently set nodename for the host use the following com- | |
| mand: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| $ svcprop -p config/nodename svc:/system/identity:node | |
| - | |
| - | |
| The value of this property used to be located in the /etc/nodename | |
| file. If /etc/nodename is present and the SMF service property is not | |
| set, the SMF service reads /etc/nodename and populates the property. | |
| @@ -142,10 +138,6 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| hostname(1), uname(1), attributes(7), named(8), sysconfig(8), ypbind(8) | |
| -NOTES | |
| - The nodename file is modified by Solaris installation and de-installa- | |
| - tion scripts. | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Jun 2012 nodename(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nodename(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 11.4.36/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.725142208 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.296487101 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| DNS, or Multicast DNS. Zero or more sources can be used for each data- | |
| base; the sources and their lookup order are specified in the SMF prop- | |
| erties of the svc:/system/name-service/switch service. For the purposes | |
| - of backwards compatibility, the /etc/nsswitch.conf file is regenerated | |
| + of backward compatibility, the /etc/nsswitch.conf file is regenerated | |
| from the configuration in the svc:/system/name-service/switch service. | |
| The /etc/nsswitch.conf file is considered obsolete. | |
| @@ -459,4 +459,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 nsswitch.conf(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nsswitch.conf(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/pam.conf.5 11.4.36/man5/pam.conf.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/pam.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.744271127 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/pam.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.314384421 +0000 | |
| @@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ | |
| - The following example collects the common Unix modules into a single | |
| + The following example collects the common UNIX modules into a single | |
| file to be included as needed in the example of a pam.conf file. The | |
| - common Unix module file is named unix_common and consists of: | |
| + common UNIX module file is named unix_common and consists of: | |
| OTHER auth requisite pam_authtok_get.so.1 | |
| @@ -537,4 +537,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 pam.conf(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam.conf(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/passwd.5 11.4.36/man5/passwd.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/passwd.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.761927942 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/passwd.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.323755389 +0000 | |
| @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ | |
| In this example, there are specific entries for users root and fred to | |
| - assure that they can login even when the system is running single-user. | |
| + ensure that they can login even when the system is running single-user. | |
| In addition, anyone whose password information is stored on an LDAP | |
| server will be able to login with their usual password, shell, and home | |
| directory. | |
| @@ -176,4 +176,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Mar 2020 passwd(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 passwd(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/pci.5 11.4.36/man5/pci.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/pci.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.772551555 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/pci.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.337521191 +0000 | |
| @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ | |
| # | |
| - # Copyright (c) 1995, ACME SCSI Host Bus Adaptor | |
| + # Copyright (c) 1995, ACME SCSI Host Bus Adapter | |
| # ident "@(#)ACME,scsi-hba.conf 1.1 96/02/04" | |
| name="ACME,scsi-hba" parent="/pci@1,0/pci@1f,4000" | |
| unit-address="3" scsi-initiator-id=6; | |
| @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ | |
| Two global driver properties are also created: hba-advanced-mode (which | |
| - has the string value on) and hba-dma-speed (which has the value 10 M | |
| - bit/s). These properties apply to all device nodes of the ACME,scsi- | |
| + has the string value on) and hba-dma-speed (which has the value 10 | |
| + Mbit/s). These properties apply to all device nodes of the ACME,scsi- | |
| hba. | |
| @@ -239,4 +239,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 May 2005 pci(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pci(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/proc.5 11.4.36/man5/proc.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/proc.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.816972771 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/proc.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.379561936 +0000 | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ | |
| The libproc library provides a higher-level interface to the features | |
| of the /proc interface as well as access to information such as symbol | |
| tables which is necessary for the examination and control of processes | |
| - and threads. For more information, see the libproc(3lib) man page. | |
| + and threads. For more information, see the libproc(3LIB) man page. | |
| In general, more than one process can open the same /proc file at the | |
| @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ | |
| pr_last_onproc is the time when thread last ran on a processor. | |
| - pr_name is the thread name, as set via pthread_setname_np(3c). | |
| + pr_name is the thread name, as set via pthread_setname_np(3C). | |
| cred | |
| Contains a description of the credentials associated with the process: | |
| @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ | |
| access is a write access). | |
| - Physical i/o is an exception for watchpoint traps. In this instance, | |
| + Physical I/O is an exception for watchpoint traps. In this instance, | |
| there is no guarantee that memory before the watched area has already | |
| been modified (or in the case of WA_TRAPAFTER, that the memory follow- | |
| ing the watched area has not been modified) when the watchpoint trap | |
| @@ -2617,4 +2617,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 May 2020 proc(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 proc(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/project.5 11.4.36/man5/project.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/project.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.830560696 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/project.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.387400745 +0000 | |
| @@ -208,12 +208,11 @@ | |
| tinguished from the (optional) value by the equals (=) character. The | |
| value field can contain multiple values separated by the comma (,) | |
| character, with grouping support (into further values lists) by paren- | |
| - theses. Each of these values can be composed of the upper and lower | |
| - case alphabetic characters, the digits '0' through '9', and the punctu- | |
| - ation characters hyphen (-), plus (+), period (.), slash (/), and | |
| - underscore (_). Example resource control value specifications are pro- | |
| - vided in EXAMPLES, above, and in resource-controls(7) and getpro- | |
| - jent(3PROJECT). | |
| + theses. Each of these values can be composed of the alphabetic charac- | |
| + ters, the digits '0' through '9', and the punctuation characters hyphen | |
| + (-), plus (+), period (.), slash (/), and underscore (_). Example | |
| + resource control value specifications are provided in EXAMPLES, above, | |
| + and in resource-controls(7) and getprojent(3PROJECT). | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| newtask(1), prctl(1), projects(1), setrctl(2), unistd.h(3HEAD), getpro- | |
| @@ -237,4 +236,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 project(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 project(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/prototype.5 11.4.36/man5/prototype.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/prototype.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.838459915 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/prototype.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.395416194 +0000 | |
| @@ -282,4 +282,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 May 2008 prototype(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 prototype(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/remote.5 11.4.36/man5/remote.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/remote.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.845584692 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/remote.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.408169681 +0000 | |
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ | |
| dv (str) Device(s) to open to establish a connection. If this file | |
| refers to a terminal line, tip attempts to perform an exclusive | |
| - open on the device to insure only one user at a time has access | |
| + open on the device to ensure only one user at a time has access | |
| to the port. | |
| @@ -188,9 +188,9 @@ | |
| The default value is '\n'. | |
| - ra (bool) Initialize the tip variable raise to on, so that lower | |
| - case letters are mapped to upper case before sending them to the | |
| - remote host. | |
| + ra (bool) Initialize the tip variable raise to on, so that lowercase | |
| + letters are mapped to uppercase before sending them to the remote | |
| + host. | |
| rc (str) Character that toggles case-mapping mode. The default value | |
| @@ -246,4 +246,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jun 2002 remote(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 remote(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/resolv.conf.5 11.4.36/man5/resolv.conf.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/resolv.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.860671209 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/resolv.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.416133819 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ | |
| If the service is not enabled then DNS will refuse to perform lookups. | |
| - For the purposes of backwards compatibility, the resolv.conf file is | |
| - regenerated from the SMF properties. | |
| + The resolv.conf file is regenerated from the SMF properties when the | |
| + service is started or refreshed. | |
| The file is designed to be human readable and contains a list of key- | |
| @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ | |
| sortlist | |
| Allows addresses returned by the libresolv-internal gethostby- | |
| - name() to be sorted. A sortlist is specified by IP address and | |
| - prefix length pairs. The prefix length is optional and defaults to | |
| - the natural prefix length of the net. The IP address and optional | |
| - prefix length pairs are separated by slashes. Up to 10 pairs may be | |
| + name() to be sorted. A sortlist is specified by IP address and pre- | |
| + fix length pairs. The prefix length is optional and defaults to the | |
| + natural prefix length of the net. The IP address and optional pre- | |
| + fix length pairs are separated by slashes. Up to 10 pairs may be | |
| specified. For example: | |
| 130.155.160.0/20 130.155.0.0 | |
| @@ -291,4 +291,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 resolv.conf(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 resolv.conf(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/rpc.5 11.4.36/man5/rpc.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/rpc.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.872468135 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/rpc.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.424477800 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Dec 2009 rpc(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/rt_dptbl.5 11.4.36/man5/rt_dptbl.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/rt_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.887575569 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/rt_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.438353689 +0000 | |
| @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ | |
| An administrator can affect the behavior of the real-time portion of | |
| the scheduler by reconfiguring the rt_dptbl. There are two methods | |
| available for doing this: reconfigure with a loadable module at boot- | |
| - time or by using dispadmin(8) at run-time. | |
| + time or by using dispadmin(8) at runtime. | |
| rt_dptbl Loadable Module | |
| The rt_dptbl can be reconfigured with a loadable module which contains | |
| @@ -309,4 +309,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Oct 2002 rt_dptbl(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rt_dptbl(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/shadow.5 11.4.36/man5/shadow.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/shadow.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.894592805 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/shadow.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.452693257 +0000 | |
| @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ | |
| expire An absolute date expressed as the number of days since the | |
| - Unix Epoch (January 1, 1970). When this number is reached | |
| + UNIX Epoch (January 1, 1970). When this number is reached | |
| the login can no longer be used. For example, an expire | |
| value of 17410 specifies a login expiration of September 1, | |
| 2017. | |
| @@ -170,4 +170,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 shadow(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 shadow(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/smb.5 11.4.36/man5/smb.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/smb.5 2021-08-27 10:45:37.903639363 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/smb.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.470732801 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,8 +3,7 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - smb - Configuration properties for the Oracle Solaris SMB server and | |
| - client | |
| + smb - SMB server and client configuration properties | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The behavior of the Oracle Solaris SMB server and client is defined by | |
| @@ -227,7 +226,7 @@ | |
| %u | |
| - The UID of the Unix user. | |
| + The UID of the UNIX user. | |
| @@ -439,4 +438,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 smb(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 smb(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/terminfo.5 11.4.36/man5/terminfo.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/terminfo.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.010787409 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/terminfo.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.556160615 +0000 | |
| @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ | |
| be escaped by using a backslash. Each device entry has the following | |
| format: | |
| - alias1 | alias2 | ... | aliasn | fullname, | |
| - capability1, capability2, | |
| + alias-1 | alias-2 | ... | alias-n | fullname, | |
| + capability-1, capability-2, | |
| . | |
| . | |
| . | |
| - capabilityn, | |
| + capability-n, | |
| @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ | |
| ________________________________________________________________ | |
| bit_image_entwining bitwin Yo Number of passes for each | |
| - bit-map row | |
| + bitmap row | |
| bit_image_type bitype Yp Type of bit image device | |
| buffer_capacity bufsz Ya Number of bytes buffered | |
| before printing | |
| @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ | |
| Sequences to begin underlining and end underlining can be specified as | |
| - smul and rmul , respectively. If the device has a sequence to underline | |
| + smul and rmul respectively. If the device has a sequence to underline | |
| the current character and to move the cursor one space to the right | |
| (such as the Micro-Term MIME), this sequence can be specified as uc. | |
| @@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ | |
| Two miscellaneous capabilities complete the list of new motion capabil- | |
| ities. One of these is needed for printers that move the current posi- | |
| tion to the beginning of a line when certain control characters, such | |
| - as "line-feed" or "form-feed," are used. The other is used for the | |
| + as "line feed" or "form feed," are used. The other is used for the | |
| capability of suspending the motion that normally occurs after printing | |
| a character. | |
| @@ -2542,11 +2542,11 @@ | |
| bytes, using a 1 bit where ink should be applied and 0 where no ink | |
| should be applied. This can be reversed (0 bit for ink, 1 bit for no | |
| ink) by giving a negative pin number. If a position is skipped in | |
| - porder, a 0 bit is used. If a position has a lower case 'x' instead of | |
| - a pin number, a 1 bit is used in the skipped position. For consistency, | |
| - a lower case 'o' can be used to represent a 0 filled, skipped bit. | |
| - There must be a multiple of 8 bit positions used or skipped in porder; | |
| - if not, 0 bits are used to fill the last byte in the least significant | |
| + porder, a 0 bit is used. If a position has a lowercase 'x' instead of a | |
| + pin number, a 1 bit is used in the skipped position. For consistency, a | |
| + lowercase 'o' can be used to represent a 0 filled, skipped bit. There | |
| + must be a multiple of 8 bit positions used or skipped in porder; if | |
| + not, 0 bits are used to fill the last byte in the least significant | |
| bits. The offset, if given, is added to each data byte; the offset can | |
| be negative. | |
| @@ -2718,4 +2718,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 terminfo(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 terminfo(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/timezone.5 11.4.36/man5/timezone.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/timezone.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.028876911 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/timezone.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.562432007 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ | |
| Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or TAB characters. A # | |
| indicates the beginning of a comment; characters up to the end of the | |
| - line are not interpreted by routines which search the file. The time- | |
| + line are not interpreted by routines which search the file. The time | |
| zone is a pathname relative to the directory /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo. | |
| This file is not actually referenced by any system software; it is | |
| merely used as a source file to construct the NIS timezone.byname map. | |
| - This map is read by installation software to initialize the timezone of | |
| - the client system at installation time. | |
| + This map is read by installation software to initialize the time zone | |
| + of the client system at installation time. | |
| The timezone file does not set the timezone environment variable TZ. | |
| @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Sept 2016 timezone(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 timezone(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/ts_dptbl.5 11.4.36/man5/ts_dptbl.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/ts_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.038150204 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/ts_dptbl.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.571834144 +0000 | |
| @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ | |
| patch parameter table (ts_dptbl), changes to this table will affect | |
| both scheduling classes. There are two methods available for doing | |
| this: reconfigure with a loadable module at boot-time or by using dis- | |
| - padmin(8) at run-time. | |
| + padmin(8) at runtime. | |
| ts_dptbl Loadable Module | |
| The ts_dptbl can be reconfigured with a loadable module which contains | |
| @@ -150,15 +150,13 @@ | |
| the format. Note that for each line specifying a set of parameters | |
| there is a comment indicating the corresponding priority level. These | |
| level numbers indicate priority within the time-sharing and interactive | |
| - classes, and the mapping between these time-sharing priorities and the | |
| - corresponding global scheduling priorities is determined by the config- | |
| - uration specified in the ts master file. The level numbers are strictly | |
| - for the convenience of the administrator reading the file and, as with | |
| - any comment, they are ignored by dispadmin. dispadmin assumes that the | |
| - lines in the file are ordered by consecutive, increasing priority level | |
| - (from 0 to the maximum configured time-sharing priority). The level | |
| - numbers in the comments should normally agree with this ordering; if | |
| - for some reason they don't, however, dispadmin is unaffected. | |
| + classes. The level numbers are strictly for the convenience of the | |
| + administrator reading the file and, as with any comment, they are | |
| + ignored by dispadmin. dispadmin assumes that the lines in the file are | |
| + ordered by consecutive, increasing priority level (from 0 to the maxi- | |
| + mum configured time-sharing priority). The level numbers in the com- | |
| + ments should normally agree with this ordering; if for some reason they | |
| + don't, however, dispadmin is unaffected. | |
| # Time-Sharing Dispatcher Configuration File RES=1000 | |
| @@ -397,4 +395,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Oct 2002 ts_dptbl(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ts_dptbl(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/ufsdump.5 11.4.36/man5/ufsdump.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/ufsdump.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.044805204 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/ufsdump.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.585893627 +0000 | |
| @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ | |
| TS_ADDR A subrecord of a file description. See s_addrs below. | |
| - TS_BITS A bit map follows. This bit map has a one bit for each | |
| - inode that was dumped. | |
| + TS_BITS A bitmap follows. This bitmap has a one bit for each inode | |
| + that was dumped. | |
| TS_CLRI A bit map follows. This bit map contains a zero bit for all | |
| @@ -409,4 +409,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 ufsdump(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ufsdump(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/utmp.5 11.4.36/man5/utmp.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/utmp.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.052360288 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/utmp.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.593835752 +0000 | |
| @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ | |
| It is possible for /var/adm/utmp to reappear on the system. This would | |
| - most likely occur if a third party application that still uses utmp | |
| - recreates the file if it finds it missing. This file should not be | |
| + most likely occur if a third party application that still uses utmp re- | |
| + creates the file if it finds it missing. This file should not be | |
| allowed to remain on the system. The user should investigate to deter- | |
| mine which application is recreating this file. | |
| @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Feb 1999 utmp(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 utmp(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man5/warn.conf.5 11.4.36/man5/warn.conf.5 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man5/warn.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:45:38.058738446 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man5/warn.conf.5 2021-08-27 10:46:40.604098643 +0000 | |
| @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ | |
| & | |
| - Map the principal name to the Unix name and use that as a local | |
| + Map the principal name to the UNIX name and use that as a local | |
| mail address to mail the message. The expected default mappings can | |
| be changed by means of auth_to_local_names and auth_to_local in | |
| krb5.conf. | |
| @@ -143,7 +143,9 @@ | |
| - The following warn.conf entry: | |
| + The following warn.conf entry specifies that renew results will be sent | |
| + to the user's terminal 30 minutes before the expiration of the TGT for | |
| + all principals: | |
| * renew:log terminal 30m | |
| @@ -151,9 +153,7 @@ | |
| - ...specifies that renew results will be sent to the user's terminal 30 | |
| - minutes before the expiration of the TGT for all principals. The form | |
| - of the message (on renew success) is: | |
| + The form of the message (on renew success) is: | |
| [email protected]: your kerberos credentials have been renewed | |
| @@ -163,15 +163,13 @@ | |
| - The following warn.conf entry specifies that each user is emailed 30 | |
| - minutes before his or her credential expires. | |
| + The following warn.conf entry specifies that users are emailed 30 min- | |
| + utes before their credential expires. | |
| * mail 30m & | |
| - | |
| - | |
| FILES | |
| /usr/lib/krb5/ktkt_warnd | |
| @@ -198,4 +196,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 warn.conf(5) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 warn.conf(5) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/attributes.7 11.4.36/man7/attributes.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/attributes.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.080815760 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/attributes.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.621644919 +0000 | |
| @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ | |
| OS utilities and libraries free of dependencies on the properties of | |
| any code sets are said to have Code Set Independence (CSI). They have | |
| the attribute of being CSI enabled. This is in contrast to many com- | |
| - mands and utilities, for example, that work only with Extended Unix | |
| + mands and utilities, for example, that work only with Extended UNIX | |
| Codesets (EUC), an encoding method that allows concurrent support for | |
| up to four code sets and is commonly used to represent Asian character | |
| sets. | |
| @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ | |
| o File code is a superset of ASCII. | |
| - o To support multi-byte characters and null-terminated UNIX | |
| + o To support multibyte characters and null-terminated UNIX | |
| file names, the NULL and / (slash) characters cannot be part | |
| - of any multi-byte characters. | |
| + of any multibyte characters. | |
| o Only "stateless" file code encodings are supported. State- | |
| @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ | |
| sets, using only the ASCII codeset allows NFS mounting | |
| across any machine, regardless of localization. For the com- | |
| mands and utilities that are CSI enabled, all can handle | |
| - single-byte and multi-byte locales released in 2.6. For | |
| + single-byte and multibyte locales released in 2.6. For | |
| applications to get full support of internationalization | |
| services, dynamic binding has to be applied. Statically | |
| bound programs will only get support for C and POSIX | |
| @@ -691,4 +691,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2017 attributes(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 attributes(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/charmap.7 11.4.36/man7/charmap.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/charmap.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.095873214 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/charmap.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.636079768 +0000 | |
| @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ | |
| character set description file is defined. | |
| - <mb_cur_max> The maximum number of bytes in a multi-byte charac- | |
| + <mb_cur_max> The maximum number of bytes in a multibyte charac- | |
| ter. This defaults to 1. | |
| @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ | |
| Decimal Constants | |
| Decimal constants must be represented by two or three decimal digits, | |
| - preceded by the escape character and the lower-case letter d; for exam- | |
| + preceded by the escape character and the lowercase letter d; for exam- | |
| ple, \d05, \d97, or \d143. Hexadecimal constants must be represented by | |
| two hexadecimal digits, preceded by the escape character and the lower- | |
| case letter x; for example, \x05, \x61, or \x8f. Octal constants must | |
| @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ | |
| each constant must represent an 8-bit byte. Implementations supporting | |
| other byte sizes may allow constants to represent values larger than | |
| those that can be represented in 8-bit bytes, and to allow additional | |
| - digits in constants. When constants are concatenated for multi-byte | |
| + digits in constants. When constants are concatenated for multibyte | |
| character values, they must be of the same type, and interpreted in | |
| byte order from first to last with the least significant byte of the | |
| - multi-byte character specified by the last constant. | |
| + multibyte character specified by the last constant. | |
| Ranges of Symbolic Names | |
| In lines defining ranges of symbolic names, the encoded value is the | |
| @@ -246,4 +246,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Dec 2003 charmap(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 charmap(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/cmi.7 11.4.36/man7/cmi.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/cmi.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.148765906 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/cmi.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.667784375 +0000 | |
| @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ | |
| CMI Context | |
| All CMI operations performed by a process or any thread requires a CMI | |
| - context handle. A CMI context is a semi-opaque handle allocated by the | |
| + context handle. A CMI context is a semiopaque handle allocated by the | |
| CMI library. CMI context for the process is obtained when the CMI | |
| library is initialized using the cmi_ini() function. For multithreaded | |
| processes, any threads that may invoke a CMI routine must register | |
| @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ | |
| CMI Access Control | |
| Access to segments is controlled using access tokens. Similar to CMI, | |
| - context handle tokens are semi-opaque objects and contain vendor spe- | |
| + context handle tokens are semiopaque objects and contain vendor spe- | |
| cific states to enforce access control. Access tokens are created on | |
| the home node for the segment. Tokens can only be created by processes | |
| that created the segment. Access tokens are created using the tok_new() | |
| @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ | |
| dling. | |
| - Access tokens are semi-opaque object consisting of a base object and | |
| + Access tokens are semiopaque object consisting of a base object and | |
| vendor specific access control state. For example, on InfiniBand, the | |
| access token may contain one or more keys for the segment. The base | |
| token object contains the vendor and device ID of the segment. Since | |
| @@ -1457,4 +1457,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 cmi(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cmi(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/crypt_unix.7 11.4.36/man7/crypt_unix.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/crypt_unix.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.157376140 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/crypt_unix.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.684248618 +0000 | |
| @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The crypt_unix algorithm is the traditional UNIX crypt algorithm. It is | |
| not considered sufficiently secure for current systems and is provided | |
| - for backwards compatibility. The crypt_sha512(7), crypt_sha256(7), or | |
| + for backward compatibility. The crypt_sha512(7), crypt_sha256(7), or | |
| crypt_bsdbf(7) algorithm should be used instead. | |
| @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Mar 2020 crypt_unix(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 crypt_unix(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/environ.7 11.4.36/man7/environ.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/environ.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.185985638 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/environ.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.688952422 +0000 | |
| @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ | |
| The following environmental variables can be used by applications and | |
| - are expected to be set in the target run-time environment. | |
| + are expected to be set in the target runtime environment. | |
| HOME | |
| @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ | |
| conversion, and widths of multibyte characters. When LC_CTYPE | |
| is set to a valid value, the calling utility can display and | |
| handle text and file names containing valid characters for that | |
| - locale; Extended Unix Code (EUC) characters where any individ- | |
| + locale; Extended UNIX Code (EUC) characters where any individ- | |
| ual character can be 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide; and EUC characters | |
| of 1, 2, or 3 column widths. The default C locale corresponds | |
| to the 7-bit ASCII character set; only characters from ISO | |
| @@ -253,10 +253,10 @@ | |
| TZ | |
| - Timezone information. The contents of this environment variable are | |
| - used by the functions ctime(3C), localtime(3C), strftime(3C), and | |
| - mktime(3C) to override the default timezone. The value of TZ has | |
| - one of the two formats (spaces inserted for clarity): | |
| + Time zone information. The contents of this environment variable | |
| + are used by the functions ctime(3C), localtime(3C), strftime(3C), | |
| + and mktime(3C) to override the default time zone. The value of TZ | |
| + has one of the two formats (spaces inserted for clarity): | |
| :characters | |
| @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ | |
| Indicate no less than three, nor more than {TZNAME_MAX}, bytes | |
| that are the designation for the standard (std) or the alterna- | |
| - tive (dst, such as Daylight Savings Time) timezone. Only std is | |
| + tive (dst, such as Daylight Saving Time) time zone. Only std is | |
| required; if dst is missing, then the alternative time does not | |
| apply in this timezone. Each of these fields can occur in | |
| either of two formats, quoted or unquoted: | |
| @@ -385,4 +385,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Aug 2017 environ(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 environ(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/eucJP.7 11.4.36/man7/eucJP.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/eucJP.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.201256543 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/eucJP.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.701296890 +0000 | |
| @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| In SunOS and JFP, Japanese EUC (Extended UNIX code) is used as charac- | |
| - ter code system expressing multi-byte languages including Japanese | |
| - character in the "ja" locale. This manual page shows map between Japa- | |
| - nese EUC and character set. | |
| + ter code system expressing multibyte languages including Japanese char- | |
| + acter in the "ja" locale. This manual page shows map between Japanese | |
| + EUC and character set. | |
| The following is a map table for Japanese EUC and character set (SS2 | |
| @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Sep 2012 eucJP(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 eucJP(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/filesystem.7 11.4.36/man7/filesystem.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/filesystem.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.224382507 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/filesystem.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.712712548 +0000 | |
| @@ -295,6 +295,31 @@ | |
| be accessible through the original mountpoint. | |
| + /var/share/user | |
| + | |
| + A persistent per host local file system directory for per user con- | |
| + tent. Not to be confused with the users home directory which may or | |
| + may not be on a local filesystem. | |
| + | |
| + Directories under here are named with the uid with a symlink named | |
| + using the username pointing to the uid. | |
| + | |
| + All content in here is assumed to be private to the creating appli- | |
| + cation and the user must not manually manipulate the files even | |
| + though they may be owned by the user themsevles. | |
| + | |
| + The per user directories are created by useradd(8) and by the | |
| + pam_sm_setcred(3PAM) method of pam_unix_auth(7). | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + /tmp/volatile-user | |
| + | |
| + Similar to /var/share/user but does not persist over reboot. | |
| + | |
| + Unlike /var/share/user the /tmp/volatile-user only has uid directo- | |
| + ries, there is no symlink or other use of the username. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| /var/tmp | |
| Directory that contains files that vary in size or presence during | |
| @@ -318,10 +343,11 @@ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - isainfo(1), svcs(1), uname(1), mount(2), ctfs(4FS), devfs(4FS), | |
| - objfs(4FS), Intro(5), proc(5), automount(8), automountd(8), boot(8), | |
| - init(8), kernel(8), mount(8), svcadm(8), svccfg(8), zfs(8), zpool(8) | |
| + isainfo(1), svcs(1), uname(1), mount(2), pam_sm_setcred(3PAM), | |
| + ctfs(4FS), devfs(4FS), objfs(4FS), Intro(5), proc(5), pam_unix_auth(7), | |
| + automount(8), automountd(8), boot(8), init(8), kernel(8), mount(8), | |
| + svcadm(8), svccfg(8), useradd(8), zfs(8), zpool(8) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Mar 2020 filesystem(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Sep 2020 filesystem(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/fmri.7 11.4.36/man7/fmri.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/fmri.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.242757873 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/fmri.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.736378708 +0000 | |
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |
| Oracle Solaris subsystems such as the Service Management Facility, the | |
| Fault Management Daemon, Boot Environment Management, and the Image | |
| Packaging System, identify each element they manage using a fault man- | |
| - aged resource identifier, abbreviated as FMRI. See smf(7)), fmd(8), | |
| + aged resource identifier, abbreviated as FMRI. See smf(7), fmd(8), | |
| fmadm(8), beadm(8), and pkg(7) for more information on these subsys- | |
| tems. | |
| @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ | |
| unum | |
| - This string identifies the memory module, generally as labelled on | |
| + This string identifies the memory module, generally as labeled on | |
| the platform silkscreens or service label. The presence of this | |
| member of type string is a Committed interface, but the internal | |
| structure of the unum string is a Private interface. Therefore, you | |
| @@ -1828,4 +1828,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2019 fmri(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fmri(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/formats.7 11.4.36/man7/formats.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/formats.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.259389432 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/formats.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.744040954 +0000 | |
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ | |
| position, unless the current | |
| position is the start of a | |
| line. | |
| - \f form-feed Moves the printing position to | |
| + \f form feed Moves the printing position to | |
| the initial printing position | |
| of the next logical page. | |
| \n newline Moves the printing position to | |
| @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ | |
| scanf() in addition to printf(). | |
| - f The floating point number argument is written in decimal | |
| + f The floating-point number argument is written in decimal | |
| notation in the style [-]ddd.ddd, where the number of | |
| digits after the radix character (shown here as a deci- | |
| mal point) is equal to the precision specification. The | |
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ | |
| radix character appears. | |
| - e,E The floating point number argument is written in the | |
| + e,E The floating-point number argument is written in the | |
| style [-]d.ddde+-dd (the symbol +- indicates either a | |
| plus or minus sign), where there is one digit before the | |
| radix character (shown here as a decimal point) and the | |
| @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ | |
| exponent digits are written as necessary. | |
| - g,G The floating point number argument is written in style f | |
| + g,G The floating-point number argument is written in style f | |
| or e (or in style E in the case of a G conversion char- | |
| acter), with the precision specifying the number of sig- | |
| nificant digits. The style used depends on the value | |
| @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ | |
| %d or %i should be interpreted as an arbitrary length sequence of dig- | |
| its. Also, no distinction is made between single precision and double | |
| precision numbers (float or double in C). These are simply referred to | |
| - as floating point numbers. | |
| + as floating-point numbers. | |
| Many of the output descriptions use the term line, such as: | |
| @@ -322,4 +322,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Mar 1995 formats(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 formats(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/grub.7 11.4.36/man7/grub.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/grub.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.277397226 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/grub.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.760834172 +0000 | |
| @@ -78,6 +78,9 @@ | |
| Automatically Installing Oracle Solaris 11.4 Systems | |
| + Booting and Shutting Down Oracle Solaris 11.4 Systems | |
| + | |
| + | |
| https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/ | |
| NOTES | |
| @@ -85,9 +88,9 @@ | |
| command for installing the GRUB boot loader. This command is deprecated | |
| and is present ONLY for convenience, disaster recovery, and downgrading | |
| back to a Solaris boot environment in which GRUB Legacy is the system | |
| - boot loader. Please consult the "Booting and Shutting Down Oracle | |
| - Solaris" documentation for further details. | |
| + boot loader. Please consult the Booting and Shutting Down Oracle | |
| + Solaris 11.4 Systems documentation for further details. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 May 2012 grub(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 grub(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/iconv_ko.7 11.4.36/man7/iconv_ko.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/iconv_ko.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.283865398 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/iconv_ko.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.767156960 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| +------------+---------------------------------------------------+ | |
| |Code Sets | Description | | |
| +------------+---------------------------------------------------+ | |
| - |EUC-KR | Korean Extended Unix Code representation using KS | | |
| + |EUC-KR | Korean Extended UNIX Code representation using KS | | |
| | | X 1003 or US-ASCII as the primary single byte | | |
| | | codeset and KS X 1001 as the supplementary two- | | |
| | | byte codeset. Also known as Wansung and Comple- | | |
| @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Nov 2014 iconv_ko(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 iconv_ko(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/iconv_unicode.7 11.4.36/man7/iconv_unicode.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/iconv_unicode.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.301475167 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/iconv_unicode.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.783837176 +0000 | |
| @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ | |
| +---------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | |
| |Encoding Form | Description | | |
| +---------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | |
| - |UTF-8 | Multi-byte sequences of 1-4 character bytes | | |
| + |UTF-8 | Multibyte sequences of 1-4 character bytes | | |
| +---------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | |
| |UTF-16 | Represented in 16-bit entity for U+0000-U+D7FF | | |
| | | and U+E000-U+FFFF, and two 16-bit entities for | | |
| @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ | |
| NOTES | |
| iconv also supports conversion between Unicode encodings and many dif- | |
| ferent codesets. The list of such codesets includes for example the ISO | |
| - 8859 character sets, EBCDIC code pages, EUC (Extended Unix Code) and | |
| + 8859 character sets, EBCDIC code pages, EUC (Extended UNIX Code) and | |
| ISO 2022 encodings for Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and many others (see | |
| iconv_extra(7), iconv_ja(7), iconv_ko(7), iconv_zh(7), iconv_zh_HK(7), | |
| and iconv_zh_TW(7)). | |
| @@ -273,4 +273,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 iconv_unicode(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 iconv_unicode(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/iconv_zh_TW.7 11.4.36/man7/iconv_zh_TW.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/iconv_zh_TW.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.307201589 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/iconv_zh_TW.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.798305618 +0000 | |
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |
| single byte codeset and BIG5+ character as two-byte codeset. | |
| - EUC-TW Traditional Chinese Unix Code representation based on CNS | |
| + EUC-TW Traditional Chinese UNIX Code representation based on CNS | |
| 11643. Can represent US-ASCII as the single byte codeset and | |
| CNS 11643 as two-byte and four-byte codeset. | |
| @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Aug 2019 iconv_zh_TW(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 iconv_zh_TW(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/iconv_zh.7 11.4.36/man7/iconv_zh.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/iconv_zh.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.311481933 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/iconv_zh.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.807048613 +0000 | |
| @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ | |
| +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------+ | |
| |Code Conversions | Description | | |
| +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------+ | |
| - |GB2312 | Chinese Extended Unix Code representation US- | | |
| + |GB2312 | Chinese Extended UNIX Code representation US- | | |
| | | ASCII as the primary single byte codeset and | | |
| | | GB2312 as two-byte codeset. | | |
| +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------+ | |
| @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Nov 2014 iconv_zh(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 iconv_zh(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/locale_alias.7 11.4.36/man7/locale_alias.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/locale_alias.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.317818361 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/locale_alias.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.813602434 +0000 | |
| @@ -810,4 +810,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 locale_alias(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 locale_alias(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/locale.7 11.4.36/man7/locale.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/locale.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.356109935 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/locale.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.880641171 +0000 | |
| @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ | |
| 3. A character can be represented as an octal constant. An | |
| octal constant is specified as the escape character followed | |
| by two or more octal digits. Each constant represents a byte | |
| - value. Multi-byte values can be represented by concatenated | |
| + value. Multibyte values can be represented by concatenated | |
| constants specified in byte order with the last constant | |
| specifying the least significant byte of the character. | |
| @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ | |
| 4. A character can be represented as a hexadecimal constant. A | |
| hexadecimal constant is specified as the escape character | |
| followed by an x followed by two or more hexadecimal digits. | |
| - Each constant represents a byte value. Multi-byte values can | |
| + Each constant represents a byte value. Multibyte values can | |
| be represented by concatenated constants specified in byte | |
| order with the last constant specifying the least signifi- | |
| cant byte of the character. | |
| @@ -224,10 +224,10 @@ | |
| 5. A character can be represented as a decimal constant. A dec- | |
| imal constant is specified as the escape character followed | |
| by a d followed by two or more decimal digits. Each constant | |
| - represents a byte value. Multi-byte values can be repre- | |
| - sented by concatenated constants specified in byte order | |
| - with the last constant specifying the least significant byte | |
| - of the character. | |
| + represents a byte value. Multibyte values can be represented | |
| + by concatenated constants specified in byte order with the | |
| + last constant specifying the least significant byte of the | |
| + character. | |
| Example: | |
| @@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ | |
| if the character values (that is, encoding) differ from the implementa- | |
| tion default values. | |
| - upper Define characters to be classified as upper-case let- | |
| + upper Define characters to be classified as uppercase let- | |
| ters. | |
| - In the POSIX locale, the 26 upper-case letters are | |
| + In the POSIX locale, the 26 uppercase letters are | |
| included: | |
| @@ -290,12 +290,12 @@ | |
| In a locale definition file, no character specified | |
| for the keywords cntrl, digit, punct, or space can be | |
| - specified. The upper-case letters A to Z are automat- | |
| - ically included in this class. | |
| + specified. The uppercase letters A to Z are automati- | |
| + cally included in this class. | |
| - lower Define characters to be classified as lower-case let- | |
| - ters. In the POSIX locale, the 26 lower-case letters | |
| + lower Define characters to be classified as lowercase let- | |
| + ters. In the POSIX locale, the 26 lowercase letters | |
| are included: | |
| @@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ | |
| In a locale definition file, no character specified | |
| for the keywords cntrl, digit, punct, or space can be | |
| - specified. The lower-case letters a to z of the por- | |
| - table character set are automatically included in | |
| - this class. | |
| + specified. The lowercase letters a to z of the porta- | |
| + ble character set are automatically included in this | |
| + class. | |
| alpha Define characters to be classified as letters. | |
| @@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ | |
| senting the hexadecimal digits 10 to 15 inclusive, | |
| with each set in ascending order (for example A, B, | |
| C, D, E, F, a, b, c, d, e, f). The digits 0 to 9, the | |
| - upper-case letters A to F and the lower-case letters | |
| - a to f of the portable character set are automati- | |
| - cally included in this class. | |
| + uppercase letters A to F and the lowercase letters a | |
| + to f of the portable character set are automatically | |
| + included in this class. | |
| The definition of character class xdigit requires | |
| that the characters included in character class digit | |
| @@ -476,16 +476,16 @@ | |
| sions, and by the tr(1) command. | |
| - toupper Define the mapping of lower-case letters to upper- | |
| - case letters. | |
| + toupper Define the mapping of lowercase letters to uppercase | |
| + letters. | |
| - In the POSIX locale, at a minimum, the 26 lower-case | |
| + In the POSIX locale, at a minimum, the 26 lowercase | |
| characters: | |
| a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z | |
| - are mapped to the corresponding 26 upper-case charac- | |
| + are mapped to the corresponding 26 uppercase charac- | |
| ters: | |
| @@ -495,26 +495,26 @@ | |
| character pairs, separated by semicolons. The charac- | |
| ters in each character pair are separated by a comma | |
| and the pair enclosed by parentheses. The first char- | |
| - acter in each pair is the lower-case letter, the sec- | |
| - ond the corresponding upper-case letter. Only charac- | |
| + acter in each pair is the lowercase letter, the sec- | |
| + ond the corresponding uppercase letter. Only charac- | |
| ters specified for the keywords lower and upper can | |
| - be specified. The lower-case letters a to z, and | |
| - their corresponding upper-case letters A to Z, of the | |
| - portable character set are automatically included in | |
| - this mapping, but only when the toupper keyword is | |
| - omitted from the locale definition. | |
| + be specified. The lowercase letters a to z, and their | |
| + corresponding uppercase letters A to Z, of the porta- | |
| + ble character set are automatically included in this | |
| + mapping, but only when the toupper keyword is omitted | |
| + from the locale definition. | |
| - tolower Define the mapping of upper-case letters to lower- | |
| - case letters. | |
| + tolower Define the mapping of uppercase letters to lowercase | |
| + letters. | |
| - In the POSIX locale, at a minimum, the 26 upper-case | |
| + In the POSIX locale, at a minimum, the 26 uppercase | |
| characters: | |
| A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z | |
| - are mapped to the corresponding 26 lower-case charac- | |
| + are mapped to the corresponding 26 lowercase charac- | |
| ters: | |
| @@ -524,8 +524,8 @@ | |
| character pairs, separated by semicolons. The charac- | |
| ters in each character pair are separated by a comma | |
| and the pair enclosed by parentheses. The first char- | |
| - acter in each pair is the upper-case letter, the sec- | |
| - ond the corresponding lower-case letter. Only charac- | |
| + acter in each pair is the uppercase letter, the sec- | |
| + ond the corresponding lowercase letter. Only charac- | |
| ters specified for the keywords lower and upper can | |
| be specified. If the tolower keyword is omitted from | |
| the locale definition, the mapping will be the | |
| @@ -737,11 +737,11 @@ | |
| tives will be supported: | |
| forward Specifies that comparison operations for the weight level | |
| - proceed from start of string towards the end of string. | |
| + proceed from start of string toward the end of string. | |
| backward Specifies that comparison operations for the weight level | |
| - proceed from end of string towards the beginning of string. | |
| + proceed from end of string toward the beginning of string. | |
| position Specifies that comparison operations for the weight level | |
| @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ | |
| word cannot be omitted and cannot be set to the empty | |
| string. In contexts where standards limit the deci- | |
| mal_point to a single byte, the result of specifying a | |
| - multi-byte operand is unspecified. | |
| + multibyte operand is unspecified. | |
| thousands_sep The operand is a string containing the symbol that is | |
| @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ | |
| of the decimal delimiter in numeric, non-monetary for- | |
| matted monetary quantities. In contexts where stan- | |
| dards limit the thousands_sep to a single byte, the | |
| - result of specifying a multi-byte operand is unspeci- | |
| + result of specifying a multibyte operand is unspeci- | |
| fied. | |
| @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ | |
| The following keywords are recognized as part of the locale definition | |
| - file. The nl_langinfo(3C) function accepts upper-case versions of the | |
| + file. The nl_langinfo(3C) function accepts uppercase versions of the | |
| first four keywords. | |
| yesexpr The operand consists of an extended regular expression (see | |
| @@ -1782,4 +1782,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 locale(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 locale(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.363065478 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.892001113 +0000 | |
| @@ -67,9 +67,10 @@ | |
| upper/lower case The password must contain at least the minimum of | |
| - upper- and lower-case letters specified by the MIN- | |
| - UPPER and MINLOWER values in /etc/default/passwd. | |
| - If unspecified, the defaults are 0. | |
| + uppercase and lowercase letters specified by the | |
| + MINUPPER and MINLOWER values in | |
| + /etc/default/passwd. If unspecified, the defaults | |
| + are 0. | |
| maximum repeats The password must not contain more consecutively | |
| @@ -131,4 +132,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Jan 2014 pam_authtok_check(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_authtok_check(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.380636366 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.900319685 +0000 | |
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ | |
| management. | |
| - Secure RPC authentication differs from regular Unix authentication | |
| + Secure RPC authentication differs from regular UNIX authentication | |
| because ONC RPCs use Secure RPC as the underlying security mechanism. | |
| @@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Jun 2011 pam_dhkeys(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_dhkeys(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.387766888 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.906683328 +0000 | |
| @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ | |
| The pam_krb5_migrate module can generally be present on the authentica- | |
| tion stack of any service where the application calls pam_sm_authenti- | |
| cate(3PAM) and an authentication token (in the preceding example, the | |
| - authentication token would be the user's Unix password) is available | |
| + authentication token would be the user's UNIX password) is available | |
| for use as a Kerberos V5 password. | |
| @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ | |
| The /etc/pam.conf entries below enable kadmind(8) on the master KDC to | |
| - use the k5migrate PAM service in order to validate Unix user passwords | |
| + use the k5migrate PAM service in order to validate UNIX user passwords | |
| for accounts that require migration to the Kerberos realm. | |
| @@ -199,4 +199,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Feb 2020 pam_krb5_migrate(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_krb5_migrate(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_ldap.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_ldap.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_ldap.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.404243897 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_ldap.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.917205465 +0000 | |
| @@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ | |
| The pam_user_policy(7) PAM module can be configured to refer to the | |
| supplied /etc/security/pam_policy/ldap file which uses pam_ldap for | |
| authentication, account management, and password management for LDAP | |
| - users and Unix for authentication, account management, and password | |
| - management for Unix users. | |
| + users and UNIX for authentication, account management, and password | |
| + management for UNIX users. | |
| @@ -419,4 +419,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Mar 2020 pam_ldap(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_ldap(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_list.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_list.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_list.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.415491262 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_list.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.928299946 +0000 | |
| @@ -67,6 +67,14 @@ | |
| the username. This is the default option. | |
| + auser The value of PAM_AUSER is used instead of PAM_USER. | |
| + This is useful when used to control access for su(8) | |
| + when it is desirable that check should apply to the | |
| + current user rather than the target user. Note that | |
| + initial system login services are unlikely to have | |
| + PAM_AUSER set. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| nouser The username should not be used in the netgroup | |
| match. | |
| @@ -210,4 +218,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 pam_list(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 April 2021 pam_list(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.430391765 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.940290838 +0000 | |
| @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ | |
| server_policy If the account authority for the user, as specified by | |
| - PAM_USER, is a server, do not apply the Unix policy | |
| + PAM_USER, is a server, do not apply the UNIX policy | |
| from the passwd entry in the name service switch. | |
| @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Jun 2011 pam_passwd_auth(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_passwd_auth(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_unix_account.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_unix_account.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_unix_account.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.439933303 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_unix_account.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.944019139 +0000 | |
| @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ | |
| server_policy If the account authority for the user, as specified by | |
| - PAM_USER, is a server, do not apply the Unix policy | |
| + PAM_USER, is a server, do not apply the UNIX policy | |
| from the passwd entry in the name service switch. | |
| @@ -116,4 +116,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Feb 2005 pam_unix_account(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_unix_account(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pam_user_policy.7 11.4.36/man7/pam_user_policy.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pam_user_policy.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.447694097 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pam_user_policy.7 2021-08-27 10:46:40.947838239 +0000 | |
| @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ | |
| A number of pam.conf files for inclusion by pam_user_policy can be | |
| found in /etc/security/pam_policy: | |
| - unix Use only Unix passwords for authentication, account | |
| + unix Use only UNIX passwords for authentication, account | |
| management, and password management. | |
| @@ -106,25 +106,25 @@ | |
| krb5_first Use Kerberos V5 for authentication with fallback on | |
| - Unix authentication, use Kerberos V5 for account man- | |
| + UNIX authentication, use Kerberos V5 for account man- | |
| agement and password management for Kerberos users and | |
| - Unix for account management and password management | |
| - for Unix users. | |
| + UNIX for account management and password management | |
| + for UNIX users. | |
| - krb5_optional Use Unix for authentication, account management, and | |
| + krb5_optional Use UNIX for authentication, account management, and | |
| password management and then optionally using Kerberos | |
| V5 for authentication, account management and password | |
| management for Kerberos users. | |
| ldap Use pam_ldap(7) for authentication, account manage- | |
| - ment, and password management for LDAP users and Unix | |
| + ment, and password management for LDAP users and UNIX | |
| for authentication, account management, and password | |
| - management for Unix users. | |
| + management for UNIX users. | |
| - any Try Kerberos V, LDAP and Unix, in that order, and as | |
| + any Try Kerberos V, LDAP and UNIX, in that order, and as | |
| sufficient, for authentication, account management, | |
| and password management. | |
| @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ | |
| In the following example, the PAM configuration /etc/security/pam_pol- | |
| icy/custom should be used for user 'curly'. This custom PAM configura- | |
| tion might have different configurations for different PAM services, | |
| - such as requiring Unix authentication for console logins but Kerberos | |
| + such as requiring UNIX authentication for console logins but Kerberos | |
| V5 for all other PAM services. | |
| @@ -222,4 +222,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Nov 2016 pam_user_policy(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pam_user_policy(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pf.conf.7 11.4.36/man7/pf.conf.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pf.conf.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.505336176 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pf.conf.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.014760661 +0000 | |
| @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ | |
| The number of states created by all rules that use this option is | |
| limited. Each rule can specify different max-src-nodes and max-src- | |
| states options, however state entries created by any participating | |
| - rule count towards each individual rule's limits. | |
| + rule count toward each individual rule's limits. | |
| source-track rule | |
| @@ -2213,4 +2213,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 pf.conf(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pf.conf(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pkcs11_parse_uri.7 11.4.36/man7/pkcs11_parse_uri.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pkcs11_parse_uri.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.518473468 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pkcs11_parse_uri.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.025533294 +0000 | |
| @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ | |
| The next example includes a small A with acute in the token name. You | |
| must encode it in octets according to the UTF-8 character encoding and | |
| then use the percent-encoding. Given that a small A with acute is U+225 | |
| - unicode code point, the UTF-8 encoding is 195 161 in decimal, which is | |
| + Unicode code point, the UTF-8 encoding is 195 161 in decimal, which is | |
| %C3%A1 in the percent-encoding. | |
| @@ -249,4 +249,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 pkcs11_parse_uri(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pkcs11_parse_uri(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 11.4.36/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.526017195 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.034486155 +0000 | |
| @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ | |
| o The user will have to supply the default SO PIN before being | |
| - able to initialize his or her token. The default SO PIN is | |
| + able to initialize their token. The default SO PIN is | |
| 87654321. It is changed in step 2, above. | |
| @@ -239,4 +239,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Mar 2020 pkcs11_tpm(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pkcs11_tpm(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/regexp.7 11.4.36/man7/regexp.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/regexp.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.546063889 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/regexp.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.043409873 +0000 | |
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ | |
| 4. 'x addresses the line marked with the mark name character x, | |
| - which must be an ASCII lower-case letter (a-z). Lines are | |
| + which must be an ASCII lowercase letter (a-z). Lines are | |
| marked with the k command described below. | |
| @@ -460,4 +460,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 May 2002 regexp(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 regexp(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/resource-controls.7 11.4.36/man7/resource-controls.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/resource-controls.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.562788494 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/resource-controls.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.061423459 +0000 | |
| @@ -261,7 +261,6 @@ | |
| The following zone-wide resource controls are available: | |
| - | |
| zone.max-adi-metadata-memory | |
| Total amount of memory for storing ADI metadata of pages that may | |
| @@ -356,6 +355,7 @@ | |
| (seconds), or as a count (integer). These units use the strings speci- | |
| fied below. | |
| + | |
| Category Res Ctrl Modifier Scale | |
| Type String | |
| ----------- ----------- -------- ----- | |
| @@ -385,6 +385,7 @@ | |
| + | |
| Scaled values can be used with resource controls. The following example | |
| shows a scaled threshold value: | |
| @@ -646,7 +647,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| The global flags indicate the following: | |
| lowerable | |
| @@ -676,6 +676,7 @@ | |
| Use the prctl command to display local values and actions for the | |
| resource control. For example: | |
| + | |
| $ prctl -n process.max-cpu-time $$ | |
| process 353939: -ksh | |
| NAME PRIVILEGE VALUE FLAG ACTION RECIPIENT | |
| @@ -686,7 +687,6 @@ | |
| - | |
| The max (RCTL_LOCAL_MAXIMAL) flag is set for both threshold values, and | |
| the inf (RCTL_GLOBAL_INFINITE) flag is defined for this resource con- | |
| trol. An inf value has an infinite quantity. The value is never | |
| @@ -719,6 +719,16 @@ | |
| Administering Resource Management in Oracle Solaris 11.4 | |
| +NOTES | |
| + A project is active if and only if there is at least one existing | |
| + process in it. A project becomes active and is initialized from its | |
| + entry in the project(5) database when a process joins a project that | |
| + was not active. When the project(5) database is modified, an active | |
| + project is not re-initialized unless projmod(8) with the -A option is | |
| + executed on the project via option -p, or project_update_byname() | |
| + library function is called with the project name as its argument, see | |
| + setproject(3PROJECT). Every zone has its own project namespace. | |
| + | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 resource-controls(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 May 2021 resource-controls(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/smf_template.7 11.4.36/man7/smf_template.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/smf_template.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.583990959 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/smf_template.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.071343579 +0000 | |
| @@ -181,12 +181,9 @@ | |
| <documentation> | |
| - <manpage title='sendmail' section='8' | |
| - + manpath='/usr/share/man' /> | |
| - <doc_link name='sendmail.com' | |
| - + uri='http://sendmail.com' /> | |
| - <external_logfile | |
| - + path='/var/log/syslog' /> | |
| + <manpage title='sendmail' section='8' manpath='/usr/share/man' /> | |
| + <doc_link name='sendmail.com' uri='http://sendmail.com' /> | |
| + <external_logfile path='/var/log/syslog' /> | |
| </documentation> | |
| @@ -412,10 +409,10 @@ | |
| property is modifiable. | |
| - This is not a security mechanism, it is solely intended to help prevent | |
| - the user from shooting himself in the foot, and to remove unnecessary | |
| - clutter from CLI output or a GUI display. Hidden properties are visible | |
| - in full-disclosure modes of many commands and UIs. | |
| + This is not a security mechanism. It is solely intended to help the | |
| + user avoid making mistakes and to remove unnecessary clutter from CLI | |
| + output or a GUI display. Hidden properties are visible in full-disclo- | |
| + sure modes of many commands and UIs. | |
| Property format | |
| The cardinality and internal_separators elements constrain the struc- | |
| @@ -574,8 +571,6 @@ | |
| ful things are to document the purpose of the service itself and the | |
| service-specific configuration. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| <template> | |
| <common_name> <loctext xml:lang='C'> | |
| all-purpose demonstration | |
| @@ -643,4 +638,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Jul 2020 smf_template(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 smf_template(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/ssid-metadata.7 11.4.36/man7/ssid-metadata.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/ssid-metadata.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.598388054 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/ssid-metadata.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.079680199 +0000 | |
| @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ | |
| ssid-threshold-list The ssid-threshold-list member is a list of | |
| - strings representing floating point numbers. | |
| + strings representing floating-point numbers. | |
| A negative threshold value represents a | |
| lower threshold which means the stat is | |
| checked for lower than the absolute value of | |
| @@ -903,4 +903,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Dec 2020 ssid-metadata(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ssid-metadata(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/ssid.7 11.4.36/man7/ssid.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/ssid.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.605760990 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/ssid.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.100914505 +0000 | |
| @@ -290,4 +290,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 May 2017 ssid(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ssid(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/suri.7 11.4.36/man7/suri.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/suri.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.615352973 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/suri.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.109196190 +0000 | |
| @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ | |
| - Logical unit URI specifies a logical unit attached via fibre channel or | |
| + Logical unit URI specifies a logical unit attached via Fibre Channel or | |
| serial-attached SCSI. In the luname-only URI form, the ID describes a | |
| logical unit name. In the initiator, target, luname form, an initiator | |
| specifies an initiator port and a target specifies a target port, and | |
| @@ -261,4 +261,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 Jul 17 2020 suri(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 suri(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/vgrindefs.7 11.4.36/man7/vgrindefs.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/vgrindefs.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.627723708 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/vgrindefs.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.123351450 +0000 | |
| @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ | |
| |le | str |Regular expression for the end of a charac- | | |
| | | |ter constant | | |
| +-------+---------+--------------------------------------------+ | |
| - |oc | bool |Present means upper and lower case are | | |
| + |oc | bool |Present means uppercase and lowercase are | | |
| | | |equivalent | | |
| +-------+---------+--------------------------------------------+ | |
| |pb | str |Regular expression for start of a procedure | | |
| @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ | |
| Keyword List | |
| The keyword list is just a list of keywords in the language separated | |
| - by spaces. If the 'oc' boolean is specified, indicating that upper and | |
| - lower case are equivalent, then all the keywords should be specified in | |
| - lower case. | |
| + by spaces. If the 'oc' boolean is specified, indicating that uppercase | |
| + and lowercase are equivalent, then all the keywords should be specified | |
| + in lowercase. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| Example 1 A sample program. | |
| @@ -166,4 +166,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Aug 1994 vgrindefs(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vgrindefs(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/webui.7 11.4.36/man7/webui.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/webui.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.639622377 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/webui.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.127179024 +0000 | |
| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ | |
| installed. | |
| User Menu | |
| - This menu button is labelled with the name of the currently logged in | |
| + This menu button is labeled with the name of the currently logged in | |
| user. This menu provides access to the following options: | |
| Help This option opens the help screens. | |
| @@ -150,4 +150,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 webui(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 webui(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man7/zones.7 11.4.36/man7/zones.7 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man7/zones.7 2021-08-27 10:45:38.657815538 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man7/zones.7 2021-08-27 10:46:41.135265276 +0000 | |
| @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ | |
| zone should have its exclusive IP. | |
| - A shared-IP zone is prevented from doing certain things towards the | |
| - network (such as changing its IP address or sending spoofed IP or Eth- | |
| - ernet packets), but an exclusive-IP zone has more or less the same | |
| - capabilities towards the network as a separate host that is connected | |
| + A shared-IP zone is prevented from doing certain things to the network | |
| + (such as changing its IP address or sending spoofed IP or Ethernet | |
| + packets), but an exclusive-IP zone has more or less the same capabili- | |
| + ties with respect to the network as a separate host that is connected | |
| to the same network interface. In particular, the superuser in such a | |
| zone can change its IP address and spoof ARP packets. | |
| @@ -335,4 +335,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2019 zones(7) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zones(7) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/acct.8 11.4.36/man8/acct.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/acct.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.664959421 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/acct.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.147056504 +0000 | |
| @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ | |
| LC_CTYPE Determines how acct handles characters. When LC_CTYPE is | |
| set to a valid value, acct can display and handle text and | |
| filenames containing valid characters for that locale. acct | |
| - can display and handle Extended Unix Code (EUC) characters | |
| + can display and handle Extended UNIX Code (EUC) characters | |
| where any character can be 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide. acct can | |
| also handle EUC characters of 1, 2, or more column widths. | |
| In the "C" locale, only characters from ISO 8859-1 are | |
| @@ -158,4 +158,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jan 2019 acct(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 acct(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/admhist.8 11.4.36/man8/admhist.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/admhist.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.682991298 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/admhist.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.158873049 +0000 | |
| @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| admhist [-a date-time] [-b date-time] [-d date-time] [-z zonename] | |
| - [-v] [-R pathname] [audit-trail-file]... | |
| + [-u username] [-v] [-R pathname] [audit-trail-file]... | |
| admhist [-a date-time] [-b date-time] [-d date-time] [-z zonename] | |
| - [-v] -R pathname | |
| + [-u username] [-v] -R pathname | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The admhist command displays a summary of the successful system admin- | |
| @@ -66,6 +66,12 @@ | |
| auditconfig(8) man page. | |
| + -u username/uid | |
| + | |
| + Select events for the specified (audit) userid/username. Can be | |
| + specified multiple times to select events from multiple users. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| -v | |
| Verbose. Includes the hostname, and current working directory asso- | |
| @@ -193,4 +199,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 May 2018 admhist(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 April 2021 admhist(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/catman.8 11.4.36/man8/catman.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/catman.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.689044769 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/catman.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.166186676 +0000 | |
| @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ | |
| Each manual page is examined and those whose preformatted versions are | |
| - missing or out of date are recreated. If any changes are made, catman | |
| - recreates the index files. | |
| + missing or out of date are re-created. If any changes are made, catman | |
| + re-creates the index files. | |
| If a manual page is a shadow page, that is, it sources another manual | |
| @@ -47,14 +47,14 @@ | |
| -n | |
| - Do not create (or recreate) the index files. If the -n option is | |
| + Do not create (or re-create) the index files. If the -n option is | |
| specified, the index files are not created and the apropos(1) and | |
| whatis(1) commands might run more slowly than otherwise. | |
| -p | |
| - Dry--run option. That is, display what would be done instead of | |
| + Dry-run option. That is, display what would be done instead of | |
| doing it. | |
| @@ -213,4 +213,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Aug 2016 catman(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 catman(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.699857897 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.181625336 +0000 | |
| @@ -668,4 +668,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 cfgadm_ib(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cfgadm_ib(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.705273468 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.187408873 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ | |
| /usr/sbin/cfgadm [-f] [-y | -n] [-v] | |
| - [-o hardware_options] -x hardware_function ap_id | |
| - [ap_id] | |
| + [-o hardware_options] -x hardware_function ap_id [ap_id] | |
| /usr/sbin/cfgadm [-v] [-s listing_options] | |
| @@ -23,8 +22,7 @@ | |
| /usr/sbin/cfgadm [-v] [-o hardware_options] -t ap_id [ap_id] | |
| - /usr/sbin/cfgadm [-v] [-o hardware_function] -h | |
| - [ap_id| ap_type] | |
| + /usr/sbin/cfgadm [-v] [-o hardware_function] -h [ap_id | ap_type] | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The PCI hardware specific library, /usr/lib/cfgadm/pci.so.1, provides | |
| @@ -162,7 +160,7 @@ | |
| board is a string representing the board type of the device. | |
| For example, hp is the string used for a PCI Hot Plug adapter, | |
| - hs is used for a Hot Swap Board, nhs for a Non--Hot Swap cPCI | |
| + hs is used for a Hot Swap Board, nhs for a Non-Hot-Swap cPCI | |
| Board, bhs for a Basic Hot Swap cPCI Board, and fhs for a Full | |
| Hot Swap cPCI Board. | |
| @@ -170,7 +168,7 @@ | |
| devices, but are implemented as a PCI bridge with arbitrary | |
| devices behind them. In those cases, the subclass displayed is | |
| that of the PCI bridge. Most commonly, the bridges are pci-pci, | |
| - a generic PCI to PCI bridge or stpci, a semi-transparent PCI | |
| + a generic PCI to PCI bridge or stpci, a semitransparent PCI | |
| bridge. | |
| @@ -237,8 +235,6 @@ | |
| The following command prints the values of LEDs: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| example# cfgadm -x led pci0:hpc0_slot1 | |
| Ap_Id Led | |
| pci0:hpc0_slot1 power=on,fault=off,active=off,attn=off | |
| @@ -269,8 +265,6 @@ | |
| The following command prints out the values of each slot: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| example# cfgadm -l | |
| Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition | |
| c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown | |
| @@ -290,8 +284,6 @@ | |
| example# cfgadm | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Type Receptacle Occupant Condition | |
| c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown | |
| c1 scsi-bus connected unconfigured unknown | |
| @@ -313,47 +305,33 @@ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| The change can be verified by entering the following command: | |
| example# cfgadm cpci_slot4 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition | |
| cpci_slot4 unknown disconnected unconfigured unknown | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Now the card can be swapped. The following command electrically con- | |
| nects and configures the card: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| example# cfgadm -c configure cpci_slot4 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| The change can be verified by entering the following command: | |
| example# cfgadm cpci_slot4 | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition | |
| cpci_slot4 stpcipci/fhs connected configured ok | |
| - | |
| - | |
| FILES | |
| /usr/lib/cfgadm/pci.so.1 | |
| @@ -376,4 +354,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 cfgadm_pci(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cfgadm_pci(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.716978742 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.198816788 +0000 | |
| @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ | |
| equals the slot number. | |
| The exact format depends on the platform and typically corresponds | |
| - to the physical labelling on the machine. See the platform specific | |
| + to the physical labeling on the machine. See the platform specific | |
| information in the NOTES section. | |
| @@ -1026,4 +1026,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 cfgadm_sbd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cfgadm_sbd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_shp.8 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_shp.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm_shp.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.729576517 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm_shp.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.216556497 +0000 | |
| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ | |
| optional serialid#. fru-type is "iob" for PCI Express expansion chassis | |
| types, while serialid# is either a 64-bit hexadecimal number indicating | |
| a raw serial number obtained from the expansion chassis hardware, or an | |
| - upper-case, ASCII four-character sequence for a Sun-branded expansion | |
| + uppercase, ASCII four-character sequence for a Sun-branded expansion | |
| chassis. | |
| @@ -717,4 +717,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 cfgadm_shp(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cfgadm_shp(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm.8 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cfgadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.766043426 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cfgadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.234472692 +0000 | |
| @@ -266,13 +266,13 @@ | |
| State transition functions can fail due to the condition of the | |
| attachment point or other hardware dependent considerations. All | |
| state change functions in the direction of adding resources, | |
| - (insert, connect and configure) are passed onto the hardware spe- | |
| + (insert, connect, and configure) are passed onto the hardware spe- | |
| cific library when the attachment point is in the ok or unknown | |
| condition. All other conditions require the use of the force option | |
| to allow these functions to be passed on to the hardware specific | |
| library. Attachment point condition does not prevent a hardware | |
| specific library being called for related to the removal (remove, | |
| - disconnect and unconfigure), of hardware resources from the system. | |
| + disconnect, and unconfigure) of hardware resources from the system. | |
| Hardware specific libraries can reject state change functions if | |
| the attachment point is in the unknown condition. | |
| @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ | |
| Supplies listing options to the list (-l) command. listing_options | |
| conforms to the getsubopt(3C) syntax convention. The sub-options | |
| - are used to specify the attachment point selection criteria ( | |
| - select=select_string), the type of matching desired | |
| + are used to specify the attachment point selection criteria | |
| + (select=select_string), the type of matching desired | |
| (match=match_type), order of listing (sort=field_spec), the data | |
| that is displayed (cols=field_spec and cols2=field_spec), the col- | |
| umn delimiter (delim=string) and whether to suppress column head- | |
| @@ -755,4 +755,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Sep 2014 cfgadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cfgadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/compliance-tailor.8 11.4.36/man8/compliance-tailor.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/compliance-tailor.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.779975132 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/compliance-tailor.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.239226704 +0000 | |
| @@ -153,8 +153,7 @@ | |
| installed in the file /usr/lib/compliance/benchmarks/bname/tailor- | |
| ings/tname.xccdf.xml, but the creation of a suitable pkg manifest | |
| and publication of the package are not directly supported by com- | |
| - pliance | |
| - tailor. | |
| + pliance tailor. | |
| help [subcommand] | |
| @@ -177,8 +176,7 @@ | |
| List the names of committed and installed tailorings. These names | |
| are valid as the parameter value of the -t option for both compli- | |
| - ance assess and compliance | |
| - tailor. | |
| + ance assess and compliance tailor. | |
| load [-F] tailoring | |
| @@ -486,12 +484,11 @@ | |
| For tailorings based on existing profiles, the export form represents | |
| the differences between the base profile and the tailored profile. If | |
| there is no base profile (no profile property is set), the export form | |
| - commences with an "exclude | |
| - -a" subcommand so that the remainder of the export file | |
| - is an affirmative list of the rules to be checked in an assessment; if | |
| - the objective of the tailoring is to run only a few tests, this can | |
| - simplify verification of the tailoring. | |
| + commences with an "exclude -a" subcommand so that the remainder of the | |
| + export file is an affirmative list of the rules to be checked in an | |
| + assessment; if the objective of the tailoring is to run only a few | |
| + tests, this can simplify verification of the tailoring. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 compliance-tailor(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 compliance-tailor(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/compliance.8 11.4.36/man8/compliance.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/compliance.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.823032935 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/compliance.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.255194712 +0000 | |
| @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ | |
| the list -av subcommand. | |
| - System-defined keys always begin with an upper-case letter. The system- | |
| + System-defined keys always begin with an uppercase letter. The system- | |
| defined keys and the definitions of their values are listed below: | |
| @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ | |
| When the assess subcommand is invoked, the user may specify additional | |
| comma-separated keys or key=value pairs to be associated with the | |
| - assessment. User-specified keys must begin with a lower-case letter. | |
| + assessment. User-specified keys must begin with a lowercase letter. | |
| When the delete, list, and report subcommands are invoked, the user may | |
| @@ -622,10 +622,9 @@ | |
| The SMF service instance svc:/application/security/compliance:default | |
| can be used to automate scheduled assessments. The assessment parame- | |
| ters are taken from the default options and policy. For more informa- | |
| - tion see the set | |
| - options and set-policy subcommands. The | |
| - default instance is offline by default. For information on the schedul- | |
| - ing parameters, see the svc.periodicd(8) man page. | |
| + tion see the set options and set-policy subcommands. The default | |
| + instance is offline by default. For information on the scheduling | |
| + parameters, see the svc.periodicd(8) man page. | |
| The SMF service instance svc:/application/security/compliance:generate- | |
| @@ -820,7 +819,7 @@ | |
| rad(8), svc.periodicd(8), svccfg(8), svcs(1), uname(1) | |
| - Oracle Solaris 11.4 Security Compliance Guide | |
| + Oracle Solaris 11.4 Compliance Guide | |
| Oracle Solaris 11.4 Security and Hardening Guidelines | |
| @@ -845,4 +844,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 compliance(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 compliance(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/cron.8 11.4.36/man8/cron.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/cron.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.844082519 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/cron.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.273407555 +0000 | |
| @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ | |
| Consult shadow(5) to determine which accounts are not locked and not | |
| expired. | |
| - Setting cron Jobs Across Timezones | |
| - The timezone of the cron daemon sets the system-wide timezone for cron | |
| - entries. This, in turn, is by set by default system-wide using | |
| - /etc/default/init. The timezone for cron entries can be overridden in a | |
| - user's crontab file; see crontab(1). | |
| + Setting cron Jobs Across Time Zones | |
| + The time zone of the cron daemon sets the system-wide time zone for | |
| + cron entries. This, in turn, is by set by default system-wide using | |
| + /etc/default/init. The time zone for cron entries can be overridden in | |
| + a user's crontab file; see crontab(1). | |
| If some form of daylight savings or summer/winter time is in effect, | |
| @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Sept 2019 cron(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 cron(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/dd.8 11.4.36/man8/dd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/dd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.861279526 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/dd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.289250372 +0000 | |
| @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ | |
| The block and unblock values are mutually exclusive. | |
| - lcase Maps upper-case characters specified by the LC_CTYPE key- | |
| - word tolower to the corresponding lower-case character. | |
| + lcase Maps uppercase characters specified by the LC_CTYPE key- | |
| + word tolower to the corresponding lowercase character. | |
| Characters for which no mapping is specified are not modi- | |
| fied by this conversion. | |
| - ucase Maps lower-case characters specified by the LC_CTYPE key- | |
| - word toupper to the corresponding upper-case character. | |
| + ucase Maps lowercase characters specified by the LC_CTYPE key- | |
| + word toupper to the corresponding uppercase character. | |
| Characters for which no mapping is specified are not modi- | |
| fied by this conversion. | |
| @@ -372,4 +372,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 dd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ddu-text.8 11.4.36/man8/ddu-text.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ddu-text.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.867081725 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ddu-text.8 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ | |
| -System Administration Commands ddu-text(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - ddu-text - text-based device driver utility | |
| - | |
| -SYNOPSIS | |
| - ddu-text | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The text-based device driver utility, ddu-text, provides information | |
| - about devices on a system running the Oracle Solaris operating system. | |
| - ddu-text enables a user to connect to the Image Packaging System (IPS) | |
| - and search device drivers for the devices that do not have drivers | |
| - attached to them. By doing this, ddu-text gives the user an opportunity | |
| - to install missing drivers. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ddu-text is text-based. It has a GUI counterpart, ddu(8), which is | |
| - described in its own man page. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ddu-text has no command-line options. | |
| - | |
| -EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 Invoking the ddu-text | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - The following command invokes ddu-text. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - % ddu-text | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -EXIT STATUS | |
| - 0 | |
| - | |
| - Application exited successfully. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - >0 | |
| - | |
| - Application exited with a failure. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /usr/bin/ddu-text | |
| - | |
| - Executable for ddu-text. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |diagnostic/ddu/text | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |External | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Additional availability attribute values are: diagnostic/ddu/data, | |
| - diagnostic/ddu/library, and diagnostic/ddu/locale. | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - attributes(7), ddu(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Aug 2014 ddu-text(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ddu.8 11.4.36/man8/ddu.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ddu.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.875223435 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ddu.8 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 +0000 | |
| @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ | |
| -System Administration Commands ddu(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -NAME | |
| - ddu - GUI-based device driver utility | |
| - | |
| -SYNOPSIS | |
| - /usr/bin/ddu [--silent] | |
| - | |
| -DESCRIPTION | |
| - The GUI-based device driver utility, ddu, provides information about | |
| - devices on a system running the Oracle Solaris operating system. ddu | |
| - enables a user to connect to the Image Packaging System (IPS) and | |
| - search device drivers for the devices that do not have drivers attached | |
| - to them. By doing this, ddu gives the user an opportunity to install | |
| - missing drivers. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - ddu is a GUI, with an easy-to-use interface. It has a text-based coun- | |
| - terpart, ddu-text(8), which is described in its own man page. | |
| - | |
| -OPTIONS | |
| - The following options is supported: | |
| - | |
| - --silent | |
| - | |
| - ddu runs silently. If it finds devices that are missing drivers a | |
| - notification is posted. Clicking on the notification displays the | |
| - DDU GUI. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 Launching the ddu GUI | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - The following command launches the ddu GUI. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - % ddu | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Example 2 Launching ddu in Silent Mode | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - The following command launches ddu in silent mode. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - % ddu --silent | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -EXIT STATUS | |
| - 0 | |
| - | |
| - Application exited successfully. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - >0 | |
| - | |
| - Application exited with a failure. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -FILES | |
| - /usr/bin/ddu | |
| - | |
| - Executable for ddu. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -ATTRIBUTES | |
| - See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |diagnostic/ddu | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Interface Stability |External | | |
| - +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - Additional availability attribute values are: diagnostic/ddu/data, | |
| - diagnostic/ddu/library, and diagnostic/ddu/locale. | |
| - | |
| -SEE ALSO | |
| - attributes(7), ddu-text(8) | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2010 ddu(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/devchassisd.8 11.4.36/man8/devchassisd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/devchassisd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.884608139 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/devchassisd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.295307761 +0000 | |
| @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ | |
| FILES | |
| /usr/lib/devchassis/devchassisd | |
| - devchassisd daemon binary. | |
| + devchassisd daemon. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 Aug 2015 devchassisd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 devchassisd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/dladm.8 11.4.36/man8/dladm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/dladm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:38.989049540 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/dladm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.383355688 +0000 | |
| @@ -655,9 +655,9 @@ | |
| Display location information for the physical devices/links. | |
| Output is in location order--that is, onboard devices before | |
| - expansion slots--and location information (for example, PCIexp | |
| - Slot 2, MB) is supplied where available. Output from -L sup- | |
| - ports the following elements: | |
| + expansion slots -- and location information (for example, PCI- | |
| + exp Slot 2, MB) is supplied where available. Output from -L | |
| + supports the following elements: | |
| LINK | |
| @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ | |
| MAC-RETRIES | |
| The maximum number of transmission retries without receiv- | |
| - ing an acknowledgement from the peer. | |
| + ing an acknowledgment from the peer. | |
| TIMEOUT | |
| @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ | |
| IDS | |
| - Shows VIDS for ethernet datalinks and PKEY for IPoIB | |
| + Shows VIDS for Ethernet datalinks and PKEY for IPoIB | |
| datalinks in the format "VID:<value>" and "PKEY:<value>" | |
| respectively. | |
| @@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@ | |
| GWID | |
| The identifier for the gateway instance associated with the | |
| - displayed gateway ethernet port. The value is expected to | |
| + displayed gateway Ethernet port. The value is expected to | |
| be unique even if multiple gateway switches share the same | |
| InfiniBand fabric. The value of the gateway instance iden- | |
| tifier ranges from 0 to 1023. | |
| @@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ | |
| link. This subcommand is supported only on InfiniBand physical | |
| links. | |
| - -t, ---temporary | |
| + -t, --temporary | |
| Specifies that the EoIB link creation is temporary. Temporary | |
| links will last until the next reboot. | |
| @@ -3642,7 +3642,7 @@ | |
| -c gw-eth-port | |
| Specifies the name of the connector associated with the gateway | |
| - switch's ethernet port. | |
| + switch's Ethernet port. | |
| @@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ | |
| Delete the specified EoIB link. | |
| - -t, ---temporary | |
| + -t, --temporary | |
| Specifies that the EoIB link creation is temporary. Temporary | |
| links will last until the next reboot. | |
| @@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@ | |
| -g gw-system-name | |
| - Display information about EoIB datalinks bound to ethernet | |
| + Display information about EoIB datalinks bound to Ethernet | |
| ports on the specified gateway. | |
| @@ -3718,7 +3718,7 @@ | |
| GWPORT | |
| - The name of the connector associated with the gateway eth- | |
| + The name of the connector associated with the gateway Eth- | |
| ernet port. For persistent links, if the gateway system | |
| name is unknown (because the link is being migrated from | |
| the old model of administration) and if the gateway corre- | |
| @@ -3729,7 +3729,7 @@ | |
| GWID | |
| The identifier for the gateway instance associated with the | |
| - displayed gateway ethernet port. The value is expected to | |
| + displayed gateway Ethernet port. The value is expected to | |
| be unique even if multiple gateway switches share the same | |
| InfiniBand fabric. The value of the gateway instance iden- | |
| tifier ranges from 0 to 1023. If the gateway has not been | |
| @@ -3760,11 +3760,11 @@ | |
| to the flags listed earlier under show-ibdescription, two | |
| additional flag values are possible: | |
| - D The ethernet port associated with the link is cur- | |
| + D The Ethernet port associated with the link is cur- | |
| rently DOWN. | |
| - U The ethernet port associated with the link is cur- | |
| + U The Ethernet port associated with the link is cur- | |
| rently UP. | |
| @@ -7024,4 +7024,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Mar 2020 dladm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dladm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/dlstat.8 11.4.36/man8/dlstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/dlstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.010703788 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/dlstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.402595638 +0000 | |
| @@ -964,4 +964,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2020 dlstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dlstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/dns-sd.8 11.4.36/man8/dns-sd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/dns-sd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.017259900 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/dns-sd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.415454285 +0000 | |
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ | |
| given name and type as listening (on the current machine) on the | |
| specified port. | |
| - name can be any arbitrary unicode text, containing any legal uni- | |
| + name can be any arbitrary Unicode text, containing any legal Uni- | |
| code characters (including dots, spaces, slashes, colons, and so on | |
| without any restrictions), up to 63 UTF-8 bytes long. | |
| @@ -242,4 +242,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Aug 2020 dns-sd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dns-sd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/domainname.8 11.4.36/man8/domainname.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/domainname.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.036685688 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/domainname.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.430085809 +0000 | |
| @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ | |
| implementations differ. | |
| - Both implementations use a standard Solaris or Unix system call to | |
| + Both implementations use a standard Solaris or UNIX system call to | |
| determine its fully qualified host name at startup, following the name | |
| service priorities specified in nsswitch.conf(5). To this point, the | |
| Solaris and sendmail.org versions behave identically. | |
| @@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 May 2012 domainname(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 domainname(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/dumpadm.8 11.4.36/man8/dumpadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/dumpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.046766491 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/dumpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.450577173 +0000 | |
| @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ | |
| the savecore(8) utility is executed automatically during boot to | |
| retrieve the crash dump and write it to your file system in compressed | |
| form, to files named vmdump.X, and vmdump-<secname>.X, where X is an | |
| - integer identifying the dump. Afterwards, savecore(8) can be invoked on | |
| + integer identifying the dump. Afterward, savecore(8) can be invoked on | |
| the same or another system to expand the compressed crash dump to files | |
| named vmcore.X and vmcore-<secname>.X. The directory in which the crash | |
| dump is saved on reboot can be configured using dumpadm command. | |
| @@ -476,4 +476,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Oct 2020 dumpadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dumpadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/etracestat.8 11.4.36/man8/etracestat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/etracestat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.063640042 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/etracestat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.456891630 +0000 | |
| @@ -171,4 +171,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Mar 2016 etracestat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 etracestat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/evsstat.8 11.4.36/man8/evsstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/evsstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.070959640 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/evsstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.464147322 +0000 | |
| @@ -287,4 +287,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 evsstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 evsstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/fcinfo.8 11.4.36/man8/fcinfo.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/fcinfo.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.090011236 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/fcinfo.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.492379159 +0000 | |
| @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| fcinfo and fcadm are command line interfaces that collect administra- | |
| - tive information on fibre channel host bus adapter (HBA) ports on a | |
| - host. They also collect data on any fibre channel targets that might be | |
| + tive information on Fibre Channel host bus adapter (HBA) ports on a | |
| + host. They also collect data on any Fibre Channel targets that might be | |
| connected to those ports in a Storage Area Network (SAN). | |
| @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ | |
| hba-port Lists information for the HBA port referenced by | |
| the specified HBA_port_WWN. If -i and -t options | |
| are not specified, all initiator mode and target | |
| - mode fibre channel HBA ports on the host will be | |
| + mode Fibre Channel HBA ports on the host will be | |
| listed. | |
| @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ | |
| logical-unit | lu Lists the logical unit referenced by the specified | |
| device_path. If device_path is not specified, all | |
| - fibre channel logical units will be listed. This | |
| + Fibre Channel logical units will be listed. This | |
| subcommand applies only to the initiator mode. | |
| @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ | |
| delete-npiv-port | |
| - Delete an NPIV virtual port. This delete only ports create by | |
| + Delete an NPIV virtual port. This deletes only ports created by | |
| fcadm. | |
| @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ | |
| When used with NPIV options, specify a virtual node WWN. If used | |
| with create-npiv-port, it can be omitted, and a random based WWN | |
| - will be used. It is mandatory for delete-npiv-port. | |
| + will be used. | |
| When used with create-fcoe-port subcommand, specify the node WWN | |
| for the FCoE port. It can be omitted, in which case a WWN will be | |
| @@ -217,18 +217,21 @@ | |
| asked for. The -p, --port option must always be specified and must | |
| be a valid HBA port on the host. This HBA port will be used as the | |
| initiator for which to retrieve the SCSI level target information. | |
| - Note that this will only function on remote port fibre channel | |
| + Note that this will only function on remote port Fibre Channel | |
| World-Wide Names that support an FC4 type of SCSI. This option | |
| applies only to an initiator mode port. | |
| - -t [HBA_node_WWN], -target [HBA_node_WWN] | |
| + -i, --initiator | |
| + | |
| + Lists the information for initiator mode ports only. | |
| + | |
| - Lists the information for the port with the target mode referenced | |
| - by the specified HBA_node_WWN or all target mode ports discovered | |
| - in the host. | |
| + -t, --target | |
| - When used with create-fcoe-port, create a FCoE target mode port. | |
| + Lists the information for target mode ports only. | |
| + | |
| + When used with create-fcoe-port, creates a FCoE target mode port. | |
| -v, --verbose | |
| @@ -236,7 +239,7 @@ | |
| When used with the logical-unit subcommand, the -v displays addi- | |
| tional information for the logical unit, including SCSI vendor and | |
| product information and device type as well as the FC World-Wide | |
| - names for the local and remote fibre channel ports to which this | |
| + names for the local and remote Fibre Channel ports to which this | |
| device is attached. | |
| @@ -255,7 +258,7 @@ | |
| - The following command lists all initiator mode fibre channel HBA ports | |
| + The following command lists all initiator mode Fibre Channel HBA ports | |
| on the host: | |
| @@ -332,7 +335,7 @@ | |
| - The following command lists all target mode fibre channel HBA ports on | |
| + The following command lists all target mode Fibre Channel HBA ports on | |
| the host: | |
| @@ -1220,11 +1223,12 @@ | |
| - Example 14 Adding an NIPV Port | |
| + Example 14 Adding an NPIV Port | |
| - The following command adds an NPIV port to the HBA with a port name: | |
| + The following command adds an NPIV port to the physical HBA port with | |
| + port name: | |
| 210000e08b170f1c | |
| @@ -1248,12 +1252,12 @@ | |
| - Example 15 Adding an NIPV Port with Random WWN | |
| + Example 15 Adding an NPIV Port with Random WWN | |
| - The following command adds an NPIV port to the HBA with a randomly | |
| - assigned port name of 210000e08b170f1c. | |
| + The following command adds an NPIV port with a randomly assigned port | |
| + and node name to the physical HBA port with port name 210000e08b170f1c. | |
| # fcadm create-npiv-port 210000e08b170f1c | |
| @@ -1265,15 +1269,14 @@ | |
| - Example 16 Deleting an NIPV Port | |
| + Example 16 Deleting an NPIV Port | |
| The following command deletes an NPIV port. | |
| - # fcadm delete-npiv-port -p 2000000000000001 -w 2100000000000001 \ | |
| - 210000e08b170f1c | |
| + # fcadm delete-npiv-port -p 2000000000000001 210000e08b170f1c | |
| @@ -1467,4 +1470,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Mar 2020 fcinfo(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fcinfo(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/flowstat.8 11.4.36/man8/flowstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/flowstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.103368035 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/flowstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.507012546 +0000 | |
| @@ -382,4 +382,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Dec 2015 flowstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 flowstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/fmadm.8 11.4.36/man8/fmadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/fmadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.119409796 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/fmadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.539701994 +0000 | |
| @@ -579,4 +579,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Jan 2019 fmadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fmadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/fmd.8 11.4.36/man8/fmd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/fmd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.132304540 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/fmd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.550425012 +0000 | |
| @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ | |
| faulty. The fmstat(8) utility can be used to report statistics kept by | |
| the fault manager. The fault manager is started automatically when | |
| Solaris boots, so it is not necessary to use the fmd command directly. | |
| - Sun's web site explains more about what capabilities are currently | |
| - available for the fault manager on Solaris. | |
| Notification Services | |
| syslog (package system/fault-management) | |
| @@ -175,4 +173,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Sep 2015 fmd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fmd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/fmdump.8 11.4.36/man8/fmdump.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/fmdump.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.136862615 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/fmdump.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.559639574 +0000 | |
| @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ | |
| If a problem requires action by a human administrator or service tech- | |
| nician or affects system behavior, the Fault Manager also issues a | |
| human-readable message to syslogd(8). This message provides a summary | |
| - of the problem and a reference to the knowledge article on the web | |
| - site, https://support.oracle.com/msg/. The fmdump utility can dump flt- | |
| - log entries in a similar format to that rendered to syslog through use | |
| - of the -m option. | |
| + of the problem and a reference to the knowledge article on the website, | |
| + https://support.oracle.com/msg/. The fmdump utility can dump fltlog | |
| + entries in a similar format to that rendered to syslog through use of | |
| + the -m option. | |
| You can use the -v and -V options to expand the display from a single- | |
| @@ -535,4 +535,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2018 fmdump(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fmdump(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/fsirand.8 11.4.36/man8/fsirand.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/fsirand.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.150842319 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/fsirand.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.567227850 +0000 | |
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ | |
| fsirand must be used only on an unmounted file system that has been | |
| checked with fsck(8) The only exception is that it can be used on the | |
| root file system in single-user mode, if the system is immediately re- | |
| - booted afterwards. | |
| + booted afterward. | |
| OPTIONS | |
| -p Print out the generation numbers for all the inodes, but do not | |
| @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 fsirand(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fsirand(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/groupadd.8 11.4.36/man8/groupadd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/groupadd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.157329663 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/groupadd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.571985108 +0000 | |
| @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ | |
| OPERANDS | |
| The following operands are supported: | |
| - group A string consisting of characters from the set of ASCII lower | |
| + group A string consisting of characters from the set of ASCII lower- | |
| case alphabetic characters and numeric characters. A warning | |
| message is written if the string exceeds MAXGLEN-1, which is | |
| 32 characters in Oracle Solaris 11.4. The group field must | |
| @@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2020 groupadd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 groupadd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/groupmod.8 11.4.36/man8/groupmod.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/groupmod.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.162732720 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/groupmod.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.575448219 +0000 | |
| @@ -144,4 +144,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2020 groupmod(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 groupmod(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/hal-get-property.8 11.4.36/man8/hal-get-property.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/hal-get-property.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.165918457 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/hal-get-property.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.579458761 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ | |
| --double value | |
| - Set value to a floating point number. | |
| + Set value to a floating-point number. | |
| --boolean value | |
| @@ -116,4 +116,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 hal-get-property(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hal-get-property(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/hotplugd.8 11.4.36/man8/hotplugd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/hotplugd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.171839696 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/hotplugd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.583947422 +0000 | |
| @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ | |
| /usr/lib/hotplugd | |
| - Hotplug daemon binary | |
| + Hotplug daemon | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Sep 2014 hotplugd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hotplugd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ibadm.8 11.4.36/man8/ibadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ibadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.186157288 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ibadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.605132815 +0000 | |
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ | |
| port A physical or virtual point of attachment to the InfiniBand | |
| - network. A port is identified by it's instance number on the | |
| + network. A port is identified by its instance number on the | |
| HCA. Most sub-commands will accept just the number, or the num- | |
| ber appended to the word "port". Depending on context, the HCA | |
| name must be provided with the port identification. | |
| @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ | |
| o T - Temporary. A virtual HCA configuration is not | |
| persistently defined. This can happen when the | |
| -force switch was used to remove the virtual HCA. | |
| - The virtual HCA will not be recreated the next time | |
| + The virtual HCA will not be re-created the next time | |
| the system boots. | |
| @@ -1151,4 +1151,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ibadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ibadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/idmap.8 11.4.36/man8/idmap.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/idmap.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.200907082 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/idmap.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.616098374 +0000 | |
| @@ -883,8 +883,8 @@ | |
| - The following commands are equivalent to the previous idmap | |
| - import commands: | |
| + The following commands are equivalent to the previous idmap import com- | |
| + mands: | |
| # idmap <<EOF | |
| @@ -1022,4 +1022,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 June 2020 idmap(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 idmap(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ifconfig.8 11.4.36/man8/ifconfig.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ifconfig.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.231558402 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ifconfig.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.629892739 +0000 | |
| @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ | |
| must be specified. | |
| DHCP Configuration | |
| - The forms of ifconfig that use the auto-dhcp or dhcp arguments are | |
| - used to control the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol ("DHCP") con- | |
| - figuration of the interface. In this mode, ifconfig is used to control | |
| - operation of dhcpagent(8), the DHCP client daemon. Once an interface is | |
| + The forms of ifconfig that use the auto-dhcp or dhcp arguments are used | |
| + to control the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol ("DHCP") configura- | |
| + tion of the interface. In this mode, ifconfig is used to control opera- | |
| + tion of dhcpagent(8), the DHCP client daemon. Once an interface is | |
| placed under DHCP control by using the start operand, ifconfig should | |
| not, in normal operation, be used to modify the address or characteris- | |
| tics of the interface. If the address of an interface under DHCP is | |
| @@ -879,12 +879,11 @@ | |
| inet. | |
| ifconfig honors the DEFAULT_IP setting in the | |
| - /etc/default/inet_type file when it displays interface information | |
| - . If DEFAULT_IP is set to IP_VERSION4, then ifconfig will omit | |
| - information that relates to IPv6 interfaces. However, when you | |
| - explicitly specify an address family (inet or inet6) on the ifcon- | |
| - fig command line, the command line overrides the DEFAULT_IP set- | |
| - tings. | |
| + /etc/default/inet_type file when it displays interface information. | |
| + If DEFAULT_IP is set to IP_VERSION4, then ifconfig will omit infor- | |
| + mation that relates to IPv6 interfaces. However, when you explic- | |
| + itly specify an address family (inet or inet6) on the ifconfig com- | |
| + mand line, the command line overrides the DEFAULT_IP settings. | |
| address | |
| @@ -1772,4 +1771,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Aug 2020 ifconfig(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ifconfig(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ilbd.8 11.4.36/man8/ilbd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ilbd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.240575802 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ilbd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.645440138 +0000 | |
| @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ | |
| FILES | |
| /usr/lib/inet/ilbd | |
| - ILB daemon binary | |
| + ILB daemon | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Nov 2009 ilbd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ilbd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/in.dlmpd.8 11.4.36/man8/in.dlmpd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/in.dlmpd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.250566489 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/in.dlmpd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.661399128 +0000 | |
| @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ | |
| daemon periodically sends out unicast ICMP packets directed at the con- | |
| figured targets; or if no targets are configured, in.dlmpd discovers | |
| the targets first by sending out ICMP multicast packets with the given | |
| - source IP address. By monitoring the acknowledgement or the loss of the | |
| + source IP address. By monitoring the acknowledgment or the loss of the | |
| ICMP acks, the in.dlmpd daemon is able to determine the health of the | |
| port the source IP address is associated with. The port will be claimed | |
| as "ICMP failed" if all the targets for that particular port become | |
| @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Mar 2020 in.dlmpd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 in.dlmpd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/in.ripngd.8 11.4.36/man8/in.ripngd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/in.ripngd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.258234555 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/in.ripngd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.664823298 +0000 | |
| @@ -6,8 +6,7 @@ | |
| in.ripngd - network routing daemon for IPv6 | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| - /usr/lib/inet/in.ripngd [-s] [-q] [-t] [-p n] [-P] [-v ] | |
| - [logfile] | |
| + /usr/lib/inet/in.ripngd [-s] [-q] [-t] [-p n] [-P] [-v] [logfile] | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| in.ripngd is the IPv6 equivalent of in.routed(8). It is invoked at boot | |
| @@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ | |
| In addition to processing incoming packets, in.ripngd also periodically | |
| checks the routing table entries. If an entry has not been updated for | |
| 3 minutes, the entry's metric is set to infinity and marked for dele- | |
| - tion. Deletions are delayed an additional 60 seconds to insure the | |
| + tion. Deletions are delayed an additional 60 seconds to ensure the | |
| invalidation is propagated throughout the internet. | |
| @@ -100,8 +99,8 @@ | |
| -p n Send and receive the routing packets from other routers using | |
| - the UDP port number n. Use of this option is equivalent to | |
| - setting the udp_port property. | |
| + the UDP port number n. Use of this option is equivalent to set- | |
| + ting the udp_port property. | |
| -P Do not use poison reverse. Use of this option is equivalent to | |
| @@ -177,4 +176,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 May 2012 in.ripngd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 in.ripngd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/in.telnetd.8 11.4.36/man8/in.telnetd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/in.telnetd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.270624496 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/in.telnetd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.668611211 +0000 | |
| @@ -318,4 +318,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Feb 2020 in.telnetd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 in.telnetd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/inetconv.8 11.4.36/man8/inetconv.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/inetconv.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.277076722 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/inetconv.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.673419404 +0000 | |
| @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ | |
| plays the smf services that would be enabled. | |
| - -o Permits the specification of an alternate destination | |
| + -o destdir Permits the specification of an alternate destination | |
| directory destdir for the generated manifests. If this | |
| option is not specified, then the manifests are placed in | |
| /lib/svc/manifest/network/rpc, if the service is a RPC | |
| @@ -89,29 +89,34 @@ | |
| - The following command generates smf(7) manifests from inetd.conf(5) and | |
| - places them in /var/tmp, overwriting any preexisting manifests of the | |
| - same name, and then imports them into the smf repository. | |
| + The following command generates smf(7) manifests from newly added lines | |
| + in inetd.conf(5), places them under /lib/svc/manifest, and then imports | |
| + them into the smf repository. Use this command if a network applica- | |
| + tion's installation stores the inetd configuration in inetd.conf | |
| + instead of smf. | |
| - # inetconv -f -o /var/tmp | |
| - 100232/10 -> /var/tmp/100232_10-rpc_udp.xml | |
| + # inetconv | |
| + 100232/10 -> /lib/svc/manifest/network/100232_10-rpc_udp.xml | |
| Importing 100232_10-rpc_udp.xml ...Done | |
| - telnet -> /var/tmp/telnet-tcp6.xml | |
| + telnet -> /lib/svc/manifest/telnet-tcp6.xml | |
| Importing telnet-tcp6.xml ...Done | |
| - Example 2 Generating Manifests from an Alternate Input File | |
| + Example 2 Generating Manifests for Installation Packages | |
| - The following command specifies a different input file and does not | |
| - load the resulting manifests into the smf repository. | |
| + The following command retrieves inetd service properties from a | |
| + workspace build directory and places the resulting manifests into the | |
| + same directory. It does not load the manifests into smf. This command | |
| + may be useful when porting and packaging a network application for | |
| + later installation on Solaris. | |
| - # inetconv -n -i /export/test/inet.svcs -o /var/tmp | |
| - 100232/10 -> /var/tmp/100232_10-rpc_udp.xml | |
| - telnet -> /var/tmp/telnet-tcp6.xml | |
| + # BUILDDIR=/export/build/networkapp | |
| + # inetconv -n -i $BUILDDIR/inet.svcs -o $BUILDDIR | |
| + networkapp -> /export/build/networkapp/networkapp-tcp.xml | |
| EXIT STATUS | |
| @@ -157,4 +162,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 inetconv(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Mar 2021 inetconv(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/infocmp.8 11.4.36/man8/infocmp.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/infocmp.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.290997754 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/infocmp.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.680245472 +0000 | |
| @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ | |
| Alternatively, specifying a capability after a use= entry that con- | |
| tains, it will cause the second specification to be ignored. Using | |
| - infocmp to recreate a description can be a useful check to make sure | |
| + infocmp to re-create a description can be a useful check to make sure | |
| that everything was specified correctly in the original source descrip- | |
| tion. | |
| @@ -224,4 +224,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Jul 1990 infocmp(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 infocmp(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/init.8 11.4.36/man8/init.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/init.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.300140750 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/init.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.687688776 +0000 | |
| @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ | |
| nel during boot may result in the invocation of an alternative primor- | |
| dial user process, as described on kernel(8)). init initiates the core | |
| components of the service management facility, svc.configd(8) and | |
| - svc.startd(8), and restarts these components if they fail. For back- | |
| - wards compatibility, init also starts and restarts general processes | |
| - according to /etc/inittab, as described below. | |
| + svc.startd(8), and restarts these components if they fail. For backward | |
| + compatibility, init also starts and restarts general processes accord- | |
| + ing to /etc/inittab, as described below. | |
| The run levels and system booting descriptions given below are provided | |
| @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ | |
| During the transition down to single-user mode, all processes | |
| started by init or init.d scripts that should only be running in | |
| multi-user mode are killed. In addition, any process that has a | |
| - utmpx entry will be killed. This last condition insures that all | |
| + utmpx entry will be killed. This last condition ensures that all | |
| port monitors started by the SAC are killed and all services | |
| started by these port monitors, including ttymon login services, | |
| are killed. | |
| @@ -421,4 +421,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 init(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 init(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/install.8 11.4.36/man8/install.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/install.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.306893204 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/install.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.691464230 +0000 | |
| @@ -75,10 +75,9 @@ | |
| This version of install (/usr/sbin/install) is not compatible with the | |
| - install binaries in many versions of Unix other than Solaris. For a | |
| - higher degree of compatibility with other Unix versions, use | |
| - /usr/gnu/bin/install, described in the install(1) man page in | |
| - /usr/gnu/share/man. | |
| + install command in many systems other than Solaris. For a higher degree | |
| + of compatibility with other systems, use GNU install described in the | |
| + install(1) man page. | |
| OPTIONS | |
| The following options are supported: | |
| @@ -144,8 +143,9 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - make(1S), chgrp(1), chmod(1), chown(1), cp(1), mkdir(1), attributes(7) | |
| + make(1S), chgrp(1), chmod(1), chown(1), cp(1), install(1), mkdir(1), | |
| + attributes(7) | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 install(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 install(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/intrstat.8 11.4.36/man8/intrstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/intrstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.313583211 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/intrstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.703168099 +0000 | |
| @@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ | |
| [-x opt[=val]] [interval [count]] | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The intrstat utility gathers and displays run-time interrupt statis- | |
| - tics. The output is a table of device names and CPU IDs, where each row | |
| - of the table denotes a device, and each column of the table denotes a | |
| - CPU. Each cell in the table contains both the raw number of interrupts | |
| - for the given device on the given CPU, and the percentage of absolute | |
| - time spent in that device's interrupt handler on that CPU. | |
| + The intrstat utility gathers and displays runtime interrupt statistics. | |
| + The output is a table of device names and CPU IDs, where each row of | |
| + the table denotes a device, and each column of the table denotes a CPU. | |
| + Each cell in the table contains both the raw number of interrupts for | |
| + the given device on the given CPU, and the percentage of absolute time | |
| + spent in that device's interrupt handler on that CPU. | |
| The device name is given in the form of {name}#{instance}. The name is | |
| @@ -184,4 +184,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2020 intrstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 intrstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ipqosconf.8 11.4.36/man8/ipqosconf.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ipqosconf.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.324801187 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ipqosconf.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.734293544 +0000 | |
| @@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ | |
| This parameter is of type enum and has valid values of V4 and V6. | |
| - If it is set to V4 only then only ipv4addresses are requested for a | |
| - specified hostname. If it is set to V6, only ipv6 addresses are | |
| + If it is set to V4 only then only ipv4 addresses are requested for | |
| + a specified hostname. If it is set to V6, only ipv6 addresses are | |
| returned if there are any, otherwise v4 mapped v6 addresses are | |
| returned. If both V4 and V6 are specified, or if ip_version is not | |
| specified, then both ipv4 and ipv6 addresses are requested for a | |
| @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ | |
| /etc/inet/ipqosconf.3.sample | |
| - Sample configuration file that marks the ethernet headers of web | |
| + Sample configuration file that marks the Ethernet headers of web | |
| traffic with a given user priority | |
| @@ -809,4 +809,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 May 2012 ipqosconf(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ipqosconf(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ipsecconf.8 11.4.36/man8/ipsecconf.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ipsecconf.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.366096459 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ipsecconf.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.761239260 +0000 | |
| @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ | |
| See the example on using AES GMAC, in the Examples section | |
| below. | |
| - For backwards compatibility reasons, the following deprecated | |
| + For backward compatibility reasons, the following deprecated | |
| encryption only algorithms are also allowed. However, adminis- | |
| trators are encouraged to migrate away from these obsolete | |
| algorithms as soon as feasible. | |
| @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ | |
| aes-xcbc AES-XCBC-MAC-96 3566 | |
| - For backwards compatibility reasons, the following deprecated | |
| + For backward compatibility reasons, the following deprecated | |
| authentication algorithms are also allowed. Hhowever, adminis- | |
| trators are encouraged to migrate away from these obsolete | |
| algorithms as soon as feasible. | |
| @@ -987,9 +987,9 @@ | |
| Entries with both AH (auth_algs present in the policy entry) and ESP | |
| (encr_auth_algs or encr_auth_algs present in the policy entry) protec- | |
| tion are ordered after all the entries with AH and ESP and before any | |
| - AH-only and ESP -only entries. In all other cases the order specified | |
| - by the user is not modified, that is, newer entries are added at the | |
| - end of all the old entries. | |
| + AH-only and ESP-only entries. In all other cases the order specified by | |
| + the user is not modified, that is, newer entries are added at the end | |
| + of all the old entries. | |
| A new entry is considered duplicate of the old entry if an old entry | |
| @@ -1753,4 +1753,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ipsecconf(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ipsecconf(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ipstat.8 11.4.36/man8/ipstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ipstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.384976072 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ipstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.777752581 +0000 | |
| @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ | |
| -d d|u | |
| Print a timestamp for each report in either standard date format | |
| - (-d d) or in seconds since epoch, that is, Unix time (-d u). | |
| + (-d d) or in seconds since epoch, that is, UNIX time (-d u). | |
| -e | |
| @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ | |
| The following command displays the data in one-second intervals in a | |
| - machine-parsable format with a Unix-format timestamp. | |
| + machine-parsable format with a UNIX-format timestamp. | |
| $ ./ipstat -d u -m 1 | |
| @@ -398,4 +398,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 07 Mar 2017 ipstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ipstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/isns.8 11.4.36/man8/isns.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/isns.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.391361885 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/isns.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.785579048 +0000 | |
| @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ | |
| FILES | |
| /usr/sbin/isns | |
| - iSNS daemon binary. | |
| + iSNS daemon. | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| @@ -205,4 +205,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Nov 2007 isns(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 isns(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/kadb.8 11.4.36/man8/kadb.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/kadb.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.406659612 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/kadb.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.804667042 +0000 | |
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| kadb, an interactive kernel debugger, has been replaced by kmdb(1). For | |
| - backwards compatibility, the methods used to load kadb will be inter- | |
| + backward compatibility, the methods used to load kadb will be inter- | |
| preted as requests to load kmdb(1). Unlike with the compatibility link | |
| from adb(1) to mdb(1), kmdb(1) will always load in its native user | |
| interface mode, regardless of the name used to load it. | |
| @@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jul 2004 kadb(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kadb(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/kclient.8 11.4.36/man8/kclient.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/kclient.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.418067301 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/kclient.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.819146243 +0000 | |
| @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ | |
| first | |
| Try authenticating through Kerberos first. If this fails try to | |
| - authenticate through Unix. | |
| + authenticate through UNIX. | |
| only | |
| @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ | |
| optional | |
| - Try authenticating through Unix first. If this is successful | |
| + Try authenticating through UNIX first. If this is successful | |
| try to authenticate through Kerberos. | |
| @@ -445,4 +445,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 kclient(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kclient(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/kstat2.8 11.4.36/man8/kstat2.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/kstat2.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.433983812 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/kstat2.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.830750353 +0000 | |
| @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ | |
| Each kstat consists of an array of name-value pairs, each being a | |
| statistic the kstat is publishing. Specific statistics may be selected | |
| for display by specifying the name of the statistic as a path parameter | |
| - in the kstat URI. Note that as semi-colon is not a shell-safe charac- | |
| - ter, colon will also be accepted. | |
| + in the kstat URI. Note that as semicolon is not a shell-safe character, | |
| + colon will also be accepted. | |
| kstat:/<category>/<component>/<name>/<instance>;<statistic> | |
| @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ | |
| - The parseable metadata format consists of a semi-colon separated list | |
| - of fields, with each fields name or value separated by a colon. The | |
| - flags field may contain multiple values, therefore is a comma separated | |
| - list. The description will be in quotes in the same way that kstat | |
| - string values are quoted. | |
| + The parseable metadata format consists of a semicolon separated list of | |
| + fields, with each field's name or value separated by a colon. The flags | |
| + field may contain multiple values, therefore is a comma separated list. | |
| + The description will be in quotes in the same way that kstat string | |
| + values are quoted. | |
| type:<type>;flags:<flag_a>,<flag_b>;scale:<N>;description:<desc> | |
| @@ -563,4 +563,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 kstat2(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kstat2(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ldm.8 11.4.36/man8/ldm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ldm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.520874685 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ldm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.948540778 +0000 | |
| @@ -2078,10 +2078,10 @@ | |
| o All the original virtual function children of the target | |
| - device are recreated with their original properties. | |
| + device are re-created with their original properties. | |
| - o Each of the recreated virtual functions is added to its | |
| + o Each of the re-created virtual functions is added to its | |
| original IO domain, as if by an add-io command. | |
| @@ -7168,4 +7168,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Nov 2020 ldm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ldm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/lofiadm.8 11.4.36/man8/lofiadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/lofiadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.544561757 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/lofiadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.968388630 +0000 | |
| @@ -467,11 +467,11 @@ | |
| # lofiadm -d /dev/lofi/1 | |
| - Example 3 Creating a PC (FAT) File System on a Unix File | |
| + Example 3 Creating a PC (FAT) File System on a UNIX File | |
| - The following series of commands creates a FAT file system on a Unix | |
| + The following series of commands creates a FAT file system on a UNIX | |
| file. The file is associated with a block device created by lofiadm. | |
| @@ -801,4 +801,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Nov 2017 lofiadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 lofiadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/logadm.8 11.4.36/man8/logadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/logadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.564669532 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/logadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:41.993841955 +0000 | |
| @@ -707,4 +707,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Sep 2020 logadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 logadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/luxadm.8 11.4.36/man8/luxadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/luxadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.591959848 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/luxadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.009996908 +0000 | |
| @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ | |
| This subcommand applies only to the SENA, Sun Fire 880 internal | |
| storage subsystem, and individual FC_AL drives. For the SENA, if | |
| more than one enclosure has been specified, concurrent hot inser- | |
| - tions on multiple busses can be performed. With no arguments to the | |
| + tions on multiple buses can be performed. With no arguments to the | |
| subcommand, entire enclosures or individual FC_AL drives can be | |
| inserted. For the SENA or the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsys- | |
| tem, this subcommand guides the user interactively through the hot | |
| @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ | |
| power_on enclosure[,dev].. | |
| Causes the SENA subsystem to go out of the power-save mode, when | |
| - this subcommand is addressed to a SENA.. When this subcommand is | |
| + this subcommand is addressed to a SENA. When this subcommand is | |
| addressed to a drive the drive is set to its normal start-up state. | |
| This command does not apply to the Sun Fire 880 internal storage | |
| subsystem. | |
| @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ | |
| -e dump_map fibre_channel_HBA_port | |
| Display WWN data for a target device or host bus adapter on the | |
| - specified fibre channel port. If there are no target devices on the | |
| + specified Fibre Channel port. If there are no target devices on the | |
| specified port, an error is returned. | |
| @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ | |
| devlinks(8), disks(8) | |
| - SAN Configuration and Multipathing Guide | |
| + Managing SAN Devices and I/O Multipathing in Oracle Solaris 11.4 | |
| Oracle Solaris Cluster 3.3 with Fibre Channel JBOD Storage Device Man- | |
| @@ -917,4 +917,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Feb 2020 luxadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 luxadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/mail.local.8 11.4.36/man8/mail.local.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/mail.local.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.604542844 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/mail.local.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.020779136 +0000 | |
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |
| tory. The user must be a valid user name. | |
| - Each delivered mail message in the mailbox is preceded by a Unix From | |
| + Each delivered mail message in the mailbox is preceded by a UNIX From | |
| line with the following format: | |
| @@ -112,4 +112,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 May 2017 mail.local(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mail.local(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/makedbm.8 11.4.36/man8/makedbm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/makedbm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.622904664 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/makedbm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.032719758 +0000 | |
| @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ | |
| yp_input_file. | |
| - -l Lower case. Convert the keys of the given | |
| - map to lower case, so that, for example, | |
| - host name matches succeed independent of | |
| - upper or lower case distinctions. | |
| + -l Lowercase. Convert the keys of the given map | |
| + to lowercase, so that, for example, host | |
| + name matches succeed independent of case | |
| + distinctions. | |
| -m yp_master_name Create a special entry with the key yp_mas- | |
| @@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 1999 makedbm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 makedbm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/metainit.8 11.4.36/man8/metainit.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/metainit.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.653982226 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/metainit.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.051600676 +0000 | |
| @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ | |
| For RAID level 5 metadevices, informs the driver that it is not to | |
| initialize (zero the disk blocks) due to existing data. Only use | |
| - this option to recreate a previously created RAID level 5 device. | |
| + this option to re-create a previously created RAID level 5 device. | |
| Use the -k option with extreme caution. This option sets the disk | |
| blocks to the OK state. If any errors exist on disk blocks within | |
| @@ -813,4 +813,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 metainit(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 metainit(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/metaset.8 11.4.36/man8/metaset.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/metaset.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.672344956 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/metaset.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.063190137 +0000 | |
| @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ | |
| When you add a new disk to any disk set, Solaris Volume Manager checks | |
| the disk format. If necessary, it repartitions the disk to ensure that | |
| the disk has an appropriately configured reserved slice 7 (or slice 6 | |
| - on an EFI labelled device) with adequate space for a state database | |
| - replica. The precise size of slice 7 (or slice 6 on an EFI labelled | |
| + on an EFI labeled device) with adequate space for a state database | |
| + replica. The precise size of slice 7 (or slice 6 on an EFI labeled | |
| device) depends on the disk geometry. For traditional disk sets, the | |
| slice is no less than 4 Mbytes, and probably closer to 6 Mbytes, | |
| depending on where the cylinder boundaries lie. For multi-owner disk | |
| @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ | |
| If the existing partition table does not meet these criteria, or if the | |
| -L flag is specified, Solaris Volume Manager repartitions the disk. A | |
| small portion of each drive is reserved in slice 7 (or slice 6 on an | |
| - EFI labelled device) for use by Oracle Solaris Volume Manager. The | |
| + EFI labeled device) for use by Oracle Solaris Volume Manager. The | |
| remainder of the space on each drive is placed into slice 0. Any exist- | |
| ing data on the disks is lost by repartitioning. | |
| After you add a drive to a disk set, it can be repartitioned as neces- | |
| - sary, with the exception that slice 7 (or slice 6 on an EFI labelled | |
| + sary, with the exception that slice 7 (or slice 6 on an EFI labeled | |
| device) is not altered in any way. | |
| @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ | |
| or disk set, mounted on, or swapped on. When the drive is accepted | |
| into the set, it is repartitioned and the metadevice state database | |
| replica (for the set) can be placed on it. However, if a slice 7 | |
| - (or slice 6 on an EFI labelled device), starts at cylinder 0, is | |
| + (or slice 6 on an EFI labeled device), starts at cylinder 0, is | |
| large enough to hold a state database replica, and the slice does | |
| not overlap with other slices (including slice 2), then the disk is | |
| not repartitioned. Also, a drive is not accepted if it cannot be | |
| @@ -266,11 +266,11 @@ | |
| -b | |
| - Insure that the replicas are distributed according to the replica | |
| + Ensure that the replicas are distributed according to the replica | |
| layout algorithm. This can be invoked at any time, and does nothing | |
| if the replicas are correctly distributed. In cases where the user | |
| has used the metadb command to manually remove or add replicas, | |
| - this command can be used to insure that the distribution of repli- | |
| + this command can be used to ensure that the distribution of repli- | |
| cas matches the replica layout algorithm. | |
| @@ -703,4 +703,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2017 metaset(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 metaset(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/metattach.8 11.4.36/man8/metattach.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/metattach.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.680742572 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/metattach.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.079067747 +0000 | |
| @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ | |
| This example concatenates a single new slice to an existing metadevice, | |
| - Volume.1. Afterwards, you would use the growfs(8) command to expand the | |
| + Volume.1. Afterward, you would use the growfs(8) command to expand the | |
| file system. | |
| @@ -263,8 +263,8 @@ | |
| This example adds space to a two-way mirror by adding a slice to each | |
| - submirror. Afterwards, you would use the growfs(8) command to expand | |
| - the file system. | |
| + submirror. Afterward, you would use the growfs(8) command to expand the | |
| + file system. | |
| @@ -315,8 +315,8 @@ | |
| - This example adds four slices to an existing metadevice, d9. After- | |
| - wards, you would use the growfs(8) command to expand the file system. | |
| + This example adds four slices to an existing metadevice, d9. Afterward, | |
| + you would use the growfs(8) command to expand the file system. | |
| @@ -391,4 +391,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Jun 2006 metattach(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 metattach(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 11.4.36/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.695971090 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.092941902 +0000 | |
| @@ -299,4 +299,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Mar 2016 mkfs_ufs(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mkfs_ufs(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/modinfo.8 11.4.36/man8/modinfo.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/modinfo.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.704969329 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/modinfo.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.099615474 +0000 | |
| @@ -6,8 +6,7 @@ | |
| modinfo - display information about loaded kernel modules | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| - /usr/sbin/modinfo [-aw] [-c | [-i module] [-pP] | |
| - [-o field[,...]]] | |
| + /usr/sbin/modinfo [-aw] [-c | [-i module] [-pP] [-o field[,...]]] | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The modinfo utility displays information about the loaded modules. The | |
| @@ -79,13 +78,14 @@ | |
| Parseable Output Format | |
| - If more then one fields are inputted, output format is one or more | |
| - lines of colon (:) delimited fields. Output includes only those fields | |
| - requested by means of the -o option, in the order requested, When you | |
| - request multiple fields, any literal colon characters are escaped by a | |
| - backslash (\) before being output. Similarly, literal backslash charac- | |
| - ters are also escaped (\\). This escape format is parsable by using | |
| - shell read(1) functions with the environment variable set as IFS=:. | |
| + If more than one field is listed for the -o option, the output format | |
| + is one or more lines of colon (:) delimited fields. The output includes | |
| + only those fields requested by means of the -o option, in the order | |
| + requested. When you request multiple fields, any literal colon charac- | |
| + ters are escaped by a backslash (\) before being output. Similarly, | |
| + literal backslash characters are also escaped (\\). This escape format | |
| + is parsable by using shell read(1) functions with the IFS environment | |
| + variable set as IFS=:. | |
| Note that escaping is not done when you request only a single field. | |
| @@ -199,4 +199,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2020 modinfo(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 modinfo(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/mount_pcfs.8 11.4.36/man8/mount_pcfs.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/mount_pcfs.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.711845951 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/mount_pcfs.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.111424974 +0000 | |
| @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ | |
| File timestamps in pcfs cover a range between January 1st 1980 | |
| and December 31st 2127. This is not equal to the range of | |
| - time_t on Unix for either 32-bit or 64-bit applications. In | |
| + time_t on UNIX for either 32-bit or 64-bit applications. In | |
| particular, 32-bit applications fail with EOVERFLOW errors on | |
| the stat(2) system call when timestamps beyond the range of | |
| 32-bit time_t are encountered. In order to prevent such spuri- | |
| ous failures, pcfs by default clamps timestamps to the common | |
| subset of possible pcfs timestamps and the range available to | |
| - 32-bit applications in Unix. The clamptime mount option there- | |
| + 32-bit applications in UNIX. The clamptime mount option there- | |
| fore is active by default. If you want access to the full range | |
| of possible timestamps on pcfs, mount the file system with the | |
| noclamptime mount option. Note that if noclamptime is used, | |
| @@ -171,4 +171,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Nov 2011 mount_pcfs(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mount_pcfs(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/netcfg.8 11.4.36/man8/netcfg.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/netcfg.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.720744930 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/netcfg.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.120443609 +0000 | |
| @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ | |
| - Or, perform the same task from the Unix command line: | |
| + Or, perform the same task from the UNIX command line: | |
| # netcfg export -f /tmp/nwam.config | |
| @@ -468,4 +468,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Jul 2017 netcfg(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 netcfg(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/netcfgd.8 11.4.36/man8/netcfgd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/netcfgd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.732152119 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/netcfgd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.138361528 +0000 | |
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |
| be invoked directly. It does not constitute a programming interface. | |
| - netcfgd manages access to a network configuration repository, insuring | |
| + netcfgd manages access to a network configuration repository, ensuring | |
| that readers and writers have the appropriate authorizations. The | |
| required authorizations vary, depending on the portion of the database | |
| being accessed. | |
| @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Nov 2016 netcfgd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 netcfgd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/netstat.8 11.4.36/man8/netstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/netstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.754861111 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/netstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.147541380 +0000 | |
| @@ -522,21 +522,21 @@ | |
| COOKIE_ECHOED State cookie from the INIT-ACK has been sent to | |
| - the peer, awaiting acknowledgement. | |
| + the peer, awaiting acknowledgment. | |
| SHUTDOWN_PENDING SHUTDOWN has been received from the upper layer, | |
| - awaiting acknowledgement of all outstanding DATA | |
| + awaiting acknowledgment of all outstanding DATA | |
| from the peer. | |
| SHUTDOWN_SENT All outstanding data has been acknowledged in the | |
| SHUTDOWN_SENT state. SHUTDOWN has been sent to the | |
| - peer, awaiting acknowledgement. | |
| + peer, awaiting acknowledgment. | |
| SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED SHUTDOWN has been received from the peer, awaiting | |
| - acknowledgement of all outstanding DATA. | |
| + acknowledgment of all outstanding DATA. | |
| SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT All outstanding data has been acknowledged in the | |
| @@ -822,4 +822,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 netstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 netstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/nfslogd.8 11.4.36/man8/nfslogd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/nfslogd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.765656683 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/nfslogd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.154467298 +0000 | |
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ | |
| CYCLE_FREQUENCY Specifies how often, in hours, the log files | |
| are cycled. CYCLE_FREQUENCY is used to | |
| - insure that the log files do not get too | |
| + ensure that the log files do not get too | |
| large. The value of CYCLE_FREQUENCY must be | |
| between 1 and INT_MAX. | |
| @@ -188,4 +188,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Dec 2004 nfslogd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nfslogd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/nfsstat.8 11.4.36/man8/nfsstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/nfsstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.780491347 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/nfsstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.165955605 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ | |
| -c | |
| - Display client information. Only the client side NFS, RPC, and | |
| + Display client information. Only the client-side NFS, RPC, and | |
| NFS_ACL information is printed. Can be combined with the -n, -r, | |
| - and -a options to print client side NFS, RPC, and NFS_ACL informa- | |
| + and -a options to print client-side NFS, RPC, and NFS_ACL informa- | |
| tion only. | |
| @@ -542,4 +542,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Aug 2019 nfsstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nfsstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/nlsadm.8 11.4.36/man8/nlsadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/nlsadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.788271227 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/nlsadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.174029128 +0000 | |
| @@ -77,15 +77,14 @@ | |
| get-console-keymap | |
| - Shows the value of the console keymap currently set in the system. | |
| + Shows the value of the currently set console keymap. | |
| get-system-locale [-e <locale-environment>] | [--locale-environ- | |
| ment=<locale-environment>] | |
| - Prints the default system locale currently set in the system. If | |
| - <locale-environment> is not specified, all locale environments are | |
| - displayed. | |
| + Prints the currently set default system locale. If <locale-environ- | |
| + ment> is not specified, all locale environments are displayed. | |
| -e <locale-environment> | --locale-environment=<locale-environment> | |
| @@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ | |
| get-timezone | |
| - Displays the name of the default system timezone set in the system. | |
| + Displays the name of the default system time zone. | |
| @@ -204,7 +203,7 @@ | |
| set-console-keymap [-f] | [--force] <keymap> | |
| - Sets the given console keymap in the system. | |
| + Sets the given console keymap for the system. | |
| -f Force setting a non-valid or unknown value. | |
| @@ -308,7 +307,6 @@ | |
| $ nlsadm get-system-locale -e LC_TIME | |
| - | |
| Example 2 Set System Timezone to Europe/Paris | |
| @@ -320,13 +318,11 @@ | |
| $ nlsadm set-timezone Europe/Paris | |
| - Example 3 Show the Name of the Default Timezone Currently set in the | |
| - System | |
| + Example 3 Show the Current Default Time Zone | |
| - The following command shows the name of the default timezone currently | |
| - set in the system: | |
| + The following command shows the name of the default system time zone: | |
| $ nlsadm get-timezone | |
| @@ -342,10 +338,6 @@ | |
| $ nlsadm list-locale -a | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - | |
| LOCALE LANG(en) TERRITORY(en) CODESET MODIFIER FLAGS | |
| cs_CZ.UTF-8@euro Czech Czech Republic UTF-8 euro il | |
| en_US.UTF-8 English United State UTF-8 - ics | |
| @@ -432,7 +424,6 @@ | |
| $ nlsadm set-system-locale "" | |
| - | |
| ATTRIBUTES | |
| See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: | |
| @@ -462,4 +453,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 Oct 2019 nlsadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nlsadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/nscd.8 11.4.36/man8/nscd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/nscd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.796311821 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/nscd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.184574897 +0000 | |
| @@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ | |
| The obsolete service svc:/system/name-service-cache has been retained | |
| - for backwards compatibility with scripts that might reference it. Its | |
| + for backward compatibility with scripts that might reference it. Its | |
| only purpose is to serve as an optional_all dependency on the service | |
| svc:/system/name-service/cache. The obsolete service name will be | |
| removed in a future release. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Feb 2021 nscd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nscd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ntfsresize.8 11.4.36/man8/ntfsresize.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ntfsresize.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.803486664 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ntfsresize.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.191767797 +0000 | |
| @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ | |
| of the partition by deleting the partition and recreating it with the | |
| smaller size. Do not make the partition smaller than the new size of | |
| NTFS; otherwise, you will not be able to boot from that partition. If | |
| - you mistakenly made a too-small partition, you would have to recreate | |
| + you mistakenly made a too-small partition, you would have to re-create | |
| the partition to be as large as newly sized NTFS file system. | |
| To enlarge an NTFS file system, you must first enlarge the size of the | |
| underlying partition. You can use fdisk(8) to delete the partition and | |
| - recreate it with a larger size. Make sure the newly sized partition | |
| + re-create it with a larger size. Make sure the newly sized partition | |
| does not overlap with any other partition. Then use ntfsresize to | |
| enlarge the file system. | |
| @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ | |
| tion you are replacing. Otherwise, you will not be able to access your | |
| file system. Use the fdisk u command to switch from the default cylin- | |
| der unit to the reliable sector unit. Also, if the bootable flag was | |
| - set in the old partition, make sure to set it in the recreated parti- | |
| + set in the old partition, make sure to set it in the re-created parti- | |
| tion. Otherwise, you might not be able to boot from the new partition. | |
| EXTENDED DESCRIPTION | |
| @@ -216,4 +216,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ntfsresize(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ntfsresize(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/otpadm.8 11.4.36/man8/otpadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/otpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.813515255 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/otpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.204243774 +0000 | |
| @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ | |
| totp-drift | |
| - The number of seconds to add to current Unix time when generating | |
| + The number of seconds to add to current UNIX time when generating | |
| the authentication codes. It gets adjusted automatically to account | |
| for the clock drift over time. This is enabled only when totp- | |
| resync-window is 2 or greater. The default value is 15 seconds | |
| @@ -211,4 +211,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Dec 2016 otpadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 otpadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/pcitool.8 11.4.36/man8/pcitool.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/pcitool.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.819662914 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/pcitool.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.211778943 +0000 | |
| @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ | |
| -q | |
| No errors are displayed as messages. However, pcitool still returns | |
| - Unix error codes. | |
| + UNIX error codes. | |
| -r [-c] | |
| @@ -265,4 +265,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 pcitool(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pcitool(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/pgstat.8 11.4.36/man8/pgstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/pgstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:39.843791563 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/pgstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.216572363 +0000 | |
| @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ | |
| -T u | d | |
| - Display timestamp for each sampling interval in Unix time (see | |
| + Display timestamp for each sampling interval in UNIX time (see | |
| time(2)) or the standard date format used by date(1). | |
| @@ -516,4 +516,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Jul 2017 pgstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pgstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/pooladm.8 11.4.36/man8/pooladm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/pooladm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.048948474 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/pooladm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.229358144 +0000 | |
| @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ | |
| performed first, then the -s operation. The -s operation will | |
| capture aspects of the running configuration to the static con- | |
| figuration, such as any new CPUs on the system, or read-only | |
| - properties related to the run-time state. | |
| + properties related to the runtime state. | |
| -x Remove the running pool configuration. Destroys all pools and | |
| @@ -244,4 +244,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 pooladm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pooladm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/poolcfg.8 11.4.36/man8/poolcfg.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/poolcfg.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.068694035 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/poolcfg.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.249509796 +0000 | |
| @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ | |
| fied, the default configuration file, /etc/pooladm.conf, is used. | |
| - Type svc:/system/pools:default service must be enabled for the default | |
| + The svc:/system/pools:default service must be enabled for the default | |
| pool configuration to be applied at boot. The service can be enabled | |
| - through the svcadm(8), or by the -e option to the pooladm(8) utility. | |
| + through svcadm(8), or by the -e option to the pooladm(8) utility. | |
| /etc/pooladm.conf does not exist by default. See example 1 below for | |
| @@ -363,7 +363,6 @@ | |
| contain pool_default and pset_default. | |
| - | |
| # pooladm -e | |
| # pooladm -s | |
| @@ -378,7 +377,6 @@ | |
| ate the pool and pset on the running system. | |
| - | |
| # cat command-file.txt | |
| create pset Small (uint pset.min = 2; uint pset.max = 2) | |
| create pool associate pool Accounting ( pset Small ) | |
| @@ -395,13 +393,9 @@ | |
| readable form: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| # poolcfg -c 'info pool pool_0' | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Example 4 Destroying pool_0 and Its Associations | |
| @@ -410,13 +404,9 @@ | |
| is not destroyed. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| # poolcfg -c 'destroy pool pool_0' | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Example 5 Displaying the Current Configuration | |
| @@ -425,7 +415,6 @@ | |
| applied at system boot or the next pooladm -c command. | |
| - | |
| $ poolcfg -c 'info' | |
| system default | |
| string system.comment | |
| @@ -476,28 +465,19 @@ | |
| kernel: | |
| - | |
| - | |
| # poolcfg -dc 'transfer to pset pset1 ( cpu 2 )' | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Example 7 Moving 2 cpus from pset pset1 to Processor Set pset2 in the | |
| running configuration | |
| - | |
| - | |
| # poolcfg -dc 'transfer 2 from pset pset1 to pset2' | |
| - | |
| - | |
| Example 8 Configure a Pool to Have a Specific List of Cores | |
| - | |
| # poolcfg -c 'create pset pset1' | |
| # poolcfg -c 'assign to pset pset1 (core 0-3)' | |
| @@ -534,4 +514,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 poolcfg(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 poolcfg(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ports.8 11.4.36/man8/ports.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ports.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.076221945 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ports.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.262681441 +0000 | |
| @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ | |
| The ports command creates symbolic links in the /dev/term and /dev/cua | |
| directories to the serial-port character device files in /devices and | |
| adds new entries in /etc/inittab for non-system ports found. System- | |
| - board ports are given single lower-case letters for names (such as a | |
| - and b) while other ports are named numerically. | |
| + board ports are given single lowercase letters for names (such as a and | |
| + b) while other ports are named numerically. | |
| ports searches the kernel device tree to find the serial devices | |
| @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ | |
| Notice to Driver Writers | |
| ports considers devices with a node type of DDI_NT_SERIAL, | |
| - DDI_NT_SERIAL_MB, DDI_NT_SERIAL_DO, or DDI_NT_SERIAL_MB_DO to be | |
| - serial port devices. Devices with one of these node types must create | |
| - minor device names that obey the following conventions when calling | |
| - ddi_create_minor_node(9F). | |
| + DDI_NT_SERIAL_MB, DDI_NT_SERIAL_DO, or DDI_NT_SERIAL_MB_DO to be serial | |
| + port devices. Devices with one of these node types must create minor | |
| + device names that obey the following conventions when calling ddi_cre- | |
| + ate_minor_node(9F). | |
| o The minor name for non-system port devices (DDI_NT_SERIAL) | |
| consists of an ASCII numeric string, where the first port on | |
| @@ -230,4 +230,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Aug 2014 ports(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ports(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/rad.8 11.4.36/man8/rad.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/rad.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.130450549 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/rad.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.285783323 +0000 | |
| @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ | |
| Support for different transport types is delivered in module form. Mod- | |
| ules for the following transports are supplied with the system: Pipes | |
| (pipe), Generic Security Services API (gss), TCP sockets (tcp), TLS | |
| - sockets (tls), and Unix-domain sockets (unix). Each transport type has | |
| + sockets (tls), and UNIX-domain sockets (unix). Each transport type has | |
| a unique set of configuration properties. The options for an instance | |
| of a transport type are configured either by defining properties in an | |
| SMF property group or by supplying sub-options to a -t command-line | |
| @@ -582,4 +582,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jan 2021 rad(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rad(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/raidctl.8 11.4.36/man8/raidctl.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/raidctl.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.141065557 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/raidctl.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.306910181 +0000 | |
| @@ -46,12 +46,11 @@ | |
| raidctl -h | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The raidctl utility is a hardware RAID configuration tool that supports | |
| - different RAID controllers by providing a CLI (command-line interface) | |
| - to end-users to create, delete or display RAID volume(s). The utility | |
| - can also used to set properties of a volume, assign hot-spare (HSP) | |
| - disks to volumes or controllers, and to update firmware/fcode/BIOS for | |
| - RAID controllers. | |
| + The raidctl utility is a hardware RAID configuration tool that allows | |
| + users to create, delete or display RAID volumes. The utility can also | |
| + be used to set properties of a volume, assign hot-spare (HSP) disks to | |
| + volumes or controllers, and to update firmware/fcode/BIOS for RAID con- | |
| + trollers. | |
| The raidctl utility requires privileges that are controlled by the | |
| @@ -75,8 +74,8 @@ | |
| The dependency on a software driver is due to the design of raidctl. | |
| The utility is built on a common library that enables the insertion of | |
| plug-in modules for different drivers. Currently, the Solaris operating | |
| - system is shipped with a plug-in for the mpt driver. This plug-in does | |
| - not support all of the raidctl options. On a given storage device, | |
| + system is shipped with a plug-in for the mpt(4D) driver. This plug-in | |
| + does not support all of the raidctl options. On a given storage device, | |
| options might be further limited by the device's firmware level. | |
| @@ -101,8 +100,7 @@ | |
| - All of the above HBAs are maintained by the mpt driver, on X86-32/64 | |
| - and SPARC platforms. | |
| + All of the above HBAs are supported by the mpt(4D) driver. | |
| OPTIONS | |
| The following options are supported: | |
| @@ -788,4 +786,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 raidctl(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 raidctl(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 11.4.36/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.150493720 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.317129222 +0000 | |
| @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 rpc.bootparamd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rpc.bootparamd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/rsh.8 11.4.36/man8/rsh.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/rsh.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.161226643 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/rsh.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.327743337 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ | |
| When a command to be executed is found to be a shell procedure, rsh | |
| - invokes sh to execute it. Thus, it is possible to provide to the end- | |
| - user shell procedures that have access to the full power of the stan- | |
| - dard shell, while imposing a limited menu of commands; this scheme | |
| - assumes that the end-user does not have write and execute permissions | |
| - in the same directory. | |
| + invokes sh to execute it. Thus, it is possible to provide to the user | |
| + shell procedures that have access to the full power of the standard | |
| + shell, while imposing a limited menu of commands; this scheme assumes | |
| + that the user does not have write and execute permissions in the same | |
| + directory. | |
| The net effect of these rules is that the writer of the .profile (see | |
| @@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 rsh(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 rsh(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/savecore.8 11.4.36/man8/savecore.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/savecore.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.175323327 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/savecore.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.336631387 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ | |
| of the crash dump are already copied. The files are saved into subdi- | |
| rectory created under directory specified with the -D option or the | |
| crash dump directory as configured by dumpadm(8). The subdirectory is | |
| - in the form of data/<uuid>, where uuid matches unique FMA identifier of | |
| - this particular panic event. | |
| + in the form of data/<uuid>, where uuid matches the unique FMA identi- | |
| + fier of this particular panic event. | |
| The suffix argument specifies numerical suffix. If savecore is run with | |
| @@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ | |
| OPTIONS | |
| The following options are supported: | |
| - | |
| -D directory | |
| Save the crash dump files to the specified directory. If the direc- | |
| @@ -94,8 +93,8 @@ | |
| Save a crash dump from the specified file instead of from the sys- | |
| tem's current dump device. When given directory/vmdump-<section>.N, | |
| - uncompress the file to vmcore-<section>. | |
| - N and unix.N, where N is the same number as in the compressed name. | |
| + uncompress the file to vmcore-<section>.N and unix.N, where N is | |
| + the same number as in the compressed name. | |
| This option may also be useful if the information stored on the | |
| dump device has been copied to an on-disk file by means of the | |
| @@ -111,12 +110,11 @@ | |
| Save a crash dump of the live running Solaris system, without actu- | |
| ally rebooting or altering the system in any way. This option | |
| - forces savecore | |
| - to save a live snapshot of the system to the dump device, and then | |
| - immediately to retrieve the data and to write it out to a new set | |
| - of crash dump files in the specified directory. Live system crash | |
| - dumps can only be performed if you have configured your system to | |
| - have a dedicated dump device using dumpadm(8). | |
| + forces savecore to save a live snapshot of the system to the dump | |
| + device, and then immediately to retrieve the data and to write it | |
| + out to a new set of crash dump files in the specified directory. | |
| + Live system crash dumps can only be performed if you have config- | |
| + ured your system to have a dedicated dump device using dumpadm(8). | |
| savecore -L does not suspend the system, so the contents of memory | |
| continue to change while the dump is saved. This means that live | |
| @@ -188,7 +186,7 @@ | |
| - The following command decompress all extracted vmdump-*.3 files into | |
| + The following command decompresses all extracted vmdump-*.3 files into | |
| corresponding vmcore-*.3 files: | |
| @@ -226,14 +224,13 @@ | |
| o <directory>/data/<uuid>/unix.N (kernel binary) | |
| - o <directory>/N (symlink to <directory>//data/<uuid>) | |
| + o <directory>/N (symlink to <directory>/data/<uuid>) | |
| o <directory>/bounds | |
| - o | |
| - <directory>/minfree | |
| + o <directory>/minfree | |
| o /var/crash/ (default crash dump directory) | |
| @@ -250,8 +247,8 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| SEE ALSO | |
| - adb(1), mdb(1), svcs(1), syslog(3C), fma(3M), attributes(7), smf(7), | |
| - dd(8), dumpadm(8), svcadm(8) | |
| + mdb(1), svcs(1), syslog(3C), fma(3M), attributes(7), smf(7), dd(8), | |
| + dumpadm(8), svcadm(8) | |
| NOTES | |
| The system crash dump service is managed by the service management | |
| @@ -277,8 +274,8 @@ | |
| is still busy, or that it was interrupted before completely writing the | |
| file. In the former case, use ps(1) to find the PID of the running | |
| savecore process and wait for it to complete. In the latter case, | |
| - remove the partial file and recreate it by running savecore -d. | |
| + remove the partial file and re-create it by running savecore -d. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 savecore(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 savecore(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/shadowadm.8 11.4.36/man8/shadowadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/shadowadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.181113283 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/shadowadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.344301129 +0000 | |
| @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ | |
| The shadowadm command allows an administrator to control background | |
| migrations being performed by shadowd. Shadow migration moves data by | |
| foreground migration and background migration. Foreground migration | |
| - occurs when applications and end-users directly access the migration | |
| - target. Background migration is done by shadowd accessing the migration | |
| + occurs when applications and users directly access the migration tar- | |
| + get. Background migration is done by shadowd accessing the migration | |
| target. | |
| SUB-COMMANDS | |
| @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Jun 2014 shadowadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 shadowadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/snoop.8 11.4.36/man8/snoop.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/snoop.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.202383839 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/snoop.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.364998590 +0000 | |
| @@ -834,4 +834,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Sep 2016 snoop(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 snoop(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/statd.8 11.4.36/man8/statd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/statd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.219805830 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/statd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.376184449 +0000 | |
| @@ -29,6 +29,27 @@ | |
| lockd is started by automountd(8), mount_nfs(8), and share(8) if NFS | |
| automounts are needed. | |
| + SMF Management | |
| + The statd service is managed by the service management facility, | |
| + smf(7), under the service identifier: | |
| + | |
| + svc:/network/nfs/status | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or | |
| + requesting restart, can be performed using svcadm(8). The service's | |
| + status can be queried using the svcs(1) command. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + The sharectl(8) command is used to manipulate the startup SMF parame- | |
| + ters for statd. Currently supported parameter is as follows: | |
| + | |
| + statd_servers=num | |
| + | |
| + Maximum number of concurrent statd requests. The default is 1024. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| FILES | |
| /var/statmon/sm | |
| @@ -92,4 +113,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Nov 2004 statd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 March 2021 statd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/stmfadm.8 11.4.36/man8/stmfadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/stmfadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.237897829 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/stmfadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.393420067 +0000 | |
| @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ | |
| eui | |
| ...and name_value is the value of the initiator name. As an exam- | |
| - ple, to add a fibre channel initiator port world-wide name | |
| + ple, to add a Fibre Channel initiator port world-wide name | |
| 200000e08b909221 to the host group HostA, the command would be: | |
| @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ | |
| eui | |
| ...and name_value is the value of the target name. As an example, | |
| - to add a fibre channel target port world-wide name 501000e092376af7 | |
| + to add a Fibre Channel target port world-wide name 501000e092376af7 | |
| to the target group TG0, the command would be: | |
| @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ | |
| eui | |
| ...and name_value is the value of the initiator name. As an exam- | |
| - ple, to remove the fibre channel initiator port world-wide name | |
| + ple, to remove the Fibre Channel initiator port world-wide name | |
| 200000e08b909221 from the host group HostA, the command would be: | |
| @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ | |
| eui | |
| ...and name_value is the value of the target name. As an example, | |
| - to remove the fibre channel target port world-wide name | |
| + to remove the Fibre Channel target port world-wide name | |
| 501000e092376af7 from the target group TG0, the command would be: | |
| @@ -759,4 +759,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Mar 2020 stmfadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 stmfadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/stmsboot.8 11.4.36/man8/stmsboot.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/stmsboot.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.249312713 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/stmsboot.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.405697108 +0000 | |
| @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ | |
| Enables Oracle Solaris I/O multipathing on all supported multipath- | |
| capable controller ports, including fp(4D), mpt(4D), mpt_sas(4D), | |
| - and iscsi(4D) port drivers. Multipath-capable ports include fibre | |
| - channel (fp(4D)) controller ports and SAS (mpt(4D) or mpt_sas(4D)) | |
| + and iscsi(4D) port drivers. Multipath-capable ports include Fibre | |
| + Channel (fp(4D)) controller ports and SAS (mpt(4D) or mpt_sas(4D)) | |
| controller ports. Following this enabling, you are prompted to | |
| reboot. During the reboot, vfstab and the dump configuration will | |
| be updated to reflect the device name changes. Specifying -D mpt, | |
| @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ | |
| Disables Oracle Solaris I/O multipathing on all supported multi- | |
| path-capable controller ports, including fp(4D), mpt(4D), | |
| mpt_sas(4D), and iscsi(4D) port drivers. Multipath-capable ports | |
| - include fibre channel (fp(4D)) controller ports and SAS (mpt(4D) or | |
| + include Fibre Channel (fp(4D)) controller ports and SAS (mpt(4D) or | |
| mpt_sas(4D)) controller ports. Following this disabling, you are | |
| prompted to reboot. During the reboot, vfstab and the dump configu- | |
| ration will be updated to reflect the device name changes. Specify- | |
| @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ | |
| - To enable Oracle Solaris I/O Multipathing on multipath-capable fibre | |
| - channel controller ports, enter: | |
| + To enable Oracle Solaris I/O Multipathing on multipath-capable Fibre | |
| + Channel controller ports, enter: | |
| # stmsboot -D fp -e | |
| @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ | |
| - To enable Oracle Solaris I/O multipathing on specific fibre channel | |
| + To enable Oracle Solaris I/O multipathing on specific Fibre Channel | |
| controller ports and disable the feature on others, manually edit the | |
| /etc/driver/drv/fp.conf file. (See fp(4D).) The following command will | |
| update vfstab(5) and dumpadm(8) configurations to reflect the changed | |
| @@ -238,8 +238,7 @@ | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| - |Availability |system/device-administra- | | |
| - | |tion, system/library | | |
| + |Availability |system/device-administration | | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| |Interface Stability |Obsolete | | |
| +-----------------------------+-----------------------------+ | |
| @@ -326,10 +325,9 @@ | |
| The remaining steps are required only if local did num- | |
| ber changes require editing of /etc/vfstab. If such | |
| editing is not required, run /usr/cluster/bin/scgdevs | |
| - command and then /usr/cluster/bin/clquorum | |
| - status | |
| - command from the cluster node to complete the procedure | |
| - on this node. | |
| + command and then /usr/cluster/bin/clquorum status com- | |
| + mand from the cluster node to complete the procedure on | |
| + this node. | |
| @@ -375,4 +373,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 stmsboot(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 stmsboot(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/su.8 11.4.36/man8/su.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/su.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.261839971 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/su.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.414991804 +0000 | |
| @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ | |
| LC_CTYPE Determines how su handles characters. When LC_CTYPE is | |
| set to a valid value, su can display and handle text and | |
| filenames containing valid characters for that locale. | |
| - su can display and handle Extended Unix Code (EUC) char- | |
| + su can display and handle Extended UNIX Code (EUC) char- | |
| acters where any individual character can be 1, 2, or 3 | |
| bytes wide. su can also handle EUC characters of 1, 2, | |
| or more column widths. In the "C" locale, only charac- | |
| @@ -238,4 +238,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 July 2019 su(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 su(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/svc.periodicd.8 11.4.36/man8/svc.periodicd.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/svc.periodicd.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.266679403 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/svc.periodicd.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.424549421 +0000 | |
| @@ -474,4 +474,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Oct 2020 svc.periodicd(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 svc.periodicd(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/svc.zones.8 11.4.36/man8/svc.zones.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/svc.zones.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.273034080 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/svc.zones.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.438475345 +0000 | |
| @@ -193,10 +193,11 @@ | |
| The zones boot priority and concurrent threshold only apply to opera- | |
| - tions caused by the SMF graph engine events. Admin commands are not | |
| - subject to boot priority or concurrent threshold. This way, if a zone | |
| - is assigned a low priority, the admin can boot it up manually without | |
| - waiting for the many zones with higher priority to boot up. | |
| + tions caused by the SMF graph engine events. Administrator commands are | |
| + not subject to boot priority or concurrent threshold. This way, if a | |
| + zone is assigned a low priority, the administrator can boot it up manu- | |
| + ally without waiting for the many zones with higher priority to boot | |
| + up. | |
| Service States | |
| As part of its service management duties, the svc.zones implements a | |
| @@ -266,4 +267,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Aug 2018 svc.zones(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 svc.zones(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/tcpstat.8 11.4.36/man8/tcpstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/tcpstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.280640377 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/tcpstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.451704022 +0000 | |
| @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ | |
| -d d|u | |
| Print a timestamp for each report in either standard date format | |
| - (-d d) or in seconds since epoch, that is, Unix time (-d u). | |
| + (-d d) or in seconds since epoch, that is, UNIX time (-d u). | |
| -e | |
| @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ | |
| The following command displays the data in one-second intervals in a | |
| - machine-parsable format with a Unix-format timestamp. | |
| + machine-parsable format with a UNIX-format timestamp. | |
| $ ./tcpstat -d u -m 1 | |
| @@ -461,5 +461,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4Oracle Solaris 11.4 | |
| - 27 Nov 2017 tcpstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tcpstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/trapstat.8 11.4.36/man8/trapstat.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/trapstat.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.306536543 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/trapstat.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.469967795 +0000 | |
| @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ | |
| /usr/sbin/trapstat -l [-P] [-t | -T] | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The trapstat utility gathers and displays run-time trap statistics on | |
| + The trapstat utility gathers and displays runtime trap statistics on | |
| UltraSPARC-based systems. The default output is a table of trap types | |
| and CPU IDs, with each row of the table denoting a trap type and each | |
| column of the table denoting a CPU. If standard output is a terminal, | |
| @@ -758,4 +758,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Jan 2020 trapstat(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 trapstat(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ttymon.8 11.4.36/man8/ttymon.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ttymon.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.311019618 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ttymon.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.478186657 +0000 | |
| @@ -219,18 +219,17 @@ | |
| ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES | |
| If any of the LC_* variables ( LC_CTYPE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_TIME, LC_COL- | |
| - LATE, LC_NUMERIC, and LC_MONETARY ) (see environ(7)) are not set in the | |
| + LATE, LC_NUMERIC, or LC_MONETARY) (see environ(7)) are not set in the | |
| environment, the operational behavior of ttymon for each corresponding | |
| locale category is determined by the value of the LANG environment | |
| - variable. If LC_ALL is set, its contents are used to override both the | |
| - LANG and the other LC_* variables. If none of the above variables is | |
| - set in the environment, the "C" (U.S. style) locale determines how tty- | |
| - mon behaves. | |
| + variable. If LC_ALL is set, its contents are used to override both LANG | |
| + and the other LC_* variables. If none of the above variables is set in | |
| + the environment, the "C" locale determines how ttymon behaves. | |
| LC_CTYPE Determines how ttymon handles characters. When LC_CTYPE is | |
| set to a valid value, ttymon can display and handle text | |
| and filenames containing valid characters for that locale. | |
| - ttymon can display and handle Extended Unix Code (EUC) | |
| + ttymon can display and handle Extended UNIX Code (EUC) | |
| characters where any individual character can be 1, 2, or 3 | |
| bytes wide. ttymon can also handle EUC characters of 1, 2, | |
| or more column widths. In the "C" locale, only characters | |
| @@ -288,4 +287,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 ttymon(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ttymon(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/tzreload.8 11.4.36/man8/tzreload.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/tzreload.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.320789585 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/tzreload.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.499650144 +0000 | |
| @@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ | |
| NAME | |
| - tzreload - notify timezone update | |
| + tzreload - notify processes of time zone update | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| /usr/sbin/tzreload | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The tzreload command notifies active (running) processes to reread | |
| - timezone information. The timezone information is cached in each | |
| - process, absent a tzreload command, is never reread until a process is | |
| + The tzreload command notifies active (running) processes to reread time | |
| + zone information. The time zone information is cached in each process, | |
| + and absent a tzreload command, is never reread until a process is | |
| restarted. In response to a tzreload command, active processes reread | |
| the current timezone information at the next call to ctime(3C) and | |
| mktime(3C). The tzreload notification is sent to processes within the | |
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |
| In addition to notifying active processes, the tzreload command also | |
| - notifies cron(8), to reinitialize the job scheduler with the new time- | |
| + notifies cron(8), to reinitialize the job scheduler with the new time | |
| zone information. | |
| FILES | |
| @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ | |
| NOTES | |
| Although tzreload reinitializes cron(8), applications that are affected | |
| - by timezone changes still need to be restarted or reinitialized if they | |
| - do not reread the new timezone information before timezone changes take | |
| - place. | |
| + by time zone changes still need to be restarted or reinitialized if | |
| + they do not reread the new time zone information before time zone | |
| + changes take place. | |
| The timezone update service is managed by the service management facil- | |
| @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 May 2011 tzreload(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tzreload(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/tzselect.8 11.4.36/man8/tzselect.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/tzselect.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.331502196 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/tzselect.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.508109080 +0000 | |
| @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Sep 2001 tzselect(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 tzselect(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ufsrestore.8 11.4.36/man8/ufsrestore.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ufsrestore.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.353411370 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ufsrestore.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.521425665 +0000 | |
| @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The ufsrestore utility restores files from backup media created with | |
| - the ufsdump command. ufsrestores's actions are controlled by the key | |
| - argument. The key is exactly one function letter (i, r, R , t, or x) | |
| - and zero or more function modifiers (letters). The key string contains | |
| - no SPACE characters. Function modifier arguments are listed on the com- | |
| - mand line in the same order as their corresponding function modifiers | |
| - appear in the key string. | |
| + the ufsdump command. ufsrestore's actions are controlled by the key | |
| + argument. The key is exactly one function letter (i, r, R, t, or x) and | |
| + zero or more function modifiers (letters). The key string contains no | |
| + SPACE characters. Function modifier arguments are listed on the command | |
| + line in the same order as their corresponding function modifiers appear | |
| + in the key string. | |
| filename arguments which appear on the command line, or as arguments to | |
| @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ | |
| r Recursive. Starting with an empty directory and a level 0 dump, | |
| - the r function recreates the filesystem relative to the current | |
| + the r function re-creates the filesystem relative to the current | |
| working directory, exactly as it appeared when the dump was made. | |
| Information used to restore incremental dumps on top of the full | |
| dump (for example, restoresymtable) is also included. Several ufs- | |
| @@ -486,4 +486,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 ufsrestore(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ufsrestore(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/useradm.8 11.4.36/man8/useradm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/useradm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.361334391 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/useradm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.529004184 +0000 | |
| @@ -349,4 +349,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Nov 2018 useradm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 useradm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/vrrpadm.8 11.4.36/man8/vrrpadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/vrrpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.370281881 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/vrrpadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.539868724 +0000 | |
| @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ | |
| The interface on which the VRRP router is configured. This | |
| determines the LAN this VRRP router is running in. For l2 VRRP | |
| - router, the interface can be a physical ethernet interface, a | |
| + router, the interface can be a physical Ethernet interface, a | |
| VLAN, or an aggregation. For l3 VRRP router, aside from the | |
| above types, the interface can also be an IPMP interface, or a | |
| physical IB interface. | |
| @@ -553,4 +553,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 vrrpadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 vrrpadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/whodo.8 11.4.36/man8/whodo.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/whodo.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.381805127 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/whodo.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.549376753 +0000 | |
| @@ -74,20 +74,19 @@ | |
| ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES | |
| - If any of the LC_* variables ( LC_CTYPE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_TIME, | |
| - LC_COLLATE, LC_NUMERIC, and LC_MONETARY ) (see environ(7)) are not set | |
| - in the environment, the operational behavior of tar(1) for each corre- | |
| - sponding locale category is determined by the value of the LANG envi- | |
| - ronment variable. If LC_ALL is set, its contents are used to override | |
| - both the LANG and the other LC_* variables. If none of the above vari- | |
| - ables is set in the environment, the "C" (U.S. style) locale determines | |
| - how whodo behaves. | |
| + If any of the LC_* variables (LC_CTYPE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_TIME, LC_COL- | |
| + LATE, LC_NUMERIC, and LC_MONETARY) (see environ(7)) are not set in the | |
| + environment, the operational behavior of whodo for each corresponding | |
| + locale category is determined by the value of the LANG environment | |
| + variable. If LC_ALL is set, its contents are used to override both the | |
| + LANG and the other LC_* variables. If none of the above variables is | |
| + set in the environment, the "C" locale determines how whodo behaves. | |
| LC_CTYPE Determines how whodo handles characters. When LC_CTYPE | |
| is set to a valid value, whodo can display and handle | |
| text and filenames containing valid characters for that | |
| locale. The whodo command can display and handle | |
| - Extended Unix code (EUC) characters where any individual | |
| + Extended UNIX code (EUC) characters where any individual | |
| character can be 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide. whodo can also | |
| handle EUC characters of 1, 2, or more column widths. In | |
| the "C" locale, only characters from ISO 8859-1 are | |
| @@ -141,4 +140,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Jun 2003 whodo(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 whodo(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ypinit.8 11.4.36/man8/ypinit.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ypinit.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.386588205 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ypinit.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.558173274 +0000 | |
| @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ | |
| -s master_server | |
| - Slave data base. master_server must be the same master configured | |
| - in the YP maps and returned by the ypwhich -m command. | |
| + Slave database. master_server must be the same master configured in | |
| + the YP maps and returned by the ypwhich -m command. | |
| FILES | |
| @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Dec 2014 ypinit(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ypinit(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/ypxfr.8 11.4.36/man8/ypxfr.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/ypxfr.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.403479643 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/ypxfr.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.564795912 +0000 | |
| @@ -131,4 +131,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ypxfr(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ypxfr(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/zfs_share.8 11.4.36/man8/zfs_share.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/zfs_share.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.429940186 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/zfs_share.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.611570904 +0000 | |
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ | |
| normalization = none | formC | formD | formKC | formKD | |
| - Indicates whether the file system should perform a unicode normal- | |
| + Indicates whether the file system should perform a Unicode normal- | |
| ization of file names whenever two file names are compared, and | |
| which normalization algorithm should be used. File names are always | |
| stored unmodified, names are normalized as part of any comparison | |
| @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ | |
| share.smb.catia Enables CATIA translation on or off | |
| support. The default | |
| value is off. | |
| - share.smb.csc Enables client side disabled, manual, auto, or vdo | |
| + share.smb.csc Enables client-side disabled, manual, auto, or vdo | |
| caching support. The | |
| default value is dis- | |
| abled. | |
| @@ -1154,8 +1154,8 @@ | |
| For information about using other ZFS features, see zfs_allow(8), | |
| zfs_encrypt(8), and zfs(8), and the Managing ZFS File Systems in Oracle | |
| - Solaris 11.4. | |
| + Solaris 11.4 book. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Mar 2020 zfs_share(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zfs_share(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/zfs.8 11.4.36/man8/zfs.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/zfs.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.508527310 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/zfs.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.650797009 +0000 | |
| @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ | |
| [-d | -e] filesystem | |
| - zfs receive -C <filesystem|volume> | |
| + zfs receive -C filesystem|volume | |
| zfs release [-r] tag snapshot... | |
| @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ | |
| zfs rollback [-rRf] snapshot | |
| - zfs send [-vbpnC] [-[Rr[c]]] [-w compress|none] | |
| - [-D [-m <memsize>]] | |
| - [-[iI] <snapshot>] [-s <subopt>] <snapshot> | |
| + zfs send [-vbpnC] [-Rr[c]] [-w compress|none] | |
| + [-D [-m memsize]] | |
| + [-iI snapshot] [-s subopt] snapshot | |
| zfs set [-r] property=value filesystem|volume|snapshot ... | |
| @@ -719,11 +719,11 @@ | |
| This property is not inherited. | |
| - checksum=on | off | fletcher2,| fletcher4 | sha256 | sha256+mac | |
| + checksum=on | off | fletcher2 | fletcher4 | sha256 | sha256+mac | |
| Controls the checksum used to verify data integrity. The default | |
| value is on, which automatically selects an appropriate algorithm | |
| - (currently, fletcher4, but this may change in future releases). The | |
| + (currently fletcher4, but this may change in future releases). The | |
| value off disables integrity checking on user data. Disabling | |
| checksums is NOT a recommended practice. | |
| @@ -973,8 +973,8 @@ | |
| userspace@user property. | |
| Enforcement of user quotas may be delayed by several seconds. This | |
| - delay means that a user might exceed her quota before the system | |
| - notices that she is over quota. The system would then begin to | |
| + delay means that a user might exceed their quota before the system | |
| + notices that the user is over quota. The system would then begin to | |
| refuse additional writes with the EDQUOT error message. See the zfs | |
| userspace subcommand for more information. | |
| @@ -1071,8 +1071,8 @@ | |
| is reserved for the volume to store its designated volume size | |
| (volsize) and associated metadata. This effective reservation | |
| depends on both volsize and copies properties. A volume can also be | |
| - manually provisioned by setting refreservation to a numeric value ( | |
| - for example, zfs set refreservation=10g). Because of metadata, the | |
| + manually provisioned by setting refreservation to a numeric value | |
| + (for example, zfs set refreservation=10g). Because of metadata, the | |
| actual space that is guaranteed for volume data will be slightly | |
| less than the requested numeric refreservation. A sparse volume | |
| (for example, when -s is specified at volume creation) is equiva- | |
| @@ -1504,12 +1504,11 @@ | |
| -o property=value | |
| - Sets the specified property as if the zfs set | |
| - property=value command was invoked at the same time the dataset | |
| - was created. Any editable ZFS property can also be set at cre- | |
| - ation time. Multiple -o options can be specified. An error | |
| - results if the same property is specified in multiple -o | |
| - options. | |
| + Sets the specified property as if the zfs set property=value | |
| + command was invoked at the same time the dataset was created. | |
| + Any editable ZFS property can also be set at creation time. | |
| + Multiple -o options can be specified. An error results if the | |
| + same property is specified in multiple -o options. | |
| -b blocksize | |
| @@ -1726,7 +1725,7 @@ | |
| name The name of the file | |
| - oldname The name of the file before the rename, or -- | |
| + oldname The name of the file before the rename, or - | |
| (hyphen) if the file was not renamed | |
| @@ -2106,8 +2105,8 @@ | |
| If an incremental stream is received, then the destination file | |
| system must already exist, and its most recent snapshot must match | |
| the incremental stream's source. For ZFS volumes, the destination | |
| - device link is destroyed and recreated, which means the volume can- | |
| - not be accessed during the receive operation. | |
| + device link is destroyed and re-created, which means the volume | |
| + cannot be accessed during the receive operation. | |
| When a snapshot replication package stream that is generated by | |
| using the zfs send -R command is received, any snapshots that do | |
| @@ -2490,7 +2489,7 @@ | |
| Specifies that the output stream will use a send stream format | |
| that uses per-record checksums. This format is the system-wide | |
| default. When an interrupted transfer is resumed by using a | |
| - receive checkpoint (see zfs send --C), the use of the 'check' | |
| + receive checkpoint (see zfs send -C), the use of the 'check' | |
| format before the outage enables the resumed transfer to pre- | |
| serve and reuse the portions of the interrupted snapshot that | |
| were already successfully received. | |
| @@ -3045,7 +3044,6 @@ | |
| The above syntax assumes that sshd has been configured to allow remote | |
| root access. | |
| - | |
| Example 13 Using the zfs receive -d Option | |
| @@ -3234,7 +3232,7 @@ | |
| For information about other ZFS features, see zfs_allow(8), | |
| zfs_encrypt(8), zfs_share(8), and the Managing ZFS File Systems in Ora- | |
| - cle Solaris 11.4. | |
| + cle Solaris 11.4 book. | |
| NOTES | |
| A file described as modified by the diff subcommand might have been | |
| @@ -3243,4 +3241,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Mar 2020 zfs(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zfs(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/zoneadm.8 11.4.36/man8/zoneadm.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/zoneadm.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.551655798 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/zoneadm.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.675351212 +0000 | |
| @@ -834,10 +834,10 @@ | |
| zonepath | |
| zonepath and its parent directory exist and are owned by root | |
| - with appropriate modes . The appropriate modes are that | |
| - zonepath is 700, its parent is not group or world writable and | |
| - so forth. zonepath is not over an NFS mount. A sub-directory of | |
| - the zonepath named root does not exist. | |
| + with appropriate modes. The appropriate modes are that zonepath | |
| + is 700, its parent is not group or world writable and so forth. | |
| + zonepath is not over an NFS mount. A sub-directory of the | |
| + zonepath named root does not exist. | |
| If zonepath does not exist, the verify does not fail, but | |
| merely warns that a subsequent install will attempt to create | |
| @@ -1780,4 +1780,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Feb 2021 zoneadm(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zoneadm(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/zonecfg.8 11.4.36/man8/zonecfg.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/zonecfg.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.601092499 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/zonecfg.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.722850656 +0000 | |
| @@ -257,6 +257,11 @@ | |
| (global) | |
| + description | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + (global) | |
| + | |
| zonepath | |
| @@ -530,6 +535,13 @@ | |
| The name of the zone. | |
| + global: description | |
| + | |
| + An optional description of the zone. A string of up to 255 US-ASCII | |
| + characters. Enclose the value in double quotes for a description | |
| + with spaces. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| global: zonepath | |
| Path to zone's file system. The default value of zonepath is /sys- | |
| @@ -1227,7 +1239,7 @@ | |
| ring-group | |
| Setting this property allows a zone to make use of hardware | |
| - ring group capability of the ethernet link. The possible values | |
| + ring group capability of the Ethernet link. The possible values | |
| of this property are: | |
| @@ -3744,7 +3756,7 @@ | |
| devices. | |
| - In order to allow disk labelling by means of format(8), an entire | |
| + In order to allow disk labeling by means of format(8), an entire | |
| disk/LUN should be delegated to a zone, and the allow-partition prop- | |
| erty set. For example: | |
| @@ -3790,4 +3802,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 Feb 2021 zonecfg(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zonecfg(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8/zpool.8 11.4.36/man8/zpool.8 | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8/zpool.8 2021-08-27 10:45:40.628984182 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8/zpool.8 2021-08-27 10:46:42.748465849 +0000 | |
| @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ | |
| In order to take advantage of these features, a pool must make use of | |
| some form of redundancy, using either mirrored or raidz groups. While | |
| ZFS supports running in a non-redundant configuration, where each top- | |
| - level vdev is simply a disk or file, this is strongly discouraged. A | |
| + level vdev is simply a disk or file, this is strongly discouraged as a | |
| single case of bit corruption can render some or all of your data | |
| unavailable. | |
| @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ | |
| (empty string) uses the default location. | |
| Multiple pools can share the same cache file. Because the kernel | |
| - destroys and recreates this file when pools are added and removed, | |
| + destroys and re-creates this file when pools are added and removed, | |
| care should be taken when attempting to access this file. When the | |
| last pool using a cachefile is exported or destroyed, the file is | |
| removed. | |
| @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ | |
| The current on-disk version of the pool. This can be increased, but | |
| never decreased. The preferred method of updating pools is with the | |
| zpool upgrade command, though this property can be used when a spe- | |
| - cific version is needed for backwards compatibility. This property | |
| + cific version is needed for backward compatibility. This property | |
| can be any number between 1 and the current version reported by | |
| zpool upgrade -v. | |
| @@ -2908,4 +2908,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 August 2020 zpool(8) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 zpool(8) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man8s/account-policy.8s 11.4.36/man8s/account-policy.8s | |
| --- 11.4.33/man8s/account-policy.8s 2021-08-27 10:45:40.660865978 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man8s/account-policy.8s 2021-08-27 10:46:42.758958470 +0000 | |
| @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ | |
| account-policy - user account policy configuration | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| - svc:/system/security/account-policy:default | |
| + svc:/system/account-policy:default | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| - The svc:/system/security/account-policy:default service provides the | |
| - security policy configuration for user account attributes. Authentica- | |
| - tion Policy, password complexity, and default RBAC settings. | |
| + The svc:/system/account-policy:default service provides the security | |
| + policy configuration for user account attributes. Authentication Pol- | |
| + icy, password complexity, and default RBAC settings. | |
| The current implementation uses the smf_stencil mechanism to write the | |
| @@ -25,72 +25,57 @@ | |
| The following properties are defined: | |
| - login_policy/root_login_device | |
| + login/environment/hz | |
| - If set, root can login on that device. This property is set to an | |
| - empty string to allow root to login on any other hardware device. | |
| - Note that the root login using ssh is controlled by the settings in | |
| - sshd_config, and also if root is configured as a role. | |
| + Sets the HZ environment variable of the shell. | |
| - login_policy/password_required | |
| + login/environment/path | |
| - Determines if login requires a non-null password. | |
| + Sets the initial shell PATH variable. | |
| - login_policy/disabletime | |
| + login/environment/root_path | |
| - If present, and greater than zero, the number of seconds that | |
| - either login waits after retried failed attempts, or that the PAM | |
| - framework returns PAM_ABORT. Default is 20 seconds. Minimum is 0 | |
| - seconds. No maximum value is imposed. | |
| + Sets the initial shell PATH variable for root. | |
| - login_policy/sleeptime | |
| + login/environment/set_shell | |
| - If present, sets the number of seconds to wait before the login | |
| - failure message is printed to the screen. This property is for any | |
| - login failure other than PAM_ABORT. Another login attempt is | |
| - allowed, providing retries that have not been reached, or the PAM | |
| - framework returns PAM_MAXTRIES. Default is 4 seconds. Minimum is 0 | |
| - seconds. Maximum value is 5 seconds. | |
| + Determines if login must set the SHELL environment variable. | |
| - Both su(8) and sulogin(8) are affected by the value of SLEEPTIME. | |
| + login/environment/timezone | |
| - login_policy/retries | |
| + Sets the TZ environment variable of the shell. For more informa- | |
| + tion, see the environ(7) man page. | |
| - Sets the number of retries for logging in. The default number of | |
| - retries is 5. The maximum number of retries is 15. For accounts | |
| - configured with automatic locking, the account is locked and login | |
| - exits. If automatic locking is not configured, login exits without | |
| - locking the account. For more information, see the pam(3PAM) man | |
| - page. | |
| + login/environment/ulimit | |
| - login/environment/set_shell | |
| + Sets the file size limit for the login. Units are disk blocks. | |
| + Default is zero which implies no limit. | |
| - Determines if login must set the SHELL environment variable. | |
| + login/environment/umask | |
| - login_policy/timeout | |
| + Sets the initial shell file creation mode mask. For more informa- | |
| + tion, see the umask(1) man page. | |
| - Sets the number of seconds to wait before abandoning a login ses- | |
| - sion. The value can range between 0 and 900 | |
| + login/log/syslog | |
| - login_policy/clearance | |
| + Determines whether the syslog(3C) LOG_AUTH facility must be used | |
| + to log all root logins at level LOG_NOTICE and multiple failed | |
| + login attempts at LOG_CRIT. | |
| - Specifies the default process clearance that is used when starting | |
| - user sessions or SMF services, when no explicit clearance is speci- | |
| - fied. Explicit user clearances are maintained in user_attr(5) and | |
| - the default user clearance is maintained by labelcfg(8). If no | |
| - explicit clearance is associated with the user or role, and the | |
| - labeled service is not enabled, then the clearance specified here | |
| - is used. For SMF services, the explicit clearance is specified in | |
| - the method credential. The default value of the CLEARANCE property | |
| - is ADMIN_HIGH. ADMIN_LOW must be specified for strict enforcement | |
| - of the clearance policy. | |
| + | |
| + login/log/syslog_failed_attempts | |
| + | |
| + Used to determine how many failed login attempts are allowed by the | |
| + system, before a failed login message is logged, using the sys- | |
| + log(3C) LOG_NOTICE facility. For example, if the variable is set | |
| + to 0, login logs show all failed login attempts. | |
| login_policy/annotation | |
| @@ -99,121 +84,115 @@ | |
| login. Possible values are yes, no, and optional. | |
| - login/environment/timezone | |
| - | |
| - Sets the TZ environment variable of the shell. For more informa- | |
| - tion, see the environ(7) man page. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - login/environment/hz | |
| - | |
| - Sets the HZ environment variable of the shell. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - login/environment/ulimit | |
| + login_policy/auto_unlock_time | |
| - Sets the file size limit for the login. Units are disk blocks. | |
| - Default is zero which implies no limit. | |
| + Specifies the time after which an account lock for failed logins | |
| + will be unlocked upon a valid password entry. The time may be spec- | |
| + ified as number of minutes (m), hours (h), days (d), or weeks (w). | |
| + If unspecified, no unlock will occur. The default is unspecified. | |
| + Individual account overrides are provided by user_attr(5). | |
| - login/environment/path | |
| + login_policy/clearance | |
| - Sets the initial shell PATH variable. | |
| + Specifies the default process clearance that is used when starting | |
| + user sessions or SMF services, when no explicit clearance is speci- | |
| + fied. Explicit user clearances are maintained in user_attr(5) and | |
| + the default user clearance is maintained by labelcfg(8). If no | |
| + explicit clearance is associated with the user or role, and the | |
| + labeled service is not enabled, then the clearance specified here | |
| + is used. For SMF services, the explicit clearance is specified in | |
| + the method credential. The default value of the CLEARANCE property | |
| + is ADMIN_HIGH. ADMIN_LOW must be specified for strict enforcement | |
| + of the clearance policy. | |
| - login/environment/root_path | |
| + login_policy/disabletime | |
| - Sets the initial shell PATH variable for root. | |
| + If present, and greater than zero, the number of seconds that | |
| + either login waits after retried failed attempts, or that the PAM | |
| + framework returns PAM_ABORT. Default is 20 seconds. Minimum is 0 | |
| + seconds. No maximum value is imposed. | |
| - login_environment/umask | |
| + login_policy/lock_after_retries | |
| - Sets the initial shell file creation mode mask. For more informa- | |
| - tion, see the umask(1) man page. | |
| + Specifies whether a local account is locked after the count of | |
| + failed logins for a user equals, or exceeds the allowed number of | |
| + retries as defined by login_policy/retries. The default value for | |
| + users is NO. Individual account overrides are provided by | |
| + user_attr(5). | |
| - login/log/syslog | |
| + login_policy/pam_policy | |
| - Determines whether the syslog(3C) LOG_AUTH facility must be used | |
| - to log all root logins at level LOG_NOTICE and multiple failed | |
| - login attempts at LOG_CRIT. | |
| + Specifies the system-wide PAM policy for all users who do not have | |
| + pam_policy set in their user attributes. The value set here can be | |
| + the file name of a PAM policy file in/etc/security/pam_policy/ or | |
| + an absolute path to a PAM policy file. For more information, see | |
| + the pam_user_policy(7) man page. | |
| - su/environment/path | |
| + login_policy/password_required | |
| - Sets the initial shell PATH variable when using su command to a non | |
| - root user. | |
| + Determines if login requires a non-null password. | |
| - su/environment/root_path | |
| + login_policy/retries | |
| - Sets the initial shell PATH variable for su command to the root | |
| - user. | |
| + Sets the number of retries for logging in. The default number of | |
| + retries is 5. The maximum number of retries is 15. For accounts | |
| + configured with automatic locking, the account is locked and login | |
| + exits. If automatic locking is not configured, login exits without | |
| + locking the account. For more information, see the pam(3PAM) man | |
| + page. | |
| - login/log/syslog_failed_attempts | |
| + login_policy/root_login_device | |
| - Used to determine how many failed login attempts are allowed by the | |
| - system, before a failed login message is logged, using the sys- | |
| - log(3C) LOG_NOTICE facility. For example, if the variable is set | |
| - to 0, login logs show all failed login attempts. | |
| + If set, root can login on that device. This property is set to an | |
| + empty string to allow root to login on any other hardware device. | |
| + Note that the root login using ssh is controlled by the settings in | |
| + sshd_config, and also if root is configured as a role. | |
| - password/crypt/algorithms_allow | |
| + login_policy/sleeptime | |
| - Specifies the algorithms that are allowed for new passwords, and is | |
| - enforced only in crypt_gensalt(3C). | |
| + If present, sets the number of seconds to wait before the login | |
| + failure message is printed to the screen. This property is for any | |
| + login failure other than PAM_ABORT. Another login attempt is | |
| + allowed, providing retries that have not been reached, or the PAM | |
| + framework returns PAM_MAXTRIES. Default is 4 seconds. Minimum is 0 | |
| + seconds. Maximum value is 5 seconds. | |
| + Both su(8) and sulogin(8) are affected by the value of SLEEPTIME. | |
| - password/crypt/algorithms_deprecate | |
| - Specifies the algorithm for new passwords that are to be depre- | |
| - cated. For example, to deprecate use of the traditional UNIX algo- | |
| - rithm, set password/crypt/algorithms_deprecates=__unix__ and change | |
| - pass-word/crypt/default= to another algorithm, such as pass- | |
| - word/crypt/default=6 for SHA512. | |
| + login_policy/timeout | |
| + Sets the number of seconds to wait before abandoning a login ses- | |
| + sion. The value can range between 0 and 900 | |
| - password/crypt/default | |
| - Specifies the default algorithm for new passwords. The Oracle | |
| - Solaris default is 5 which is the crypt_sha256 algorithm. | |
| + password/aging_defaults/max_days | |
| - A value must only be specified in either password/crypt/algo- | |
| - rithms_allow or password/crypt/algorithms_deprecate. If the same | |
| - value is specified in both keys, whichever is listed first in the | |
| - file takes precedence. The algorithm specified for pass- | |
| - word/crypt/default must either be specified for pass- | |
| - word/crypt/algorithms_allow or not be specified for pass- | |
| - word/crypt/algorithms_deprecate. If password/crypt/default is not | |
| - specified, the default is __unix__. | |
| + Maximum time period in days that a password is valid. | |
| - login_policy/lock_after_retries | |
| + password/aging_defaults/max_weeks | |
| - Specifies whether a local account is locked after the count of | |
| - failed logins for a user equals, or exceeds the allowed number of | |
| - retries as defined by login_policy/retries. The default value for | |
| - users is false. Individual account overrides are provided by | |
| - user_attr(5). | |
| + Maximum time period in weeks that a password is valid. | |
| - login/auto_unlock_time | |
| + password/aging_defaults/min_days | |
| - Specifies the time after which an account lock for failed logins | |
| - will be unlocked upon a valid password entry. The time may be spec- | |
| - ified as number of minutes (m), hours (h), days (d), or weeks (w). | |
| - If unspecified, no unlock will occur. The default is unspecified. | |
| - Individual account overrides are provided by user_attr(5). | |
| + Minimum time period in days before the password can be changed. | |
| - login_policy/pam_policy | |
| + password/aging_defaults/warn_days | |
| - Specifies the system-wide PAM policy for all users who do not have | |
| - pam_policy set in their user attributes. The value set here can be | |
| - the file name of a PAM policy file in/etc/security/pam_policy/ or | |
| - an absolute path to a PAM policy file. For more information, see | |
| - the pam_user_policy(7) man page. | |
| + Time period in days until warning date of password's ensuing expi- | |
| + ration. | |
| password/complexity/max_repeats | |
| @@ -258,16 +237,6 @@ | |
| is also specified. | |
| - password/complexity/min_days | |
| - | |
| - Minimum time period in days before the password can be changed. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - password/complexity/min_weeks | |
| - | |
| - Minimum time period in weeks before the password can be changed. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| password/complexity/min_special | |
| Minimum number of special (non-alpha and non-digit) characters | |
| @@ -289,14 +258,44 @@ | |
| check login name. A case insensitive value disables this feature. | |
| + password/complexity/passlength | |
| + | |
| + Minimum length of password, in characters. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| password/complexity/whitespace | |
| Determines if white space characters are allowed in passwords. | |
| - password/complexity/passlength | |
| + password/crypt/algorithms_allow | |
| - Minimum length of password, in characters. | |
| + Specifies the algorithms that are allowed for new passwords, and is | |
| + enforced only in crypt_gensalt(3C). | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + password/crypt/algorithms_deprecate | |
| + | |
| + Specifies the algorithm for new passwords that are to be depre- | |
| + cated. For example, to deprecate use of the traditional UNIX algo- | |
| + rithm, set password/crypt/algorithms_deprecates=__unix__ and change | |
| + pass-word/crypt/default= to another algorithm, such as pass- | |
| + word/crypt/default=6 for SHA512. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + password/crypt/default | |
| + | |
| + Specifies the default algorithm for new passwords. The Oracle | |
| + Solaris default is 5 which is the crypt_sha256 algorithm. | |
| + | |
| + A value must only be specified in either password/crypt/algo- | |
| + rithms_allow or password/crypt/algorithms_deprecate. If the same | |
| + value is specified in both keys, whichever is listed first in the | |
| + file takes precedence. The algorithm specified for pass- | |
| + word/crypt/default must either be specified for pass- | |
| + word/crypt/algorithms_allow or not be specified for pass- | |
| + word/crypt/algorithms_deprecate. If password/crypt/default is not | |
| + specified, the default is __unix__. | |
| password/dictionary/db_dir | |
| @@ -308,6 +307,16 @@ | |
| does not perform a dictionary check. | |
| + password/dictionary/min_word_length | |
| + | |
| + password/dictionary/min_word_length can contain a number specifying | |
| + the minimum word length for the source files in password/dictio- | |
| + nary/word_list. Words shorter than the specified length will be | |
| + omitted from the password dictionary. | |
| + | |
| + The minimum number of letters allowed is 2. The default value is 3. | |
| + | |
| + | |
| password/dictionary/word_list | |
| password/dictionary/word_list can contain list of comma separated | |
| @@ -331,16 +340,6 @@ | |
| base, see the mkpwdict(8) man page. | |
| - password/dictionary/min_word_length | |
| - | |
| - password/dictionary/min_word_length can contain a number specifying | |
| - the minimum word length for the source files in password/dictio- | |
| - nary/word_list. Words shorter than the specified length will be | |
| - omitted from the password dictionary. | |
| - | |
| - The minimum number of letters allowed is 2. The default value is 3. | |
| - | |
| - | |
| password/history | |
| Maximum number of prior password history to be kept for a user. | |
| @@ -353,20 +352,29 @@ | |
| passwd(5) and shadow(5) man pages. | |
| - password/aging_defaults/max_days | |
| + rbac/console_user_profiles | |
| - Maximum time period in days that a password is valid. | |
| + Specifies an additional default set of profiles granted to the con- | |
| + sole user. This entry is interpreted by chkauthattr(3C) and getexe- | |
| + cuser(3C). The value is zero or more comma-separated profiles | |
| + defined in prof_attr(5). | |
| - password/aging_defaults/max_weeks | |
| + rbac/default_auth_profiles | |
| - Maximum time period in weeks that a password is valid. | |
| + Specifies the default set of authenticated profiles granted to all | |
| + users. The commands included in authenticated profiles require user | |
| + re-authentication prior to execution. The entries in this list take | |
| + precedence over the rbac/default_profiles list. This entry is | |
| + interpreted by chkauthattr(3C) and getexecuser(3C). The value is | |
| + zero or more comma-separated profiles defined in prof_attr(5). | |
| - password/aging_defaults/warn_days | |
| + rbac/default_authorizations | |
| - Time period in days until warning date of password's ensuing expi- | |
| - ration. | |
| + Specifies the default set of authorizations granted to all users. | |
| + This entry is interpreted by chkauthattr(3C). The value is zero or | |
| + more comma-separated authorizations defined in auth_attr(5). | |
| rbac/default_privileges and | |
| @@ -410,29 +418,16 @@ | |
| last profile in the list. | |
| - rbac/default_auth_profiles | |
| - | |
| - Specifies the default set of authenticated profiles granted to all | |
| - users. The commands included in authenticated profiles require user | |
| - re-authentication prior to execution. The entries in this list take | |
| - precedence over the rbac/default_profiles list. This entry is | |
| - interpreted by chkauthattr(3C) and getexecuser(3C). The value is | |
| - zero or more comma-separated profiles defined in prof_attr(5). | |
| - | |
| - | |
| - rbac/console_user_profiles | |
| + su/environment/path | |
| - Specifies an additional default set of profiles granted to the con- | |
| - sole user. This entry is interpreted by chkauthattr(3C) and getexe- | |
| - cuser(3C). The value is zero or more comma-separated profiles | |
| - defined in prof_attr(5). | |
| + Sets the initial shell PATH variable when using su command to a non | |
| + root user. | |
| - rbac/default_authorizations | |
| + su/environment/root_path | |
| - Specifies the default set of authorizations granted to all users. | |
| - This entry is interpreted by chkauthattr(3C). The value is zero or | |
| - more comma-separated authorizations defined in auth_attr(5). | |
| + Sets the initial shell PATH variable for su command to the root | |
| + user. | |
| @@ -475,7 +470,7 @@ | |
| ciling has been enabled run: | |
| - svccfg -s svc:/system/security/account-policy:default \ | |
| + svccfg -s svc:/system/account-policy:default \ | |
| setprop config/etc_default_login/disabled = boolean: true | |
| @@ -516,4 +511,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 account-policy(8S) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 account-policy(8S) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9e/mmap.9e 11.4.36/man9e/mmap.9e | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9e/mmap.9e 2021-08-27 10:45:40.683370355 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9e/mmap.9e 2021-08-27 10:46:42.771498491 +0000 | |
| @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ | |
| NOTES | |
| For some devices, mapping device memory in the driver's attach(9E) rou- | |
| tine and unmapping device memory in the driver's detach(9E) routine is | |
| - a sizeable drain on system resources. This is especially true for | |
| + a sizable drain on system resources. This is especially true for | |
| devices with a large amount of physical address space. | |
| @@ -202,4 +202,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Sep 2002 mmap(9E) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 mmap(9E) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9e/put.9e 11.4.36/man9e/put.9e | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9e/put.9e 2021-08-27 10:45:40.701776355 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9e/put.9e 2021-08-27 10:46:42.783291408 +0000 | |
| @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ | |
| The action taken by the put() routine depends on the message type. For | |
| example, a put() routine might process high priority messages, enqueue | |
| normal messages, and handle an unrecognized M_IOCTL message by changing | |
| - its type to M_IOCNAK (negative acknowledgement) and sending it back to | |
| + its type to M_IOCNAK (negative acknowledgment) and sending it back to | |
| the stream head using the qreply(9F) function. | |
| @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Aug 2019 put(9E) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 put(9E) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/canputnext.9f 11.4.36/man9f/canputnext.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/canputnext.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.707685463 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/canputnext.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.791850541 +0000 | |
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| The invocation canputnext(q); is an atomic equivalent of the can- | |
| put(q->q_next); routine. That is, the STREAMS framework provides what- | |
| - ever mutual exclusion is necessary to insure that dereferencing q | |
| + ever mutual exclusion is necessary to ensure that dereferencing q | |
| through its q_next field and then invoking canput(9F) proceeds without | |
| interference from other threads. | |
| @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Jan 2006 canputnext(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 canputnext(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_add_softintr.9f 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_add_softintr.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_add_softintr.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.725971136 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_add_softintr.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.807975282 +0000 | |
| @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ | |
| ddi_get_soft_iblock_cookie() retrieves the interrupt block cookie asso- | |
| ciated with a particular soft interrupt preference level. This routine | |
| should be called before ddi_add_softintr() to retrieve the interrupt | |
| - block cookie needed to initialize locks ( mutex(9F), rwlock(9F)) used | |
| - by the software interrupt routine. preference determines which type of | |
| + block cookie needed to initialize locks (mutex(9F), rwlock(9F)) used by | |
| + the software interrupt routine. preference determines which type of | |
| soft interrupt to retrieve the cookie for. The possible values for | |
| preference are: | |
| @@ -413,4 +413,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 Oct 2005 ddi_add_softintr(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ddi_add_softintr(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_cb_register.9f 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_cb_register.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_cb_register.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.760383673 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_cb_register.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.833225361 +0000 | |
| @@ -249,10 +249,10 @@ | |
| The PF driver is being notified of its VF Class Configuration | |
| changes. fciov_conf_t is being passed as cbarg to describe the | |
| - class configuration for fibre channel devices. This data structure | |
| - may change for devices other than fibre channel devices. Currently, | |
| - only fibre channel devices are supported. The cmd field fciov_cmd_t | |
| - if the class configuration is being CONFIGURED/UNCONFIG- | |
| + class configuration for Fibre Channel devices. This data structure | |
| + may change for devices other than Fibre Channel devices. Currently, | |
| + only Fibre Channel devices are supported. The cmd field fciov_cmd_t | |
| + indicate if the class configuration is being CONFIGURED/UNCONFIG- | |
| URED/UPDATED. The fciov_cfg_flags indicate which of the three class | |
| configuration parameters are being affected. The fci_vf_id identi- | |
| fies the VF. | |
| @@ -951,4 +951,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 ddi_cb_register(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ddi_cb_register(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_dev_report_fault.9f 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_dev_report_fault.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_dev_report_fault.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.767448292 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_dev_report_fault.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.840122291 +0000 | |
| @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ | |
| DDI_DEVICE_FAULT The fault lies in the device controlled by the | |
| driver. This value is appropriate if the device | |
| - returns an error from a selftest function, or if | |
| + returns an error from a self-test function, or if | |
| the driver is able to determine that device is | |
| present and accessible, but is not functioning | |
| correctly. | |
| @@ -167,4 +167,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 August 1999 ddi_dev_report_fault(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ddi_dev_report_fault(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_intr_add_softint.9f 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_intr_add_softint.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/ddi_intr_add_softint.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.776021047 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/ddi_intr_add_softint.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.855990218 +0000 | |
| @@ -407,4 +407,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Oct 2005 ddi_intr_add_softint(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ddi_intr_add_softint(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/dlbindack.9f 11.4.36/man9f/dlbindack.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/dlbindack.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.789587373 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/dlbindack.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.873114031 +0000 | |
| @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ | |
| pointer must be provided. | |
| - The dlokack() function provides the successful acknowledgement | |
| - DL_OK_ACK message reply to the DLPI provider and is used to complete | |
| - many of the DLPI requests in the DLPI consumer. | |
| + The dlokack() function provides the successful acknowledgment DL_OK_ACK | |
| + message reply to the DLPI provider and is used to complete many of the | |
| + DLPI requests in the DLPI consumer. | |
| - The dlerrorack() function provides the unsuccessful acknowledgement | |
| + The dlerrorack() function provides the unsuccessful acknowledgment | |
| DL_ERROR_ACK message reply to the DLPI provider and is used for error | |
| completions were required for DLPI requests in the DLPI consumer. | |
| @@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 dlbindack(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 dlbindack(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/hat_getkpfnum.9f 11.4.36/man9f/hat_getkpfnum.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/hat_getkpfnum.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.795217780 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/hat_getkpfnum.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.881698272 +0000 | |
| @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ | |
| NOTES | |
| For some devices, mapping device memory in the driver's attach(9E) rou- | |
| tine and unmapping device memory in the driver's detach(9E) routine is | |
| - a sizeable drain on system resources. This is especially true for | |
| + a sizable drain on system resources. This is especially true for | |
| devices with a large amount of physical address space. Refer to | |
| mmap(9E) for alternative methods. | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 June 2004 hat_getkpfnum(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 hat_getkpfnum(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/putnextctl.9f 11.4.36/man9f/putnextctl.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/putnextctl.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.811015297 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/putnextctl.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.893415696 +0000 | |
| @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ | |
| A call to putnextctl(q,type) is an atomic equivalent of | |
| putctl(q->q_next,type). The STREAMS framework provides whatever mutual | |
| - exclusion is necessary to insure that dereferencing q through its | |
| + exclusion is necessary to ensure that dereferencing q through its | |
| q_next field and then invoking putctl(9F) proceeds without interference | |
| from other threads. | |
| @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Jan 2006 putnextctl(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 putnextctl(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/putnextctl1.9f 11.4.36/man9f/putnextctl1.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/putnextctl1.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.817908251 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/putnextctl1.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.896678318 +0000 | |
| @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ | |
| A call to putnextctl1(q,type, p) is an atomic equivalent of | |
| putctl1(q->q_next, type, p). The STREAMS framework provides whatever | |
| - mutual exclusion is necessary to insure that dereferencing q through | |
| + mutual exclusion is necessary to ensure that dereferencing q through | |
| its q_next field and then invoking putctl1(9F) proceeds without inter- | |
| ference from other threads. | |
| @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Jan 2006 putnextctl1(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 putnextctl1(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/string.9f 11.4.36/man9f/string.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/string.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.827248335 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/string.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.905400268 +0000 | |
| @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ | |
| The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions are case-insensitive ver- | |
| sions of strcmp() and strncmp() respectively, described below. They | |
| assume the ASCII character set and ignore differences in case when com- | |
| - paring lower and upper case characters. | |
| + paring lowercase and uppercase characters. | |
| strncat(), strlcat() | |
| The strncat() function appends at most n characters of string s2, | |
| @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ | |
| strcasestr() | |
| The strcasecmp() function is a case-insensitive version of strstr(). It | |
| assumes the ASCII character set and ignores differences in case when | |
| - comparing lower and upper case characters. | |
| + comparing lowercase and uppercase characters. | |
| CONTEXT | |
| The strdup() and ddi_strdup() functions can be called from user or ker- | |
| @@ -224,4 +224,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Mar 2011 string(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 string(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/u8_strcmp.9f 11.4.36/man9f/u8_strcmp.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/u8_strcmp.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.833140440 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/u8_strcmp.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.910498386 +0000 | |
| @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ | |
| The u8_strcmp() function can be called from user or interrupt context. | |
| EXAMPLES | |
| - Example 1 Perform simple default string comparison. | |
| + Example 1 Perform simple default string comparison | |
| #include <sys/sunddi.h> | |
| @@ -155,8 +155,12 @@ | |
| - Example 2 Perform upper case based case-insensitive comparison with | |
| - Unicode 3.2.0 date. | |
| + Example 2 Perform case-insensitive comparison | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + | |
| + Perform uppercase based case-insensitive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 | |
| + data. | |
| #include <sys/sunddi.h> | |
| @@ -182,12 +186,12 @@ | |
| - Example 3 Perform Unicode Normalization Form D. | |
| + Example 3 Perform Unicode Normalization Form D | |
| Perform Unicode Normalization Form D and uppercase-based case-insensi- | |
| - tive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 date. | |
| + tive comparison with Unicode 3.2.0 data. | |
| #include <sys/sunddi.h> | |
| @@ -233,4 +237,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Sep 2007 u8_strcmp(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 u8_strcmp(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9f/usb_get_alt_if.9f 11.4.36/man9f/usb_get_alt_if.9f | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9f/usb_get_alt_if.9f 2021-08-27 10:45:40.840170204 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9f/usb_get_alt_if.9f 2021-08-27 10:46:42.920704643 +0000 | |
| @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ | |
| The usb_set_alt_if() function requests the device to set the interface | |
| and its alternate setting as specified. Because this call changes the | |
| current device's interface and sets the new interface's mode of opera- | |
| - tion as seen by the system, the driver must insure that all pipes other | |
| + tion as seen by the system, the driver must ensure that all pipes other | |
| than the default control pipe are closed and quiescent. To avoid con- | |
| tending with another driver for a different part of the device, the | |
| driver must be bound to: the entire device, the interface-association | |
| @@ -277,4 +277,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 2006 usb_get_alt_if(9F) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 usb_get_alt_if(9F) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9s/gld_mac_info.9s 11.4.36/man9s/gld_mac_info.9s | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9s/gld_mac_info.9s 2021-08-27 10:45:40.847734197 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9s/gld_mac_info.9s 2021-08-27 10:46:42.928368385 +0000 | |
| @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ | |
| greater than 1522 bytes and the gldm_maxpkt is | |
| set to 1500 (as is typical for Ethernet), then | |
| gldm_margin is set to 22. The registered | |
| - gldm_margin value is reported in acknowledge- | |
| + gldm_margin value is reported in acknowledg- | |
| ments of the DLIOCMARGININFO ioctl (see | |
| dlpi(4P)). | |
| @@ -224,4 +224,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 June 2004 gld_mac_info(9S) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 gld_mac_info(9S) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9s/scsi_pkt.9s 11.4.36/man9s/scsi_pkt.9s | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9s/scsi_pkt.9s 2021-08-27 10:45:40.863794522 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9s/scsi_pkt.9s 2021-08-27 10:46:42.932735882 +0000 | |
| @@ -276,12 +276,12 @@ | |
| CMD_TLR_OFF Transport Layer Retries turn off. | |
| - CMD_PATH_BUSY Host adaptor is busy and currently cannot send a | |
| + CMD_PATH_BUSY Host adapter is busy and currently cannot send a | |
| command using the selected path. The target driver | |
| should retry the command with minimal delay. | |
| - CMD_DEV_RESUME Host adaptor encountered an IO-resiliency related | |
| + CMD_DEV_RESUME Host adapter encountered an I/O-resiliency related | |
| issue. The target driver should retry the command | |
| with minimal delay. | |
| @@ -371,4 +371,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jul 2020 scsi_pkt(9S) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 scsi_pkt(9S) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9s/usb_callback_flags.9s 11.4.36/man9s/usb_callback_flags.9s | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9s/usb_callback_flags.9s 2021-08-27 10:45:40.879501504 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9s/usb_callback_flags.9s 2021-08-27 10:46:42.939057487 +0000 | |
| @@ -184,7 +184,8 @@ | |
| 7. Note that if a callback blocks, other callbacks awaiting | |
| - processing can backup behind it, impacting system resources. | |
| + processing can back up behind it, impacting system | |
| + resources. | |
| @@ -289,4 +290,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2014 usb_callback_flags(9S) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 usb_callback_flags(9S) | |
| diff -Nurwb 11.4.33/man9s/usb_ep_descr.9s 11.4.36/man9s/usb_ep_descr.9s | |
| --- 11.4.33/man9s/usb_ep_descr.9s 2021-08-27 10:45:40.889673988 +0000 | |
| +++ 11.4.36/man9s/usb_ep_descr.9s 2021-08-27 10:46:42.952189361 +0000 | |
| @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ | |
| and direction fields as follows: | |
| USB_EP_NUM_MASK Address bits | |
| USB_EP_DIR_MASK Direction bit | |
| - USB_EP_DIR_OUT OUT towards device | |
| - USB_EP_DIR_IN IN towards host | |
| + USB_EP_DIR_OUT OUT toward device | |
| + USB_EP_DIR_IN IN toward host | |
| Endpoint descriptor transfer type bmAttributes values and mask: | |
| USB_EP_ATTR_CONTROL Endpoint supports control transfers | |
| @@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ | |
| -Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 usb_ep_descr(9S) | |
| +Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 usb_ep_descr(9S) |
Sign up for free
to join this conversation on GitHub.
Already have an account?
Sign in to comment